the five year plan for social welfare development in hong ... · the five year plan for social...
TRANSCRIPT
THE FIVE YEAR PLAN FOR
SOCIAL WELFARE DEVELOPMENT
IN HONG KONG-REVIEW 1998
CONTENTS
Page
Chapter 1 : Introduction 1
Chapter 2 : General Philosophy and Strategies 3
Chapter 3 : Major Developments in 1995/96 - 1997/98 9
Chapter 4 : Family and Child Welfare Services 25
Chapter 5 : Services for Children and Youth 47
Chapter 6 : Services for the Elderly 59
Chapter 7 : Services for Offenders 75
Chapter 8 : Rehabilitation Services 90
Chapter 9 : Community Development 110
Chapter 10 : Social Security 117
Chapter 11 : Support Services 130
LIST OF APPENDICES
Page
3.1 Expenditure of Subvented Sector from 1993-94 to 1997-98 147
3.2 Social Welfare SubventionsActual Expenditure 1993 - 94 to 1997 - 98
148
4.1 Family & Child Welfare ServicesDistribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.1998
149
4.2 Distribution of Medical Social Services Units under SWD(as at 31.3.1998)
171
4.3 Family & Child Welfare ServicesStaffing Standards
175
5.1 Services for Children and YouthResources have been allocated to the following new projectsthrough reprovisioning of existing centres from 1995/96 to1997/98
177
5.2 List of Integrated Teams (IT) as at 31.3.1998 178
5.3 List of Community Support Service Scheme Projects 180
5.4 Non-governmental Organizations Providing School SocialWork Service in Secondary Schools with Social WelfareSubvention (as at 31.3.1998)
181
5.5 Outreaching Social WorkDistribution of Provision as at 31.3.1998
182
5.6 Projection of Uniformed Organizations (1998-2002) 184
5.7 Services for Children and YouthStaffing Standards
185
6.1 Multi-service Centres for the Elderly (as at 31.3.1998)
187
Page
6.2 Day Care Centres for the Elderly(as at 31.3.1998)
189
6.3 Social Centres for the Elderly(Government and Subvented)(as at 31.3.1998)
191
Social Centres for the Elderly (Non-subvented)(as at 31.3.1998)
203
6.4 Residential Services for the Elderly(Government and Subvented Homes)(as at 31.3.1998)
204
Residential Services for the Elderly(Self-financing Homes)(as at 31.3.1998)
212
6.5 Services for the ElderlyStaffing Standards
215
6.6 Services for the ElderlyPlanned Provision for 1998/99
221
6.7 Services for the ElderlyPlanned Provision for 1999/2000
223
8.1 Planned Rehabilitation Services (1998/99) 226
9.1 Community DevelopmentStaffing Standards
228
9.2 Community DevelopmentStandard Schedule of Accommodation for District CommunityCentres, Area Community Centres and NeighbourhoodCommunity Centres
229
9.3 Criteria for Selecting Priority Area for Neighbourhood LevelCommunity Development Project
231
9.4 Community DevelopmentDistribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.1998Neighbourhood Level Community Development Projects
232
Page
9.5 Community DevelopmentDistribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.1998Community Centre Facilities
239
10.1 Eligibility Criteria of the Social Security Schemes 243
10.2 The Level of Assistance of the Various Social SecuritySchemes and the Standards Under Which They Are Operated
249
10.3 Major Special Grants Payable to Recipients under theComprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme
256
10.4 Emergency Relief FundChapter 1103 of The Laws of Hong KongPayment of Grants
260
11.1 Existing Services onModified Standard Cost Subvention
262
11.2 Subventions for Recurrent Expenditure by Programme Areas,1995/96 and 1997/98
263
11.3 Lotteries Fund Allocations by Programme Areas, 1995/96 and1997/98
264
11.4 Projections for Degree Graduates(Extracted from Social Welfare Manpower Planning SystemReport No. 10)
265
11.5 Projections for Diploma Graduates(Extracted from Social Welfare Manpower Planning SystemReport No. 10)
266
11.6 Research Studies Completed from 1995/96 to 1997/98 andData Systems Developed/Maintained in 1997/98
267
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
The policies and objectives governing the provision and furtherdevelopment of social welfare and rehabilitation services in Hong Kong are laid downmainly in the White Paper “Social Welfare into the 1990s and Beyond” (1991) and the“White Paper on Rehabilitation” (1995). Responsibility for co-ordinating theimplementation and delivery of social welfare services rests with the Social WelfareDepartment. Policy co-ordination towards the achievement of the White Paperobjectives is primarily the responsibility of the Health and Welfare Bureau of theGovernment Secretariat. Other bureaux and departments responsible for related areasinclude the Home Affairs Bureau (for community development), the Security Bureau(for services for ex-drug addicts and ex-prisoners), and the Education and ManpowerBureau (special education, pre-primary education, retirement schemes etc.). Progresstowards attaining the White Paper planning targets is monitored through the reviews ofthe Five Year Plan for Social Welfare Development and relevant committees andworking groups.
2. The Five Year Plan for Social Welfare Development was first publishedin 1973 following the publication of the White Paper “Social Welfare in Hong Kong:The Way Ahead” in the same year. It is essentially a working document forimplementation. It shows the extent to which the White Paper policy objectives relatingto the various services have been achieved and sets specific targets for further expansionwithin the policy framework. The agreed plan provides a basis for estimating thefinancial implication of social welfare development and a source of data for theGovernment’s Resource Allocation Exercise.
3. The Five Year Plan is reviewed periodically by the Social WelfareDepartment in conjunction with the Hong Kong Council of Social Service under theauspices of the Social Welfare Advisory Committee. From 1973 to 1985, the Plan wasreviewed annually. Starting from 1985, the reviews have been a biennial exercise. Thisnot only allows reasonable time for work between reviews but also enables greater in-depth examination of issues. Mid-term meetings are held in the years where there is noformal review to monitor progress.
4. The regular review mechanism serves to assess the extent to whichservices are effectively meeting the respective policy objectives, monitor the progress ofthe implementation of agreed plans for service development, determine specific targetsof expansion for each service over a five-year period, and identify possible areas forchange and improving the effectiveness of the service.
- 2 -
1997 and 1998 Review
5. As in previous years, the 1997 Review was conducted by the SocialWelfare Department, in conjunction with the Hong Kong Council of Social Service andits member agencies through a series of Review Committee Meetings, in which theconcerned policy bureaux were represented. The major biennial review was completedin early 1997. The updated Hong Kong Population Projections 1997-2016 was releasedin mid-1997. In order to adopt the latest population figures for the projections ofdemand for population-based services, it was agreed that the 1997 review exercise beextended to include the mini-review in 1998. The majority of the activities or projectscarried out by welfare agencies which come under the current and planned provisions ofthe individual programmes in this Review are subventable. However, some projectsmay not yet have funding provision or specific financial approval.
6. The revised chapters of the Review, with the exception of Chapter 8 onRehabilitation Services, were subsequently endorsed by the Social Welfare AdvisoryCommittee. The role of monitoring and guiding the development of rehabilitationservices has, since 1977, rested with the Rehabilitation Advisory Committee (formerlyknown as the Rehabilitation Development Co-ordinating Committee) whoseresponsibilities include overseeing regular reviews of the Rehabilitation ProgrammePlan which was introduced in 1977. The current Rehabilitation Programme Plan reviewhas commenced in January 1998 and a series of meetings have been held to study andreview the provision and demand of various rehabilitation services. The chapter onrehabilitation services is based on the White Paper on Rehabilitation published in June1995 and the Rehabilitation Programme Plan (1994/95 - 1998/99).
- 3 -
CHAPTER 2
GENERAL PHILOSOPHY AND STRATEGIES
This chapter sets out the general philosophy of social welfare aspromulgated in the White Paper “Social Welfare into the 1990s and Beyond” (1991)and the strategies to be adopted in the development of social welfare services. Howthese concepts and strategies are being operationalized will be elaborated as appropriatein the subsequent chapters on respective services.
General Philosophy
2. Social welfare in Hong Kong is based on the premise that society has anobligation to assist its members to overcome personal and social problems, and to fulfiltheir role in life to the optimum extent in accordance with the particular social andcultural circumstances of their society. In particular, it recognizes a responsibility tohelp its disadvantaged members to attain an acceptable standard of living. The extent towhich society can meet its obligations and the way in which it does so depends verymuch on its system of values and the resources available.
3. The means by which the above obligations are discharged is mainlythrough the provision of social welfare services. In a wider context, social servicesinclude social welfare, medical and health services, education, housing and otherservices which contribute to the well-being of individuals, families and the society inwhich they live. The development of social services such as health services, educationand housing will have implications for social welfare, and vice versa.
4. Social welfare embraces laws, programmes, benefits and services whichaddress social needs accepted as essential to the well-being of a society. It focuses onpersonal and social problems, both existing and potential. It also plays an importantdevelopmental role by providing an organized system of services and institutions whichare designed to aid individuals and groups to achieve satisfying roles in life and personalrelationships which permit them to develop their full capacities and to promote theirwell-being in harmony with the needs and aspirations of their families and thecommunity.
5. Social welfare services should not be regarded as some form of charity butshould be made available to all those who need them.
- 4 -
Social Welfare in Hong Kong
6. The welfare programmes of Hong Kong have been designed anddeveloped with cognizance of the innate local values of concern for the family,commitment to self-improvement, self-reliance, mutual support and generosity,reluctance to be dependent upon ‘welfare’, high respect for social order and acombination of ingenuity and resourcefulness.
7. The development of social welfare services in Hong Kong is also guidedby the principle of care in the community, which enables service recipients to stay asmembers of the community as long as possible by means of family care and communitysupport services, both formal and informal. Supporting the family unit, socialnetworking, involving the users of services and the community and mobilizing volunteerservices are strategies adopted to promote the principle.
8. Over the past decade, social welfare services in Hong Kong havedeveloped significantly both in scope and quality. Apart from the presence of asafety-net for the needy and disadvantaged, there is a wide spectrum of preventive,developmental, supportive and remedial services for the vulnerable and those whorequire assistance. Moreover, welfare services in Hong Kong are kept under review toensure that they are adjusted and refined to meet the changing needs and evolvingaspirations of the community.
9. Many groups contribute towards the provision of social welfare servicesin Hong Kong, such as Government, welfare organizations, traditional charitablebodies, religious groups, clansmen associations, employers, etc. But the main providersare the Social Welfare Department and the social welfare agencies. The Social WelfareDepartment’s responsibilities focus on social security and statutory services. It is alsoresponsible for the provision of recurrent subventions, service evaluation and overallplanning, development and co-ordination of services. Furthermore, through itsrecommendations, Lotteries Fund can be tapped to meet capital expenses of welfareprojects as well as operating costs for the implementation of new initiatives on a time-limited and pilot basis. The non-governmental social welfare agencies provide a fullspectrum of services ranging from child care to rehabilitation. Both the Governmentand non-governmental organizations (NGOs) recognize the importance ofexperimenting with new services and approaches, which could be implemented by bothsectors with new or re-deployed resources.
Strategies for Development
10. The following paragraphs set out the major principles adopted in theplanning and delivery of welfare services in Hong Kong.
- 5 -
Supporting the Family Unit
11. The family is an important component of the community. It is thefundamental source in providing care, mutual support and emotional security to itsmembers. It has a particularly important and indispensable role in caring for weakermembers like the young, the sick, the elderly and people with a disability. Rapid socialchanges and increased mobility of people between territories have imposed great impacton the family functioning as a unit and resulted in an increasing number of single-parentand split families. It is essential for social welfare services to enable individuals andfamily members to prevent personal and family problems and deal with them when theyarise. The objective is to preserve and strengthen the family rather than to replace it, andenhance its functioning as a coherent unit in providing support and care to its members.The carers of more vulnerable members will need support themselves in discharging thecarer’s role. The roles and interests of the individuals and the family shouldcomplement each other in bringing greater fulfilment to all.
12. Societal support through a comprehensive network of social welfareassistance and services is developed to meet the needs and address the problems of alltypes of families, in the form of a three-pronged strategy of prevention, supporting thefamily and helping families in trouble. The concept of preserving, strengthening andsupporting the integrity and functioning of the family is one of the basic considerationsin formulating policy and planning the provision of services. The family perspective istaken into account by the Government when developing other public policies that haveimplications for the family as a unit and a resource. Measures adopted to achieve thisobjective can be found in the relevant chapters of this Review.
Social Networks
13. Social networks refer to the network of informal care and supportprovided by families, friends, neighbours and interested individuals, which complementthe more formal social welfare services in helping those who are in need. Socialnetworks, together with the more formal services, aim at encouraging greater self-reliance and helping individuals to achieve maximum independence and maintaincontrol over their own lives.
14. Social networks are built upon links between people. They may beformed by social welfare clientele sharing the same problems or needs, their families,friends, neighbours or interested individuals. Some may have the support of welfareorganizations, religious bodies, mutual aid committees, etc. The most common forms ofsocial networks in Hong Kong are support groups, mutual help/self help groups andvolunteer services.
15. The future development of social networks would focus on thestrengthening of existing networks and facilities, as well as support services, andencouraging the building up of new networks. Some social networks may need support,
- 6 -
concrete help, guidance and training to function effectively. New social networks canbe promoted through systematic community education, publicity and active facilitationby Government and NGOs. Agencies could be encouraged to support self-helpalongside with their formal services.
Integration in Service Delivery
16. An integrated approach of service delivery will help address thedifficulties created by the compartmentalization of clients’ needs and the fragmentationof service provision. This is also expected to allow those in need to have moreconvenient access to a wide range of services and provide for more flexible and cost-effective use of available resources. With the increasing complexity of communityneeds and problems, multi-disciplinary collaboration is of utmost importance. TheDepartment will take an active role in working together and coordinating with relevantparties, as appropriate, in dealing with community needs and problems.
17. Integration of services can be applied at different levels in different forms- such as integration of different services which supplement or complement one anotherthrough better co-ordination or through physically co-locating the services together, orintegration through providing a range of services by a single agency, etc. The way andextent services can be integrated depend on a number of factors and constraints, such ascomposition of the population of a district, the needs of the target groups in thecommunity, the availability of resources like premises and expertise, and the dispositionof the agencies involved, etc. These factors and constraints will render the adoption of astandard model of integrated service delivery difficult and impractical. Integration inservice delivery should therefore be applied with flexibility as appropriate. Differentmodels can be experimented to gauge their effectiveness. In this regard, NGOs areencouraged to initiate and try out the integrated approach with resources available. Tofacilitate implementation of the integrated approach, Social Welfare Department would,as far as possible, try to co-locate the services required for an area under planning withinthe same building and allocate the services to one single agency to operate.Consideration would also be given to allowing greater flexibility in the use ofsubvention on individual case merits to facilitate implementation.
More Flexible and Innovative Approaches
18. In response to the changing needs of the community, great emphasis isaccorded to more flexible and innovative approaches in the design and delivery ofwelfare programmes and services. Such flexibility will ensure that resources areutilized cost-effectively and that the growing expectation of the community on theprovision of social welfare services, both in quantity and quality, can be met.
19. New initiatives will continue to be encouraged and supported, and thesecan in many instances be implemented by a re-focusing of service contents, orattempting an alternative mode of operations, and do not, therefore, necessarily involve
- 7 -
additional funding or manpower. There are pilot projects specially funded asexperiments. These will be closely monitored and assessed.
Public Education and Publicity
20. Public education and publicity are essential tools to promote publicawareness and acceptance of welfare services, to encourage their contribution to socialwelfare, to provide information on available services to people in need, and to helpprevent the occurrence of social problems. Public education is important to instil properconcepts and social attitudes such as the role of men and women, responsible adulthoodand parenthood, protection of children, equal rights for people with a disability, positiveperception of ageing, civic-mindedness and community concern. Such attitudescontribute to the well-being of society. Emphasis should continue to be placed onpublic education which can be promoted in schools, through the media, family lifeeducation and other social welfare programmes.
Community Involvement and Volunteer Services
21. Apart from formal welfare organizations, the community at large alsoplays an important part in the delivery of welfare services. Community involvement cantake different forms and approaches, e.g. expression of service needs and expectations,advocation, providing a network of community resources in formal and informal care,financial contributions to service provision, etc. A more direct form is services providedby volunteers as individuals or in groups.
22. Volunteer service is an expression of concern and involvement in thewell-being of society. The development of volunteer services is an investment in humanresources for enhancing individual development and building up a caring community.The use of volunteers will continue to be promoted and supported in various servicesettings. The government, in collaboration with the welfare sector, will continue toencourage and develop volunteers of all ages to serve the community. More publicityand training are necessary to this end.
Continuous Service Improvement
23. The subvention system has been criticized for years as being complex,focusing on input and denying NGOs much flexibility in how they manage theirresources. The Social Welfare Department appointed Consultants in March 1995 toconduct a review of the existing system with the objectives of enhancing the flexibilityin the use of resources under the current system, developing agreed service qualitystandards for performance assessment and service improvements, and shifting the focusof monitoring from subvention ‘input’ control to performance ‘output’ control for moreefficient and customer focused services. The Review of the Social Welfare SubventionSystem is now in its final phase. Subject to the broad agreement with the NGO sector,
- 8 -
the Department plans to implement the recommendations of the Review, by phases,starting from the second half of 1998/99.
Self Supporting Services
24. Some welfare services can be operated on a self-supporting basis. Suchprovision can help in meeting demand more efficiently, and offering greater choice forconsumers who can afford to pay for the services beyond the basic level. Examples ofself-supporting services can be found in homes for the elderly. There is scope for theexpansion of self-supporting facilities and for applying this concept to other serviceareas, such as rehabilitation. Encouragement will continue to be given to NGOs in theprovision of self-supporting social welfare services. Assistance is offered byGovernment through giving advice on planning, assistance and support in theprocurement of land/premises, refund of rent/rates and short-term funding support ineligible cases, etc. Government also liaises with the operating agencies whenevernecessary to safeguard the interest of service consumers.
Participation by Employers
25. With an increasing awareness of the role of social welfare in society, therewill be a growing demand from the community for a wide range of social welfareservices and for services of increasingly high standards. Various sectors are encouragedto contribute to meeting this demand. Employers have been involved increasingly inrecent years in providing welfare-type benefits and amenities to their employees, suchas employee assistance programmes. Greater involvement of employers not onlycontributes towards community welfare programme, but is also an effective measure toattain higher staff morale and efficiency and lower wastage.
26. Various schemes are emerging, ranging from employee assistanceprogrammes which provide personal counselling, home care services and preparationfor retirement to provision of child care centres. Government will continue toencourage more participation by employers and provide support and assistancewherever necessary. Promotion of the idea can be achieved through wider publicity.
Operationalizing Strategies
27. Examples of how the afore-mentioned strategies are operationalized canbe found in the following chapters on various services. The development of variousdifferent strategies is expected to help encourage self-reliance and allow more choicefor service users, and enable social needs to be met through quality welfare services.
- 9 -
CHAPTER 3
MAJOR DEVELOPMENTS IN 1995/96 - 1997/98
The White Paper “Social Welfare into the 1990s and Beyond” publishedin March 1991 sets out Government’s policy and strategies for the future developmentof social welfare services in Hong Kong. The 1998 Review saw many achievements inthe development of policies and services over the past seven years since the publicationof the White Paper.
2. During 1995/96 - 1997/98, there were significant developments in serviceprovision. These included not only increase in supply, but also improvements in servicedelivery, the establishment of new services and the experimentation of new approaches.More notable is the setting up of an integrated centre in Tung Chung, Lantau, whichplaces under the administration of the same agency and pooling of the resources forservices of a day nursery, a children and youth centre, a social centre for the elderly, ahome help team and family casework to cater to the multi-faceted needs of the localresidents. There were also major improvements in the social security schemes toprovide better services to customers. In particular, subsequent to a comprehensivereview of the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance (CSSA) Scheme completed in1996, the standard rates for various categories of recipients were improved by 9% - 57%on 1 April 1996. Arising from the same review, a new scheme was implemented inApril 1997 whereby elderly CSSA recipients who meet the prescribed criteria areallowed to continue to receive their monthly standard rate payment and annual long-term supplement should they choose to take up permanent residence in Guangdong.
3. The following is a list of developments/achievements in these three yearsunder the various service programmes :
Family and Child Welfare
- 215 additional family caseworkers.
- 27 additional small group homes.
- 40 additional foster care places.
- 26 additional home help teams.
- 2 additional urban hostels for single persons, i.e. bedspace lodgers, streetsleepers, etc.
- 10 -
- 2,173 additional places in day nurseries for children aged 2-6.
- 94 additional occasional child care units for children aged under 6.
- 17 additional clinical psychologists.
- 14 additional family aides.
- 8 additional family life education workers.
- 3 additional Family Activity and Resource Centres run by non-governmentalorganizations.
- 18 additional child protection workers.
- 56 additional medical social workers.
- With the joint efforts of non-governmental organizations (NGOs), SocialWelfare Department (SWD) and the education sector, new directions and a seriesof recommendations to enhance the service provided in child care centres andkindergartens were formulated in the Report of the Re-constituted Working Partyon Kindergarten Education in December 1995. A number of theserecommendations have since been carried out, which included introducing thesame qualification requirements and a harmonized set of salary scale for childcare and kindergarten staff, implementing a new curriculum guide applicable toboth child care centres and kindergartens, and strengthening child care trainingcourses both in content and duration.
- A computerized central referral system for residential child care servicesoperated by the SWD was set up in May 1995. It aims at streamlining referralprocedures, maximizing the use of available resources, identifying andestablishing service demand and providing information for planning purposes.The system was reviewed in 1997 and improvement measures, includingextending the system to cover foster care service and children’s receptioncentres, and revising the Manual of Procedures, would be implemented byOctober 1998.
- The amended Criminal Procedure Ordinance, Cap. 221 was implemented inFebruary 1996 to enable vulnerable witnesses including abused children totestify through a live television link system and give evidence by video recordedinterview to reduce trauma during court proceedings. In such regard, a ChildProtection Special Investigation Team was set up jointly by SWD and Police toconduct joint investigation and video recorded interviews. The amended
- 11 -
legislation also included a provision for a support person to accompany childwitnesses while giving evidence in court through live television link system.
- A Witness Support Programme has been launched since November 1996 toprovide support persons to accompany child witnesses in giving evidence incourt through the live television link system. A group of volunteers and staff ofthe SWD are available to be called upon as Support Persons for vulnerablewitnesses. The programme aims to help child witnesses reduce their fear andanxiety when giving evidence in court.
- District Committee on Child Abuse has been set up in all 13 SWD Districts in1996 to co-ordinate multi-disciplinary efforts, provide a local network for thehandling of child abuse problems, and enhance public education on prevention ofthe problem at a district level.
- Territory-wide public education and publicity campaigns on prevention of childabuse including child sexual abuse were launched with joint efforts fromconcerned government departments and NGOs from 1995/96 to 1997/98. Aseries of programmes were implemented to (i) arouse public awareness of thechild abuse problem and encourage early reporting of suspected child abusecases, (ii) teach young children to protect themselves against child sexual abuse,(iii) advise parents and carers on ways to identify and handle child sexual abuseproblems, and (iv) promote public concern and responsibility on prevention ofchild abuse.
- Taking into account the new investigation procedures and collaboration frommulti-disciplinary professional, the Procedures for Handling Child Sexual AbuseCases were put into operation in March 1996 to streamline the handling approachand collaborative efforts in tackling child sexual abuse.
- New legal provisions have been implemented under the Child Care ServicesOrdinance to exempt mutual help child care centres from registration under theOrdinance subject to their meeting certain basic requirements, to prohibitunsuitable persons from acting as childminders, and to improve the quality ofservice provided in child care centres since 30 September 1997.
- A review on provision of day creche places was carried out in 1996 and the targetprovision of the service was revised taking into account the demand andutilization. At the same time, a series of improvement measures were formulatedafter consultation with NGOs to tackle the problem of declining enrolment.These measures include revising individual creche capacity or reprovisioningthem where there were service needs, and developing a new mode of operation,the nursery-cum-creche centres, in order to meet changing service needs withgreater flexibility.
- 12 -
- In order to strengthen co-ordination and co-operation among concernedgovernment departments and NGOs in handling and combating the problem ofbattered spouse, a Working Group on Battered Spouses was formed in April1995. A set of multi-disciplinary procedural guidelines on the handling ofbattered spouse cases was introduced in early 1996. The Working Group hasalso launched publicity activities to educate the public on the destructive forcesof family violence and to encourage families at risk to seek early professionaladvice through the production of Television Announcement of Public Interest(TVAPI), Radio Announcement of Public Interest (Radio API), and posters. ACentral Information System to collect data on battered spouse cases handled bygovernment departments, the Hospital Authority and NGOs was also set up inApril 1997.
- In order to provide services to the vulnerable people such as the elderly, streetsleepers etc. during cold spells, the operation hours of the Departmental HotlineService has been extended to 24 hours with a back up team of social workers todeliver outreaching service when the temperature drops to 12 °C with anexpected few degrees lower in the New Territories. From December 1996 toMarch 1998, the Departmental Hotline Service operated on 24-hour basis during10 cold spells. In response to the calls, social workers reached out to the callersto render services to the cases requiring immediate attention and services such asdistribution and provision of blankets, food and clothing, escort service tohospital or cold shelter, and financial assistance were provided to those in need.
- Additional temporary shelters for street sleepers were established, bringing thetotal to five shelters and two day relief centres.
- To expedite the integration of the new arrivals into the community, thedepartment has secured additional resources in providing various welfareservices through government subvention and other charitable funds and privatedonations. The department has also assisted the International Social Service -Hong Kong Branch (ISS-HK) to expand its post-migration services. Theseinclude counselling, Cantonese and English classes, orientation and social groupprogrammes for new arrivals. With funding support from the government, theISS-HK has been provided with a total of four additional Welfare Workers,produced a video to publicize welfare services available for new arrivals, andconducted a research into specific needs of new arrivals and how they areadjusting to Hong Kong life.
Community Development
- In accordance with the decision of the Executive Council at its meeting held on 5December 1995, an independent review team chaired by Prof. Lieh-Mak hadbeen formed in January 1997 to review the two pilot Neighbourhood Level
- 13 -
Community Development Projects in old urban areas (Mong Kok South and NamCheong) to determine whether the service would need to be extended to other oldurban areas. The review group has completed the tasks and submitted its reportto the Secretary for Home Affairs in January 1998. The findings andrecommendations are now being considered by the Administration.
Children and Youth
- Pursuant to the proposals put forward at the Governor’s Summit Meetings onDrugs, two teams of social workers were set up in October 1995 and October1996 respectively to help at-risk youth who have occasionally abusedsubstances.
- Pursuant to the recommendation of the Report on Review of Children and YouthCentre Services, 20 integrated teams were established by 1997/98 by pooling theexisting resources of children and youth services.
- To implement the recommendation of the Report on Review of Children andYouth Centre Services, two experimental Community Support Service Schemeprojects for youth at risk have been established since 1994 to help them re-integrate into society. These projects are operated on a permanent basis startingfrom 1998/99.
- 14 new children and youth centres funded from resources redeployed fromexisting centres in less needy areas were established.
- 58 additional school social worker posts were created.
- Three additional outreaching social work teams were established.
- SWD started to subvent a youth hotline in August 1995 to tackle youth suicideand help young people at risk.
- The Working Group on Services for Youth at Risk has examined the issues ofteenage suicide, illicit use of drugs among young people, teenage sexuality,runaway youths and juvenile gangs.
- Pursuant to the recommendation of the Co-ordinating Committee for the Welfareof Children and Youth at Risk, a Task Group on Modernization of Children andYouth Centres was set up in October 1995 which completed a review in early1997 on the modernisation of children and youth centres so as to attract moretarget users to participate in the activities organized by the centres.
- Two projects under the Community Service Support Scheme operated by NGOsfor those children and youth cautioned under the Police Superintendent
- 14 -
Discretion Scheme started to operate as a pilot project in late 1994. Theseprojects will be subvented on a permanent basis starting from October 1998.
- The City University of Hong Kong had completed a 2-year evaluation on therefocusing of children and youth centre services, the setting up of integratedteams and the effectiveness of the Community Support Service Scheme in early1997. The study confirmed that refocusing of children and youth centre servicesshould be the right direction and also recommended the formation of moreintegrated teams and the extension of the Community Support Service Scheme tocover all the districts in the territory.
Offenders
- The Community Support Service Scheme of the Department for offenders startedto operate since December 1994, serving young offenders under probation orderor community service order through intensive therapeutic groups and structuredprogrammes. Resources have been secured for the pilot scheme to run on apermanent basis in 1998/99.
- The Post-Release Supervision of Prisoners Ordinance was gazetted on30 November 1996, and the Scheme started operation in December 1996. TheScheme aims at assisting certain categories of discharged prisoners, as specifiedin the Ordinance, to rehabilitate and reintegrate into society, and at protecting thepublic through reducing recidivism of discharged prisoners. Staff from theCorrectional Services Department and the SWD jointly provide statutorysupervision to discharged prisoners on whom supervision orders under theScheme are imposed.
- The Community Service Orders, now available to all Magistracies will beextended to High Courts in May 1998.
- The Report of the "Research on the Effectiveness of Rehabilitation Programmesfor Young Offenders" commissioned by the City University of Hong Kong underthe auspices of the Fight Crime Committee's Standing Committee on YoungOffenders was published in August 1997. In response, the Department hasdrawn up an action plan to follow up the recommendations of the research, whichcover educational and pre-vocational training in correctional homes, service forfamilies of young offenders, community re-integration, probation service,Community Service Order and Community Support Service Scheme.
Elderly
- 47 additional independent social centres for the elderly.
- Six additional day care centres for the elderly.
- 15 -
- Five additional multi-service centres for the elderly.
- 366 additional home for the aged places.
- 1,966 additional care-and-attention home places.
- 500 additional bought places in private residential care homes for the elderly.
- The number of companies/organizations participating in the Senior Citizen CardScheme as well as the number of elderly persons applying for the cards have beenincreasing. At the end of March 1998, there was a total of 806companies/organizations/government departments (with 3,006 units/outlets) and375 medical units (with 456 branches) participating in the Scheme. Over542,000 Senior Citizen Cards were issued.
- The Licensing Office of Residential Care Homes for the Elderly (LORCHE) wasset up to enforce the Residential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Ordinance(Chapter 459) which came into operation on 1.4.1995 except section 6. The fullimplementation of the Ordinance was effected on 1.6.1996. Licences andcertificates of exemption are issued to residential care homes for the elderly andregular inspections to these homes are being carried out by inspectors ofLORCHE to ensure that they comply with the requirements of the legislation.
- Recommendations of the Working Group on Care for the Elderly announced inAugust 1994 have been fully implemented. Highlights in community supportservices are : open membership in social centres for the elderly, provision of anadditional van, an additional driver and driver allowance for each day care centrefor the elderly, raising of enrolment rate of day care centres for the elderly to110% and extension of the experimental period of the Volunteer WorkersProgramme and Older Volunteers Programme. Highlights in residential careservices are : 300 hostel places were converted into home for the aged or care-and-attention places, setting up of the Elderly Services Deveoplment Fund,provision of 1,190 health worker training places, introduction of infirmary caresupplement, establishment of the Residential Care Services Delivery System forthe Elderly which came into full operation in early 1998, the Social WelfareDepartment had taken over operation and subvention management of nursinghomes and introduction of the Financial Assistance Scheme for self-financingand private residential care homes.
- Two other major recommendations of the Working Group on Care for theElderly have been implemented. Firstly, planning ratios for care-and-attentionplaces, home for the aged places, social centres, multi-service centres and daycare centres have been revised and promulgated in the Hong Kong PlanningStandards and Guidelines. Secondly, the consultancy study undertaken by
- 16 -
Deloitte and Touche Consulting Group in May 1996 to assess the needs ofelderly people for community support and residential care services wascompleted in early 1998. The Elderly Commission, Social Welfare AdvisoryCommittee and Legislative Council Panel on Welfare Services were consulted onthe findings. Various recommendations are being followed up.
- The Elderly Commission was appointed by the Chief Executive to adviseGovernment on policies in respect of the elderly, to co-ordinate the planning anddevelopment of programmes and services for the elderly, and to monitor theirimplementation. The Commission was set up on 30.7.1997. The Departmentwill respond to the advice of the Commission in developing services for theelderly.
- The Department will implement measures to achieve the Government’s StrategicPolicy Objective of “Care for the Elderly” as announced by the Chief Executivein his Policy Address in October 1997. Highlights are : to set up 36 supportteams for the elderly, 2 cares’ support centres, dementia supplement forsubvented residential care homes, a blister programme to train 270 enrollednurses, 15 additional home help teams, 3,300 additional subvented residentialcare places, 2,400 residential care places under an enhanced Bought PlaceScheme and to promote elderly volunteerism.
Rehabilitation
- 711 additional day activity centre places.
- 1120 additional sheltered workshop places.
- 650 additional places in supported employment for disabled persons.
- 312 additional places in the integrated programme in child care centres.
- 132 additional places in special child care centres.
- 60 new places in the special programme for autistic pre-schoolers in special childcare centres.
- 530 additional places in early education and training centres, including 65 placesfor hearing impaired children.
- 451 additional places in hostels for moderately mentally handicapped persons.
- 821 additional places in hostels for severely mentally handicapped persons,including 250 additional places in care and attention homes for severely disabledpersons.
- 17 -
- 64 additional places in three supported hostels for mildly to moderately disabledpersons.
- 40 additional places in five special small group homes for mildly mentallyhandicapped children and three new integrated places for mildly mentallyhandicapped children in three ordinary small group homes.
- 800 additional places in homes/care and attention homes for aged blind persons.
- 370 additional places in two long stay care homes for chronic mental patients.
- 320 additional places in eight purpose-built half-way houses for dischargedmental patients.
- 20 additional places in activity centre for discharged mental patients.
- The Working Party on Training and Employment for People with Disabilities,chaired by the Director of Social Welfare, was formed in 1994 to review currenttraining and employment for people with disabilities and to makerecommendations for improvement. Its report, containing a series ofrecommendations, was accepted by the Rehabilitation Advisory Committee inMay 1995 for implementation subject to availability of resources.
- As recommended by the Working Party on Training and Employment for Peoplewith Disabilities, the Marketing Consultancy Office (Rehabilitation), funded bythe Lotteries Fund, was set up in January 1997. It was tasked to enhance theproductivity of sheltered workshops and to advise on marketing issues ofsupported employment service through the application of commercial andmarketing strategies and skills with a view to enabling workers with disabilitiesto support themselves in leading a more independent life. The MarketingConsultancy Office (Rehabilitation) was a two-and-a-half year pilot project,after which a review would be conducted.
- The Steering Committee on Implementation of Training and Employment forPeople with Disabilities Recommendations was formed in April 1997 to overseeand monitor the implementation of the recommendations of the Working Partyon Training and Employment for People with Disabilities.
- To promote public awareness of mental health and foster a more constructiveoutlook of life, the Rehabilitation Branch produced a video package with sixepisodes for young people and a series of six half-hour documentary episodes onmental health issues under the sponsorship of the Rehabilitation AdvisoryCommittee's Sub-committee on Public Education on Rehabilitation. Publicattention and concern were also drawn to the needs of and support for peoplewith disabilities and their family carers via a series of interactional programmes.
- 18 -
- In 1997/98, the Department organized a series of programmes on “PublicCommunication Campaign of Enabling Family Carers”. The campaign includesTV drama, district interactional activities and award for outstanding familycarers of people with disabilities. It aims at educating the general public on theneeds and services for persons with disabilities and their families, so that greatersupport and acceptance can be inculcated in the community and their familymembers.
- Chronically ill persons and their families require assistance and support incoping with difficulties arising from their illness. Community RehabilitationNetwork (CRN) is set up to give them support and to develop mutual helpgroups, social networking and educational activities. It provides a meeting placefor them to share and learn experiences and skills in managing their daily life.From April 1997, one clearing house and three CRN centres are provided withsubvention.
- The Criminal Procedure Ordinance was amended in 1995 to enable vulnerablewitnesses including mentally incapacitated persons to testify through a livetelevision link system and give evidence by video recorded interview to reducethe possible trauma during court proceedings. The amended legislation alsoincluded a provision for a support person to accompany mentally incapacitatedwitnesses while giving evidence in court through live television link system. Theamendments came into effect in February 1996.
- A Witness Support Programme has been launched since November 1996 toprovide support persons to accompany mentally incapacitated witnesses ingiving evidence in court through the live television link system. A group of staffof the SWD are available to be called upon as such Support Persons so as to helpmentally incapacitated witnesses reduce their fear and anxiety when givingevidence in court.
- The Criminal Procedure Ordinance and the Mental Health Ordinance wereamended in 1996 to provide courts and magistrates with additional disposaloptions (apart from hospital orders for detention in mental hospitals) for accusedpersons who are found not guilty by reason of insanity or who are unfit to pleadin criminal proceedings by reason of disability. Additional disposal optionsinclude guardianship orders, supervision and treatment orders and absolutedischarge. The amendments came into effect on 1 November 1996.
- The Mental Health Ordinance was further amended in 1997 with a view toproviding better legal safeguards for mentally handicapped persons as well asmentally disordered persons and their carers. Major improvements includeredefining the term “mental disorder” to distinguish clearly people with mentalillness from those with mental handicap only; establishment of an independentGuardianship Board to enforce new guardianship provisions for mentally
- 19 -
handicapped persons as well as mentally disordered persons who have attainedthe age of 18 years or above; and provisions for consent to the carrying out ofmedical, dental treatment and special treatment in respect of mentallyhandicapped as well as mentally disordered persons. It is planned to effect theamendments in late 1998.
Social Security
- The payment rates of Comprehensive Social Security Assistance (CSSA) andSocial Security Allowance (SSA) were increased in April 1995, April 1996 andApril 1997 respectively to take account of inflation.
- A package of improvements to the CSSA Scheme was implemented on 1 April1995 which included paying each single parent family a monthly supplement;increasing the standard rates for children; granting the child standard rate torecipients aged 19 to 21 who are in full-time education; raising the maximumlevel of disregarded earnings and disregarding the first month’s income of certaingroups of recipients who get full-time jobs.
- Following the completion of a comprehensive review of the CSSA Scheme inearly 1996, a package of improvements to the scheme was brought into effect on1 April 1996. These included real increases in the standard rates for specificcategories of recipients; introduction of a flat-rate grant for students for selecteditems of school related expenses (effective from 1996/97 school year);introduction of a special grant for recreational and social activities and a ChineseNew Year Grant for elderly persons; relaxation of the levels of assets governingapplicants’ eligibility for assistance; increases in the levels of maximum rentallowance; and increase in the maximum level of disregarded earnings.
- The maximum rent allowance under the CSSA Scheme was again revisedupwards on 1 April 1997.
- Arising from the review of the CSSA Scheme, the Portable ComprehensiveSocial Security Assistance Scheme was implemented on 1 April 1997 wherebyelderly CSSA recipients who meet the prescribed criteria are allowed to continueto receive their monthly standard rate payment and annual long-term supplementshould they choose to leave Hong Kong to take up permanent residence inGuangdong.
- A special exercise was launched in August 1996 to reach out to all single elderlyCSSA recipients who were not receiving a subsidy for telephone charges to helpthem install a telephone if they needed one.
- A new 24-minute video tape (in Cantonese and Putonghua with Chinese sub-titles and sign language super-imposed on the tape for the benefit of those
- 20 -
suffering from hearing impairment) on the CSSA and SSA Schemes wasproduced in January 1997 and played regularly at the reception area of all socialsecurity field units to help customers and members of the public gain a betterunderstanding of the application procedures, the eligibility criteria and the typesof benefits payable under these two schemes. In particular, a comprehensiverange of special grants available under the CSSA Scheme was introduced in thetape.
- As a follow-up to the review of the CSSA Review, the Department undertook toconduct a review of the SSA Scheme. The review is expected to be completed in1998/99.
- In August 1996, the department appointed consultants to conduct a feasibilitystudy for a Computerised Social Security System (CSSS) involving areplacement of the existing Social Security Payment System. The objective ofthe feasibility study is to recommend, in the light of the policy and operationalobjectives of the department and the likely technological options and resourcesconstraints, a CSSS to meet fully the Administration’s operational andmanagement information needs for policy review, analysis, forecasting,operation and financial management control and payment. The feasibility studywas completed in July 1997. On 28 November 1997, the Finance Committeeapproved funds for a new CSSS and the project is expected to be completed byOctober 2000.
- A review of the CSSA payment to the elderly was completed in 1997. Havingregard to the findings of the study on CSSA elderly which indicated that CSSAelderly did spend varying amount on a wide range of psycho-social needs and aspart of our effort to encourage them to lead a healthy and active social life, theAdministration decided to increase the monthly basic payments to the elderly asfrom 1 April 1998.
- An inter-departmental working group headed by the Director of Social Welfarestarted a review to examine the operation of the CSSA Scheme in 1997/98, withthe focus on how to encourage and help those able-bodied recipients on CSSA tore-join the workforce. The review is expected to be completed by 1998.
- An inter-departmental working group on review of the Emergency Relief Fund(ERF) including its ambit and objects, operational guidelines, scope and levels ofvarious types of grants was completed in March 1996. Following this review, apackage of improvements to the ERF payment schedule was approved in June1996 which included raising the burial grant, increasing the payment rates ofsome of the grants and introducing a new grant to victims who suffered damageor extensive loss to their household appliances.
- 21 -
- With the exception of the burial grant, the payment rates of various grants underthe three accident compensation schemes were revised upwards in April 1995and April 1996 respectively. The payment rate of burial grant was separatelyraised in June 1996. Another revision covering all types of grants took place inAugust 1997.
- An inter-departmental working group on Review of the Criminal and LawEnforcement Injuries Compensation (CLEIC) Scheme was set up in November1996 to review the various aspects of the Scheme with a view to improving theadministrative rules and procedures. The terms of reference of the CLEICBoards have also been revised to reflect more clearly the role and functions of theBoards. The review was completed and the recommendations implemented inMay 1997.
- With the aim of opening a channel of communication with CSSA customers andfinding out their satisfaction levels over our service delivery, and views onimproving service delivery, some 20 Customer Liaison Groups have been set upand are in operation in various social security field units since March 1997.
Support
- The subsidy scheme, as an alternative mode of subvention, has been extended to305 care and attention places for the elderly, an integrated centre, three socialcentres for the elderly and 309 places for voluntary drug treatment andrehabilitation services.
- To facilitate the professional staff in the education and health sectors who wishto join the welfare sector, the accrued benefits of Provident Fund in respect ofthese staff, including the length of their contributory service, have been givenrecognition with effect from 17.10.1996.
- Based on outcome of a subvention review which is aimed to improve the currentsystem so that the NGOs will have greater flexibility in the management of theirresources to meet the required performance targets and to raise the quality oftheir services, the department is actively planning to introduce the proposedrecommendations by phases over the next few years starting from 1998/99. Themajor recommendations include new service quality standards, new performanceassessment procedures, funding and service agreements for various services, anda proposed fixed funding formula or measures to streamline existing subventionsystem. To help the welfare sector cope with these changes, a series of trainingprogrammes will be organized in parallel for staff of the Department and thesector.
- The contract of the Block Insurance Scheme for subvented NGOs has beenrenewed for another 24 months from 1.4.1998 to 31.3.2000.
- 22 -
- The Working Group on Allied Health Personnel was set up under the then Healthand Welfare Branch between April 1995 and October 1996 to address manpowerproblems faced by clinical psychologists, physiotherapists and occupationaltherapists. The Working Group made a number of recommendations to alleviatethe manpower shortage as well as other related issues. A Standing Committee onAllied Health Personnel was set up in October 1997 to review and monitor theoverall manpower situation of clinical psychologists, occupational therapists andphysiotherapists in meeting service needs.
- To address the problem of shortage of enrolled nurses (EN) in elderly andrehabilitation services units of the subvented welfare sector, a total provision of$62.9 Mn is earmarked for implementing a 3-year blister programme for training270 EN to serve in elderly and rehabilitation services units.
- The Social Welfare Manpower Planning System (SWMPS) continues tomaintain statistical information to facilitate manpower planning in the socialwelfare sector. Report No. 8 was published in January 1996, Report No. 9 inApril 1997 and Report No. 10 in April 1998.
- The Social Workers Registration Ordinance was enacted on 1 May 1996 andcame into force on 6 June 1997. The Ordinance provides for the incorporation ofthe Social Workers Registration Board to register qualified social workers andexercise disciplinary control of the professional activities of registered socialworkers and for related matters. A Social Workers Registration Board of 15members which comprises eight elected registered social workers, six membersappointed by the Chief Executive (of whom not less than three shall be neither aregistered social worker nor a public officer) and the Director of Social Welfare(or his representative) as an ex-officio member was set up on 16 January 1998.
Information Technology
- In August 1996, the department appointed consultants to conduct an InformationSystems Strategy Study to assess the information needs of the department. Thestudy was completed in July 1997. A comprehensive strategy consisting of sevenapplication systems was recommended to meet the information needs of thedepartment in the next five years. The strategy is intended to be implemented byphases. During Phase I, apart from the development and implementation of theComputerized Social Security System as mentioned under “Social Security” inthis chapter, feasibility studies on a Client Information System and TechnicalInfrastructure will be conducted during 1998/99.
- 23 -
- In September 1997, the Government Office Automation Programme wasimplemented in the Department. A total of around 90 users were provided withnetworked computers to facilitate their work efficiency.
- As the first step in handling the Year 2000 (Y2000) Problem in the Department, acomprehensive survey was started in early 1998 to find out the impact of theproblem on personal computers and information systems. Using the results ofthe survey, a rectification programme is being prepared. There have also beendiscussions with the Hong Kong Council of Social Service (HKCSS)/NGOs inrespect of the Y2000 Problem in the subvented welfare sector. HKCSS wouldapply to the Lotteries Fund to implement a project to, inter alia, find out the sizeof the problem in NGOs.
Expansion of Social Welfare Services
4. The forecast of demand detailed in the Review has been calculated withreference to the “Hong Kong Population Projections 1997 - 2016” published by theCensus and Statistics Department in May 1997.
5. The expansion of social welfare services is reflected in the progress madetowards the policy objectives in the various service areas (Chapters 4-9), an increase inexpenditure, including social security payments (Chapter 10) and the efforts to increasetrained manpower and support available (Chapter 11). A summary of recurrent andcapital expenditure on social welfare in the financial years 1993-94 to 1997-98 is asfollows :
- 24 -
Actual Expenditure%
CumulativeIncrease
1993-94 1994-95 1995-96 1996-97 1997-98 over$M $M $M $M $M 1993-94
Recurrent
Social SecurityPayments
5,581.0 6,667.7 8,553.9 11,206.9 13,899.2 149%
DepartmentalServices
979.4 1,143.1 1,374.5 1,650.8 1,892.9 93%
Subventions 2,217.1 2,697.5 3,325.5 3,990.6 4,598.1 107%
Capital
DepartmentalServices
3.1 8.3 13.8 11.5 9.9 219%
Lotteries FundPayments
232.9 273.9 343.0 606.5 585.4 151%
Total: 9,013.5 10,790.5 13,610.7 17,466.3 20,985.5 133%
6. Expenditure of the subvented sector for 1993-94 to 1997-98 is furtheranalysed in Appendices 3.1 and 3.2.
- 25 -
CHAPTER 4
FAMILY AND CHILD WELFARE SERVICES
I. BASIC PRINCIPLE AND OVERALL OBJECTIVES
Family Welfare
1.1 The basic principle underlying family welfare is that the familyunit is a vital component of society which provides an intimate environment inwhich personal care, mutual support and emotional security are normallyavailable to its members, and fosters the development of children into healthyand responsible members of society. Thus, the overall objectives of familywelfare services are to preserve and strengthen the family as a unit and to developcaring inter-personal relationship, to enable individuals and family members toprevent personal and family problems, to deal with them when they arise and toprovide for the needs which cannot be met from within the family.
Child Welfare
1.2 The principle underlying child welfare is that the child’s welfare isof paramount importance and that children’s best interests and rights arepromoted and safeguarded. The overall objectives of child welfare services areto support and strengthen families so that they may provide a suitableenvironment for the physical, emotional and social development of their childrenand to provide assistance to those disadvantaged and vulnerable children who arenot adequately looked after by their families.
II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
2.1 The specific objectives of the programme of Family and ChildWelfare Services are:
(a) to provide family casework and counselling to assist families andindividuals to understand and deal with problems of the family, thecare and protection of the young, illness, disabilities, finance,accommodation and inter-personal relationships, and to supportthe carers in the family;
- 26 -
(b) to refer those in need to appropriate government departments orother organisations for assistance in housing, employment,medical care, school placement, day and residential care andvocational training, etc;
(c) to provide family life education, in the form of communityeducation. The programme educates the public on the importanceof family life and how it can be sustained. It is preventive anddevelopmental in nature, and has a long term goal to prevent familyand social problems, to promote harmonious human relationshipand to help families to function effectively. The principal targetgroups are adolescents, adults about to marry, married couples,parents-to-be and parents, with flexibility to serve other targetgroups to better meet the different needs of respective districts;
(d) to help patients and their families cope with or solve personal andsocial problems which arise as a result of illness or disabilities, andto enable them to make the best use of medical and rehabilitationservices;
(e) to provide home help service to individuals and families who arenot capable of looking after themselves or maintaining the normalfunctioning of their households thus supporting the family andenabling those in need to be cared for within the community;
(f) to provide training in home management to clients with the aim ofhelping them to develop adequate skills in household matters andhence help to prevent family disruption or breakdown;
(g) to provide services to street sleepers, bedspace lodgers,particularly those who are aged, disabled or mentally ill,encouraging them to make use of available welfare services andtake up alternative accommodation for long term settlement;
(h) to provide assessment and treatment to clients with psychologicalproblems, to enhance the psychological well-being of people atrisk and to promote positive personality growth;
(i) to arrange the adoption of orphans and other children and youngpersons under 18 who are legally available for adoption (formerlyage 21 before the Adoption Ordinance which governs all adoptionproceedings in Hong Kong was amended in June 1997);
- 27 -
(j) to provide residential care for children and young persons whocannot be adequately looked after by their families;
(k) to provide day nursery places for children aged between two andunder six years old, and to provide financial assistance to familieswith social needs and low income;
(l) to provide day creche places for children aged under two years old,and to provide financial assistance to families with social needsand low income;
(m) to provide specialized service to protect children from all forms ofmaltreatment and neglect including the provision of counsellingand treatment to victims of child abuse and abusers, and to carryout statutory duties stipulated in the amended Criminal ProcedureOrdinance;
(n) to provide intensive casework service, including social enquiriesand statutory supervision for divorcing couples referred by theFamily Court on child custody and guardianship matters;
(o) to provide occasional child care service for children so as tominimize the risk caused to young children being left unattended athome;
(p) to provide refuge and supportive services for battered women andtheir children; and
(q) to provide specialised services to children and families involved incivil cases of international child abduction referred by the CentralAuthority of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region or theCourt of First Instance under the Child Abduction and CustodyOrdinance.
III. STATUTES
3.1 Statutory activities are mainly carried out within the frameworkof :
(a) Protection of Children and Juveniles Ordinance, Cap. 213;
(b) Guardianship of Minors Ordinance, Cap. 13;
(c) Parent and Child Ordinance, Cap. 429;
- 28 -
(d) Matrimonial Causes Ordinance, Cap. 179;
(e) Adoption Ordinance, Cap. 290;
(f) Child Care Services Ordinance, Cap. 243;
(g) Mental Health Ordinance, Cap. 136;
(h) High Court Ordinance, Cap. 4;
(i) Criminal Procedure Ordinance, Cap. 221; and
(j) Child Abduction and Custody Ordinance, Cap. 512.
IV. CURRENT ACTIVITIES
4.1 Family Casework and Counselling Service
4.1.1 Family casework service is provided by 42 family servicescentres of the Social Welfare Department (SWD) and 23 family servicescentres of the non-governmental sector. Distribution of the familyservices centres is shown in Appendix 4.1. As at 31.3.1998, the totalcaseload of the Department was 38,801 while that of the non-governmental sector was 12,741, resulting in an average caseload of 73cases per worker for both the Department and the non-governmentalsector. In addition, the Child Protective Services Unit and Child CustodyServices Unit of the Department are providing counselling services inchild protection and child custody respectively.
4.1.2 Arising from the increasing influx of new arrivals from theMainland, additional resources have been allocated to strengthen thesubvented post-migration service of International Social Service - HongKong Branch which provides dedicated services to assist the new arrivalsfrom the Mainland in adjusting to the local community.
4.2 Protective Services for Children
4.2.1 In general, the Department provides statutory and non-statutory supervision for minors whose parents or guardians are unable toexercise proper care over them, or those who have behaviour/relationshipproblems, or are involved in child custody or child abuse problem. Someof them are made wards of the Director of Social Welfare (DSW) or wards
- 29 -
of Court. Voluntary supervision is also provided by non-governmentalorganizations (NGOs) for minors in need of protective care.
4.2.2 The Criminal Procedure Ordinance was amended andimplemented in February 1996 to include legal provisions in protectingvulnerable witnesses including child abuse victims who are involved incriminal proceedings. Major new legal provisions include :
(a) child witnesses can give evidence through live televisionlink (CCTV) at trial involving sexual and physical abuse,incest and cruelty to child; and
(b) child witnesses involved in the above offences can givetheir evidence in chief on a video recording conducted by apolice officer, government social worker or clinicalpsychologist.
These new provisions seek to provide greater protection to children whengiving evidence in criminal proceedings by minimising the trauma causedto a child due to repeated questioning about the incident throughout theinvestigation process and the court experience.
4.2.3 To implement the new provisions, a Child ProtectionSpecial Investigation Team was set up jointly by the Police and the SWDin December 1995 to conduct joint investigation and video recordedinterviews.
4.2.4 A Witness Support Programme has been launched sinceNovember 1996 to provide support persons to accompany child witnessesin giving evidence in court through the CCTV system. A group ofvolunteers and staff of the SWD are available to be called upon as SupportPersons for vulnerable witnesses. The programme aims to help childwitnesses reduce their fear and anxiety when giving evidence in court.
4.2.5 A Child Witness Pack to help child witnesses prepare forcourt appearance and for use by support persons, social workers andpolice officers has been published in April 1997.
4.2.6 To ensure early detection of child abuse cases, protection ofchild abuse victims and rehabilitation of abusers, the staffing provision ofthe Child Protective Services Unit has increased from nine in 1994/95 to29 in 1997/98. To enhance service delivery, the Unit has been split intothree regional teams in April 1997. The three Units are located inKowloon Bay, Shatin and Tsuen Wan respectively.
- 30 -
4.2.7 Commencing December 1997, through enhancement toDepartmental Hotline Service (DHS), enquiries to DHS relating to reportsor concerns of suspected child abuse incidents are directly handled byChild Protective Services Unit caseworkers during office hours.
4.2.8 The Working Group on Child Abuse continued to work outmeasures to combat the problem of child abuse. Major achievementsinclude :
(a) setting up District Committees on Child Abuse in all 13SWD districts to co-ordinate multi-disciplinary efforts, tobuild up a local network on handling of child abuse problemand to enhance public education on prevention of theproblem at a district level;
(b) launching territory-wide public education and publicitycampaign on prevention of child abuse and child sexualabuse;
(c) developing a set of Procedures for Handling Child SexualAbuse Cases, which had been put to use since March 1996,to streamline the handling procedures and promotecollaborative efforts in tackling child sexual abuse. Theprocedures have been revised in August 1997 in the light ofoperational experience;
(d) producing a news bulletin on child protection to enhancecommunication and co-ordination among professionals ofdifferent disciplines, the first issue of the bulletin wasdistributed to interested parties in January 1997 and will bepublished regularly on a biannual basis; and
(e) commissioning of two research studies on child abuse to theresearch teams of two tertiary institutes.
4.3 Family Life Education
4.3.1 There were 79 family life education (FLE) workers fromSWD and NGOs to provide FLE service as at 31.3.1998. They operate awide range of educational and promotional programmes in various forms.Distribution of FLE workers is at Appendix 4.1.
4.3.2 The Programme Committee on FLE set up in December1989 has continued to facilitate comprehensive development of FLEservice. It comprises representatives from SWD and the Hong Kong
- 31 -
Council of Social Service (HKCSS). FLE programmes have beenrefocussed since 1.4.1994 to expand the target groups to include marriedcouples and organise more in-depth small group multi-session educationalprogrammes. A review of the refocussing was completed in April 1997which concluded that the focus of FLE programmes was moving towardsthe right direction.
4.3.3 The co-ordination and monitoring of FLE service at thedistrict level is carried out by Social Work Officers (Youth) under theDistrict Social Welfare Officers and through the machinery of DistrictCommittees on FLE.
4.3.4 The Committee on FLE Publicity Campaign formed bySWD and the HKCSS continues to launch annual publicity campaigns topromote public awareness on the importance of family life throughvarious media. The 1997/99 Publicity Campaign is launched with themain theme of ‘Care for Your Family’.
4.3.5 SWD operates a FLE Resource Centre in Wanchai, HongKong, providing resource materials, both hardware and software, tofacilitate social workers in organising FLE programmes. Since late 1994,the manpower of FLE Resource Centre was strengthened to helplaunching FLE publicity campaigns, and developing more FLE resourcematerials. The Centre also keeps related resource materials for otherservices including school social work, outreaching social work andservices for the elderly. The Working Group on FLE ResourceDevelopment has continued to give advice on the development of audio-visual material and equipment.
4.4 Medical Social Service
4.4.1 SWD provides medical social services in public hospitalsand specialist clinics of the Hospital Authority and in some out-patientclinics of the Department of Health. Medical social workers providepatients and their families with individual and group counselling,financial aid, housing assistance or referral to other community resourcesto facilitate their treatment, rehabilitation and reintegration into thesociety. The establishment of medical social workers in SWD was 372 asat 31.3.1998, covering 112 medical social services units. (Appendix 4.2.)
4.5 Services for Ex-drug Abusers
4.5.1 SWD subvents the Society for the Aid and Rehabilitation ofDrug Abusers to operate five half-way houses/hostels for ex-drug abusers.The Department also subvents the Caritas - Hong Kong to run two clubhouses for methadone patients and ex-drug abusers. Two subventedcounselling centres for young psychotropic substance abusers are
- 32 -
operated by the Hong Kong Christian Service and the Caritas - HongKong. Since 1.3.1998, SWD, on the basis of the findings of the researchteam of the Chinese University of Hong Kong, subvents 4 non-medicaldrug treatment and rehabilitation agencies, namely Barnabas CharitableAssociation, Christian New Being Fellowship, Finnish MissionaryAssociation Ling Oi Youth Centre and Operation Dawn.
4.5.2 The Governor held two Summit Meetings on Drugs on6.3.95 and 23.5.96 to bring together Government and NGOs, schools andparents to plan a community-wide education and support effort to try tohalt the growing trend in drug abuse by young people. A total of 160specific initiatives were formulated after the Summit Meetings.
4.6 Home Help Service
4.6.1 Home help service is provided on a district basis by homehelp teams which operate either in multi-service centres for the elderly, orindependently on the “kitchen-based” model or “home-based” model.From 1990 onwards, provision of service has been extended to coverholidays, Sundays, Saturday afternoons and during typhoons for the mostneedy cases. As at 31.3.1998, there were 126 home help teams withdistribution as shown in Appendix 4.1.
4.7 Family Aide Service
4.7.1 Family aide service serves as a support to casework service,and has been implemented in 52 family services centres of SWD andNGOs since mid-December 1990. Families with young children withinadequate parents/caring agents or disabled/mentally ill parents as wellas families in and after crisis need family aide service. Each family aideworker can handle approximately eight cases at any one time. A review ofthe service will be conducted in 1998/99. Distribution of family aideservice is shown in Appendix 4.1.
4.8 Family Care Demonstration and Resource Centre
4.8.1 A Family Care Demonstration and Resource Centre was setup in June 1994 to support family aide service and to provide a“home-like” training environment for customers to learn the skills to carefor themselves and their family members.
- 33 -
4.9 Temporary shelter/urban hostels/day relief facilities for street sleepersand displaced bedspace lodgers
4.9.1 As at 31.3.1998, there were 13 temporary shelters/urbanhostels for single persons (including five by subvented NGOs and eightothers by non-profit-making self-financing organisations) with a totalcapacity of 595 places. In addition, there were two day relief centresoperated by subvented NGOs.
4.9.2 SWD conducts survey on street sleepers throughout theterritory on a biennial basis to collect data as well as to introduce welfareservices to the street sleepers. SWD also visits bedspace apartments on ahalf-yearly basis to identify cases that may require welfare services. Tosupport the licensing of bedspace apartments, SWD joins the inter-departmental task force and undertakes to help rehouse those lodgers whoare aged, non-able-bodied and in weak health.
4.10 Compassionate rehousing
4.10.1 The Department and NGOs recommend individuals andfamilies who have genuine immediate long-term housing need because ofspecific circumstances and personal factors to the Housing Departmentfor allocation of accommodation in public housing estates. Since July1991, conditional tenancy has been granted under the compassionaterehousing scheme to persons undergoing divorce proceedings andassuming custody of the children so as to provide them with timelyhousing assistance. The conditional tenancy scheme was furtherimproved in 1994 extending assistance to people seeking divorce whohave joint ownership of private residential property or residential propertyunder the Home Ownership Scheme with their spouses. Through thecompassionate rehousing scheme, a total of 5,484 cases were rehoused,using 5,431 flats and benefitting 11,978 persons from 1995/96 to 1997/98.
4.11 Services for battered spouses
4.11.1 A Working Group on Battered Spouses is convened by theSWD and includes representatives from eight Government departments,the Hospital Authority and the non-government sector. The workinggroup has examined measures to tackle the problem of battered spousesand to strengthen co-ordination amongst Government departments and theNGOs. Apart from drawing up a set of multi-disciplinary guidelines onhandling victims of battered spouse cases, the working group has alsopursued educating the public on the destructive forces of family violenceand to encourage families at risk to seek early professional advice throughthe production of Television Announcement of Public Interest (TVAPI),
- 34 -
Radio Announcement of Public Interest (Radio API), and posters.Besides, a Central Information System to collect data on battered spousecases handled by government departments, the Hospital Authority andNGOs was also set up in April 1997 in order to better gauge the statisticson battered spouse cases. A total of 1,200 cases were recorded by theSystem during the period from April 1997 to March 1998.
4.12 Clinical Psychological Services
4.12.1 Clinical psychological services include intellectual anddiagnostic assessments, psychological counselling or therapy, communityprojects, training, public education and research pertaining to mentalhealth services. As at 31.3.1998, there were a total of 44 clinicalpsychologist (CP) posts in SWD and NGOs (excluding five CP posts inrehabilitation settings) as shown in Appendix 4.1.
4.13 24-hour Departmental Hotline Operation During Cold Spells
4.13.1 In order to provide enquiry service to the vulnerable peoplesuch as the elderly, street sleepers etc. during cold spells, the Departmentinitiated a new performance pledge in 1996/97 to man the DepartmentalHotline by social workers on 24-hour basis when the temperature drops to10 °C or below. From December 1996 to March 1998, the DepartmentalHotline Service had operated on 24-hour basis when the temperaturedropped to 12 °C (with a few degrees lower expected in the NewTerritories) during the ten cold spells within such period. Social workersreached out to the callers to render services to the cases requiringimmediate attention and services. During these ten cold spells, a total of1022 calls relating to cold spells were received among which 288 caseswere outreached and services such as distribution and provision ofblankets, food, clothing, escort service to hospital or cold shelter, andfinancial assistance were rendered.
4.14 Adoption Service
4.14.1 SWD handles cases of adoption within Hong Kong andalso, in conjunction with NGOs, adoption cases overseas. TheDepartment has streamlined the procedures to reduce significantly thetime taken to identify suitable adoptive homes. From 1995/96 to 1997/98,332 local adoption orders on DSW Wards and another 355 ordersinvolving private adoption were granted and 39 overseas adoptionplacements for DSW wards were approved. As at 31.3.1998, 39 and 142DSW wards were waiting for local and overseas adoption respectively.Parallel matching of DSW wards with special needs for both local andoverseas adoption are arranged to enhance their chances of adoption.
- 35 -
4.15 Residential Child Care Services
4.15.1 Children who cannot be adequately looked after by theirfamilies or who have behavioural or emotional problems are providedwith residential care services. Such services will be developed on theprinciple that a family setting is the natural environment for the healthydevelopment of a child, and should be the preferred choice over aninstitutional setting, particularly for children below their teens. As at31.3.1998, there was a total of 3,309 places available from foster care,small group homes, residential creches, residential nurseries, children’shomes, boys’ or girls’ homes or hostels and children’s reception centres.Details are at Appendix 4.1.
4.15.2 The Residential Child Care Services DevelopmentCommittee will continue to review the provision of residential child careservices, to identify changing service needs and to recommend areas fordevelopment and improvement.
4.15.3 A computerised Central Referral System for ResidentialChild Care Services was introduced in May 1995 to streamline referralprocedures, maximise use of available resources, identify demand forresidential child care service and provide information for service planningand development. The system has been reviewed in 1997/98 to furtherstreamline the procedures.
4.15.4 The Task Group on Provision of Services for MaladjustedChildren has completed the review over the implementation of the CentralCoordinating Referral Mechanism. Ways for further improvement on thereferral system to boost up the utilization of residential services and theschool for social development were worked out.
4.16 Day Care
4.16.1 Day Nursery Service provides education and care and looksafter the developmental needs of children aged between two and under sixyears old. As at 31.3.1998, there were 221 aided/government nurseriesproviding 25,474 places. Families are to contribute to the cost of theservice, according to their means. Low income families with a social needto place their children in full day care receive financial assistance throughthe Fee Assistance Scheme. Aided day nurseries receive a subsidyequivalent to 5% of the maximum approved fee income, and fullreimbursement of rent and rates.
- 36 -
4.16.2 Occasional Child Care Service - Some creches andnurseries provide occasional care for children whose carers are unable totake care of them for brief periods due to various commitments or suddenengagements. As at 31.3.1998, 690 places were provided in 221 childcare centres.
4.16.3 Integrated Programme in Day Nursery - Some nurseriesprovide care and training for mildly disabled children through anIntegrated Programme. As at 31.3.1998, 1,222 integrated places wereprovided in 203 nurseries.
4.16.4 Extended Hour Service in Child Care Centre - Somenurseries provide extended hour service to meet the social needs offamilies and working parents who need longer hours of child careassistance. As at 31.3.1998, 70 places were provided in five aided daynurseries.
4.16.5 Day Creche Service provides care and looks after thedevelopmental needs of children below the age of two years. Consideringthe low take-up rate of day creche service, a review on the provision wasconducted in early 1996. Measures to tackle the concern, includingconversion of day creche into nursery-cum-creche centres, reprovisioningof creches located in areas with aging population to areas with higherdemand, were introduced. As at 31.3.1998, there were 22 aided daycreches providing 1,319 places.
4.16.6 Nursery-cum-creche Service - This combined mode ofnursery-cum-creche service provides an additional placement option forparents. It offers continuity of care for young children attending crechesand still in need of continual day care service when they reach the age oftwo. Furthermore, this service mode offers greater flexibility inmaximising the use of resource. As at 31.3.98, there were five aidednursery-cum-creche centres providing 467 day nursery places and 160day creche places. The Fee Assistance Scheme is also applicable to thisservice.
4.16.7 Unification of Pre-primary Services - The ReconstitutedWorking Party on Kindergarten Education which was reconvened inFebruary 1995 to examine the practicalities of unifying pre-primaryservices issued its Report in December 1995. The recommendation onharmonising and aligning the qualification and salary scales ofkindergarten teachers and child care workers was implemented inSeptember 1995. A basic programme was developed to harmonise thetraining for kindergarten teachers and child care workers in September1996. A common curriculum guide for both kindergartens and child carecentres was also issued in September 1996.
- 37 -
4.16.8 The Child Care Services Ordinance and Child Care CentresRegulations are enforced by the Child Care Centres Advisory Inspectorateof the SWD. New legal provisions have been included under the ChildCare Services Ordinance to facilitate the formation of mutual help childcare groups, to regulate childminding services and to improve the qualityof care in child care centres since 30.9.1997.
4.17 Staffing standards for different types of services are shown inAppendix 4.3.
V. FORECAST OF DEMAND
5.1 The demand for the activities of this programme is affected bymany factors, some of which are largely intangible, such as changing socialattitudes and changing circumstances which may enhance or erode familyfunctioning and stability. Major factors which affect some of the activities are:
(a) the size, composition and movement of the population;
(b) the changing patterns of family structure, including the increase insingle parent families arising from divorce and separation;
(c) the change in economic conditions which affect the number offamilies with low income, the family functioning and itsrelationship;
(d) the change in social and political environment, some of which maybring stress to the family;
(e) the number of women in the work force;
(f) the attitude of the Juvenile Courts and Family Courts in referringcases for protective care and child custody;
(g) the number of people who may be in poor physical or mentalhealth, or who are elderly;
(h) the number of new arrivals from the Mainland particularly theincrease in the daily quota since mid 1995;
(i) the crime rate, particularly among young persons;
(j) the number of methadone patients, ex-drug abusers and youngabusers of psychotropic substance; and
- 38 -
(k) the availability and effectiveness of alternative sources ofassistance.
5.2 Family Casework and Counselling Service
5.2.1 The forecast of demand for family casework andcounselling service is projected on the rate of caseload growth. It is theGovernment’s policy to meet the demand for these services in full, and toallocate available resources flexibly in accordance with the needs ofdifferent areas. A planning ratio of one family services centre for every150,000 general population is adopted for setting up new centres in newtowns or redevelopment areas. In districts where greater demands aredemonstrated, a more flexible approach is adopted. In view that theexisting planning ratio has been used for years, the Department hasformed, with representatives from the HKCSS, a Working Group toreview the planning ratio and examine other related issues like expansionof family services centres.
5.3 Family Life Education
5.3.1 The demand is related to the size of the target populationaged 10 - 50.
5.3.2 Both the SWD and NGOs will review the planning ratio andtarget groups for the service in 1998/99.
5.4 Medical Social Service
5.4.1 The requirement of medical social workers (MSWs) isbased on the number of hospital beds and out-patient cases. For planningpurpose, the following planning ratios endorsed by the MedicalDevelopment Advisory Committee in 1979 are adopted:
General beds 1 MSW : 90 bedsPsychiatric beds 1 MSW : 140 bedsPsychiatric out-patient cases 1 MSW : 250 casesGeneral out-patient cases 1 MSW : 250 casesChest cases 1 MSW : 400 cases
5.4.2 SWD will review the manning ratios of MSWs in 1998/99.
- 39 -
5.5 Home Help
5.5.1 Forecast of demand is based on the Review of the Demandfor Home Help Service completed in 1998. The projected demand isbased on a demand study jointly undertaken by Social WelfareDepartment and the NGOs/HKCSS from October 1996 to March 1997.65 cases per team is used as the basis for calculating team requirement.The changing needs of community especially the increasing number ofelderly population have been taken into account.
5.6 Family Aide Service
5.6.1 The planning ratio is one family aide for a family servicescentre with a minimum caseload of 600.
5.7 Clinical Psychological Services
5.7.1 The planning ratio is one clinical psychologist to 1,356family counselling cases. The projected demand for clinicalpsychological services has also taken into account the demand for theservice in school social work, outreaching social work, probation andCommunity Service Order services, correctional homes service andYoung Offender Assessment Panel service.
5.8 Residential Care
5.8.1 Apart from the factors mentioned in para. 5.1, factors thatspecifically affect the demand for residential care are :
(a) the number of children who are homeless and suitable foradoption;
(b) the number of children with special needs who may requirea longer period of care, while waiting for adoptive homes;
(c) the number of children who have to be temporarily takencare of because of problems in their families or because oftheir own behavioural problems; and
(d) the availability of other community support services, e.g.home help, day care, etc.
- 40 -
5.9 Day Nursery
5.9.1 The Department adopts a planning ratio of 100 aidednursery places for every 20,000 general population. The ratio is appliedflexibly as the demand for nursery places in a district is affected by manylocal factors.
5.10 Day Creche
5.10.1 Following the review on the provision of day creche serviceconducted by the SWD in early 1996, the target additional provision by1997 had been revised from 1,200 to 606 places to ensure that resourcescould be more effectively used. The need for expansion of day crecheservice will be subject to review in the light of future enrolment trend.
- 41 -
VI. PLANNED PROVISION AND SHORTFALL
Demand/ ProjectedType ofService Planning Ratio
Provision as at31.3.98
Provision/Shortfall 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/2001 2001/2002 2002/2003
FamilyCaseworkService
1 FSC : 150,000population
1 caseworker :65 cases
Workers(caseload)
SWD 539(38,801)
Demand(Note 1)
875(56,893)
966(62,806)
1,067(69,339)
1,178(76,560)
1,301(84,540)
NGO 167-subvented (12,741)
Provision 732 732 732 732 732
Total 706 Shortfall 143 234 335 446 569
Family LifeEducation
1 : 50,000 targetpopulation(Note 2)
Workers
SWD 6Demand 87 88 89 89 90
NGO-subvented 73
Provision 79 79 79 79 79
Total 79 Shortfall 8 9 10 10 11
MedicalSocial Service
Workers
SWD 372(Note 3)
Demand
Provision
528
384
528
390
528
398
528
406
528
411
Total 372 Shortfall 144 138 130 122 117
Home Help Teams
NGO-subvented 126
Demand
Provision
202
149
208
150
213
152
219
152
223
152
Total 126 Shortfall 53 58 61 67 71
Family Aide 1 Family Aide :caseload of 600in familyservices centre
Workers(Ward
Attendants)
SWD 41Demand 77 77 77 77 77
NGO-subvented 11
Provision(Note 4)
52 52 52 52 52
Total 52 Shortfall 25 25 25 25 25
TemporaryShelter/UrbanHostel/DayRelief Centrefor Street
Centres
NGOs-subvented 7
Provision 7 7 7 7 7
Sleepers andBed-spaceLodgers
Total 7 7 7 7 7 7
Refuge forWomen
Centres
SWD 1 Provision 1 1 1 1 1
NGO-subvented 2
2 2 2 2 2
Total 3 3 3 3 3 3
- 42 -
Demand/ ProjectedType ofService Planning Ratio
Provision as at31.3.98
Provision/Shortfall 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/2001 2001/2002 2002/2003
ClinicalPsychologicalService
1 ClinicalPsychologist :1,356 familycounsellingcases
ClinicalPsychologists
SWD 30Demand(Note 5)
67 67 67 67 67
NGO-subvented 11
(Note 6)
Provision(Note 6)
52 52 52 52 52
Total 41 Shortfall 12 12 12 12 12
Foster Care(includingprovision ofemergency
Places
SWD 60 Provision 600 600 600 600 600
foster care) NGO-subvented 540
Total 600 600 600 600 600 600
Small GroupHome
Home
NGO-subvented 113
Provision 113 113 116 116 116
Total 113 113 113 116 116 116
Day Nursery 100 aidedplaces : 20,000population
Places
SWD 113
Demand
Provision
33,635
113
34,117
113
34,574
113
35,024
113
35,465
113
NGO-aided 25,828
29,378 30,462 30,862 31,350 31,350
Total 25,941 Shortfall(Note 7)
4,144 3,542 3,599 3,561 4,002
Day Crèche Places
NGO-aided 1,479
Provision 1,621 1,681 1,681 1,681 1,681
Total 1,479 1,621 1,681 1,681 1,681 1,681
OccasionalChild CareService
Units
SWD 1 Provision 1 1 1 1 1
NGO-subvented 229
(Note 8)
235 235 235 235 235
Total 230 236 236 236 236 236
ResidentialChild CareService
Nil Places
SWD 220 220 220 220 220 220
NGO-subvented 1,585 (Note 9)
Provision 1,615(Note 10)
1,615 1,615 1,635(Note 11)
1,655(Note 12)
Total 1,805 1,835 1,835 1,835 1,855 1,875
- 43 -
Note 1 : Rate of caseload growth for SWD Family Services Centres(FSCs) is estimated at + 11% per annum while that for thesubvented sector is + 8.5% per annum.
Note 2 : The improved planning ratio of 1 : 50,000 target population isbased on the following calculation:
(a) The target population of the major client group is aged 10 -50;
(b) One family life education worker could organize an averageof 43 family life education programmes per annum; and
(c) The ratio of educational and combined (promotional andeducational) programme is 7 : 3.
Note 3 : This figure excludes medical social workers working in ex-subvented hospitals/centres under the Hospital Authority.
Note 4 : The provision will be examined subject to a review of theservice.
Note 5 : Demand covers requirements for all services settings e.g.rehabilitation, school social work, outreaching social work,medical social services, residential care institutions, correctionalservices, etc.
Note 6 : The provision has excluded the provision of clinicalpsychologists (CP) in rehabilitation settings which is 2 in1996/97, 5 in 1997/98 and 8 in 1998/99. The provision of CPwill be examined subject to endorsement of a new manning ratiofor CP service.
Note 7 : As at 31.3.1998, there were 1,464 non-profit-making and 13,209private places which contribute to meeting the demand for childcare places.
Note 8 : Occasional Child Care Service was under subvention since1.9.1993.
Note 9 : The decrease of 40 places is in children’s home (20 places) andresidential creche (20 places).
- 44 -
Note 10 : The increase of 30 places is in girls’ home without school on site.
Note 11 : The increase of 20 places is in hostel for boys.
Note 12 : The increase of 20 places is in hostel for boys.
- 45 -
VII. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION
7.1 To create additional caseworker posts for family services centres tocope with increased demand and improve the manning ratio by phases.
7.2 To further promote the use of supportive and therapeutic groupwork as an integral part of the casework process whereby clients with similarproblems can share their experience and increase their ability to tackle problemsindependently. Other innovative approaches to achieve social work objectivesshould be explored.
7.3 To create additional medical social worker posts to cope withincreased demand, to support outreach medical services and to man newhospitals and clinics.
7.4 SWD and NGOs will review the current provision of the home helpservice and project the expansion of the service in the coming years, basing onthe results of a demand study and the Consultancy Study on the Review of theoperation of home help service.
7.5 Apart from the planned provision i.e. to establish seven teams in97/98 and five teams in 98/99, additional financial resources had been secured toset up additional 15 teams in 1998/99 to make up a total of 149 teams by1998/99. To explore the feasibility of developing a more effective service, aConsultant has been appointed to conduct a review on the operation of homehelp service.
7.6 The Central Publicity Committee on Family Life Education hasformulated strategy for publicity campaign to launch a new theme, ‘Care forYour Family’ for 1997/99.
7.7 The Public Education Sub-committee on Child Abuse will continueto follow up on the overall publicity strategy and co-ordinate publicity andpublic education efforts on prevention of child abuse.
7.8 The Residential Child Care Services Development Committee willcontinue to review the provision of residential child care services, to identifyservice needs and to recommend areas for development and improvement.
7.9 Opportunities will continue to be taken to convert existing largechildren’s homes into non-institutional facilities when there is a need ofreprovisioning.
- 46 -
7.10 To review the service delivery mode of the integrated service formildly mentally handicapped children in small group service in 1998/99.
7.11 To provide 48 additional integrated places in child care centres in1998/99.
7.12 To review the computerised central referral system for residentialchild care service to further streamline the referral procedures.
7.13 To provide additional aided nursery places until the demand is fullymet.
7.14 To implement the new provisions of the Child Care ServicesOrdinance to regulate childminding services and to facilitate the setting up ofmutual help child care centres.
7.15 To examine applications for mutual recognition of basic trainingcourse for kindergarten teachers and child care workers from traininginstitutions.
7.16 To publicize the availability of counselling service to the public tohelp inform the needy ones to come forward for service.
7.17 To review the provision of additional senior social workpractitioner posts to handle more difficult and complex cases in family servicescentres.
VIII. PROPOSALS PENDING POLICY/FUNDING APPROVALOR REQUIRING FURTHER EXAMINATION
8.1 The integration of different services should continue to be exploredand examined to meet the changing needs of the society and to maximize theutilization of resources.
8.2 Mediation service which may provide a possible means to helpdivorcing couples resolve child custody, access and other ancillary matters in anon-adversarial manner instead of litigation would be promoted and developedin Hong Kong.
8.3 The service of the Multi-disciplinary Team for Elderly StreetSleepers which is currently run on experimental basis will be continued subjectto the findings of the evaluation on the project in 1999/2000.
- 47 -
CHAPTER 5
SERVICES FOR CHILDREN AND YOUTH
I. BASIC PRINCIPLE AND OVERALL OBJECTIVE
1.1 The basic principle underlying services for children and young peopleis the recognition that childhood and adolescence are a period of rapid physical,psychological and social development, and the family, the school, and welfareservices all have an important role in contributing to the healthy development ofyoung people into responsible adults. Young people are society's valuable assets, theassurance for its continuation and advancement. The overall objective of services forchildren and youth is therefore to provide opportunities for and to assist youngpeople to become mature, responsible and contributing members of society.
II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
2.1 Services for children and youth should aim at:
(a) fostering the development of positive personal values, personality andcharacter;
(b) enhancing family and other personal relationships;
(c) encouraging participation in community affairs and politicalprocesses, cultivating a sense of civic responsibility and socialcommitment;
(d) assisting those with adjustment difficulties or in disadvantagedcircumstances to work through these in order to assume a morepositive role in society; and
(e) encouraging the development of an international perspective in youngpeople in keeping with Hong Kong’s international composition andstatus.
- 48 -
III. TYPE OF CUSTOMERS
3.1 Services for children and youth are provided for those age between 6and 24, with or without disabilities. A degree of flexibility should be exercised toencourage those aged over 24 to retain an association with the services byvolunteering to help in their provision.
IV. CURRENT ACTIVITIES
4.1 Children and youth services are delivered mainly through children andyouth centres, integrated teams, outreaching social work, school social work andcommunity support service scheme. A number of uniformed organizations andyouth award schemes also provide related services. In addition, the Working Groupon Services for Youth at Risk was formed in July 1993 to examine current youthproblems and to recommend measures to address the welfare needs of young peopleat risk.
4.2 Children and Youth Centres
4.2.1 Children and youth centres are established to encourage youngpeople to participate in worthwhile activities and pursuits, allowing them toorganize their own groups and to reach out into the community with a view toassisting them with their personal development. Through guidance andsupport, young people could be assisted to overcome adjustment difficulties,family and other personal relationships could be enhanced and communityand international perspectives developed. These centres, operated on aneighbourhood basis by non-governmental organizations (NGOs) throughdepartmental subvention, are either in the form of single units (i.e. a childrencentre for those aged 6-14 years or a youth centre for the 15-24 years old) orin the form of combined units (i.e. a children and youth centre to cover bothage groups).
4.2.2 As at 31.3.1998, there were 235 children and youth centreunits (please refer to Note 1 of paragraph 6.1 for the calculation of provisionof children and youth centres). A list of new centres set up in 1995/96 -1997/98 with resources allocated through reprovisioning of existing centres isat Appendix 5.1.
4.2.3 Appointed by the Secretary for Health and Welfare in March1992, the Working Party on Review of Children and Youth Centre Servicescompleted its work in early 1994. The Review Report was subsequentlyendorsed by Secretary for Health and Welfare after consultation with theSocial Welfare Advisory Committee and the Commission on Youth. The
- 49 -
following recommendations on children and youth centre services have beenimplemented with effect from 1.4.1994:
(a) Children and youth centre services are planned according toyouth population instead of general population.
(b) Children and youth centres have to serve those aged between 6and 24, with or without disabilities, with the flexibility to serve"older youth".
(c) Children and youth centres have to organize four coreprogrammes, i.e. guidance and counselling service, supportiveservice for young people in disadvantaged circumstances,socialization programmes and development of socialresponsibility and competence.
(d) Local Children and Youth Service Committees have been setup to identify local needs and to co-ordinate service provision.
4.2.4 The Working Party on Review of Children and Youth CentreServices has also recommended the setting up of integrated teams andCommunity Support Service Scheme, details of which are described in theensuing paragraphs.
4.2.5 The Steering Committee on the Implementation of IntegratedTeams of Children and Youth Services, with reference to an evaluationconducted by the City University of Hong Kong from 1995-1997, has agreedon the effectiveness of the refocusing of children and youth centre service andconfirmed it to be the right service direction.
4.2.6 Pursuant to the recommendation of the Co-ordinatingCommittee for the Welfare of Children and Youth at Risk, a Task Group onModernization of Children and Youth Centres (Task Group) was set up inOctober 1995 to review the schedule of accommodation, technical scheduleand furniture and equipment requirement of children and youth centres so asto meet changing youth needs and operational needs of the centres. Thereview was completed in early 1997 and the recommendations made by theTask Group has been endorsed and approved by the Co-ordinatingCommittee for the Welfare of Children and Youth at Risk, the Social WelfareAdvisory Committee, the Legislative Council Panel on Welfare Services,Finance Bureau and Property Vetting Committee. The improvement itemswould be applied to all the new and existing children and youth centres byphases starting from June 1998.
- 50 -
4.3 Integrated Teams
4.3.1 To implement the recommendation of the Report on Review ofChildren and Youth Centre Services, 20 integrated teams have been set up inspecific catchment areas with a population of around 12 000 children andyouth population as at March 1998. Children and youth centre services,outreaching social work, and school social work are core services to beprovided by integrated teams. Wherever possible, family life educationshould be included. Recurrent funding for these teams is pooled fromexisting resources of children and youth services. With the flexibility indeploying the manpower and other resources pooled, and through adoptingdifferent service models and approaches, integrated teams can effectivelymeet young people’s multifarious needs and, at the same time, be responsiveto community demand. The effectiveness of integrated team has beenconfirmed by an evaluation conducted by the City University of Hong Kongfrom 1995 - 1997. In the light of the findings of the evaluation, SocialWelfare Department (SWD) would assist NGOs to form more new integratedteams wherever appropriate. A Task Group on Implementation of IntegratedTeam and Refocusing of Children and Youth Centre Service has been set upsince December 1997 to further examine the implementation of therecommendations of the evaluation study. The names of the operatingagencies/units and the districts served are at Appendix 5.2.
4.4 Community Support Service Scheme
4.4.1 The Working Party on Review of Children and Youth CentreServices recommended the establishment of a Community Support ServiceScheme. The Scheme aims to help children and youth who have infringed thelaw or on the verge of law infringement to re-integrate into society.Counselling, structured supportive group programmes and intensivesupervised activities are provided by the Scheme to supplement the existingcasework and youth services for marginal youth and young delinquents.Three projects, two operated by NGOs with a grant from the Lotteries Fundfor youth at risk and one by the SWD for offenders, started operation inOctober 1994 on an experimental basis. An evaluation conducted by the CityUniversity of Hong Kong from 1995 - 1997 has confirmed the effectivenessof the service. The service will be provided on permanent basis starting from1 October 1998. The names of operating agencies of the NGO projects andthe districts served are at Appendix 5.3. (Please refer to paragraph 5.2.4 ofChapter 7 for more detailed information about the project for offenders.)
- 51 -
4.5 School Social Work
4.5.1 School social work is designed to identify and help studentswhose academic, social and emotional development is at risk. It seeks toassist them to solve their personal problems and to make maximum use oftheir educational opportunities and prepare them for adulthood. The serviceis rendered to secondary school students through school social workers ofSWD and NGOs.
4.5.2 From 1995/96 to 1997/98, 58 additional school social workerposts were created. As at 31.3.98, 282 school social workers from 18 NGOs(Appendix 5.4) and four social workers of the department provided servicesto 449,127 students in 435 schools. The overall manning ratio was therefore1:1,570. The planning ratio of one school social worker to 2,000 studentpopulation as pledged in the White Paper "Social Welfare into 1990s andBeyond" has been achieved in 1994/95. Deployment was subsequently madeto strengthen the services for 132 schools with more student problems. Theseschools were provided with school social work service at the ratio of 1:1,000,and the resultant manning ratio of the remaining schools was 1:2,053.
4.5.3 A Working Group on Review of School Social Work Servicewas set up by SWD in December 1996 to review the school social workservice and how the service could be further improved and to recommendhow resources can best be deployed to address the needs of students. Itcomprises representatives from the Health and Welfare Bureau, Educationand Manpower Bureau, SWD, NGOs, Education Department, Hong KongCouncil of Social Service, school principals and an independent member.The Working Group has recommended a package of measures includingstrengthening co-operation and interfacing between school-based and non-school-based community services, redefining roles of school social workers,mobilizing parents and teachers and improvement to manning ratio in non-Academically-Low-Achiever schools. The Working Group has published adraft report for consultation. It is anticipated that the final report will besubmitted in early 1999.
4.6 Outreaching Social Work
4.6.1 There are young people who do not normally participate inconventional social or youth activities but are vulnerable to undesirableinfluences. Outreaching social work aims to establish contact with theseyoung people in the places they are known to frequent, such as playgrounds,fast-food restaurants and to provide counselling, guidance and other forms ofservice to help them overcome their problems, develop their potential andbecome socially re-integrated. Outreaching social work teams are established
- 52 -
in high priority areas with higher juvenile crime rate and unserved youthpopulation. As at 31.3.98, a total of 33 outreaching social work teamsoperated by 12 NGOs are deployed in the high priority areas (Appendix 5.5).
4.6.2 Pursuant to the recommendations of the Report on the Reviewof Outreaching Social Work Service (1990), the resource corner foroutreaching social work was set up in April 1994 and integrated into the SWDFamily Life Education Resource Centre. Locality working bases have alsobeen set up by some teams at places with demonstrated need.
4.6.3 In 1994/95, the Steering Group on Outreaching Social Workcompleted a review on the need for further expansion of the service. TheSteering Group recommended an expansion of two teams per year for threeconsecutive years from 1996/97 onwards subject to availability of resourcesso as to meet service needs. It further suggested another review on the serviceupon the smooth implementation of the expansion. The report was endorsedby Social Welfare Advisory Committee in October 1995.
4.6.4 As recommended in the Report on the Review of OutreachingSocial Work Service (1990), the programme subsidy to all outreaching socialwork services has been increased in October 1996.
4.7 Hotline Service for Youth at Risk
4.7.1 To provide hotline service for youngsters to call for help andadvice instead of pending up their negative emotions leading to desperateacts, the Department has subvented a youth hotline since August 1995 toprevent youth suicide by offering timely intervention through counselling.
4.8 Uniformed Organizations
4.8.1 Based on the concept of youth development, uniformed groupservice aims at equipping young people with the necessary competency toface the demands of the future adult role. Through its programmes, memberscan learn practical knowledge and skills, develop self-esteem, learn socialnorms and social skills, cultivate leadership qualities and foster altruism.Most uniformed organizations adopt a distinctive approach which ischaracterised by uniform and rank system, structured group life, disciplinetraining, voluntary service, need for members to go through enrolment and aprogressive training process, opportunities for leadership training andinternational exposure.
- 53 -
4.8.2 Home Affairs Bureau is responsible for policy matterspertaining to the uniformed group service as part of the Community BuildingProgramme. SWD is the executive department responsible for the control ofsubvention allocated to individual uniformed groups as well as the monitoringof the operation and development of these groups.
4.8.3 As at 31.3.1998, there were eight social welfare subventeduniformed organizations with a total of 93,946 registered members. Theseuniformed groups are either attached to their headquarters or regional offices.The number of members and regional offices/units in each of the uniformedorganizations is at Appendix 5.6.
4.9 Youth Offices
4.9.1 Youth offices are operated in all 18 Districts by SWD to co-ordinate and strengthen existing youth groups and community organizations,to promote new groups and help them develop programmes to meetcommunity needs. They make a positive contribution towards youthdevelopment and emphasis will continue to be placed on leadership training,community services by young people and the development of programmes tomeet community needs.
4.10 Youth Award Schemes
4.10.1 The Hong Kong Award For Young People
The Hong Kong Award For Young People embraces a widerange of adventurous, cultural and practical activities and a series of awardswhich young people may choose to pursue on their own. Through the Schemethey learn the value and importance of self-discipline, enterprise and effort.As at 31.3.1998, the Scheme has 17 operating authorities, with theparticipation of 42,672 members. The Scheme was formerly known as ‘TheDuke of Edinburgh’s Award Scheme’ before April 1997.
4.10.2 Opportunities for Youth Scheme
The Opportunities for Youth Scheme provides grants to youthgroups to plan and implement their own projects which are conducive to theirpersonal and social development as well as of benefit to the community. Thisgives them opportunities to realize their ideals and has proved popularamongst young people. In 1997/98, a total of 151 community projectswere implemented involving 9,452 young people and serving about 60,362people.
- 54 -
4.11 Working Group on Services for Youth at Risk
4.11.1 Having examined the major youth issues identified accordingto its terms of reference, the Working Group on Services for Youth at Riskcontinued with the implementation of its recommendations. A pilotimplementation of the screening tool and the primary preventive program hasbeen launched in 11 secondary schools in Shatin since September 1997 forearly identification of potentially at risk students and provision with timelyprevention programmes. As an experimental project to reach out to youngnight-drifters in the night-time, two Youth Mobile Teams were set up inOctober 1997 to explore their needs and provide them on the spot crisisintervention and follow-up services. Family Life Education and relatedchildren and youth services units have also been mobilised to relate positivemessage to young people and to educate parents in offering support to theyoung people, including youth hotline services, promotion of peer supportand video tape on “How to Help Your Children be Drug Free”.
4.12 In the provision of services for young people, the importance of thefamily in facilitating the healthy development of young people is recognized.Children and youth service units are providing support to the parents and the familyas a whole through various means, such as parent education programmes, mutualsupport groups among parents, after school care programmes etc.
4.13 To facilitate mutual support among young people, the formation ofpeer group support networks has been emphasised. In addition, in September 1997,the Central Office for Volunteer Service has been established to help co-ordinate anddevelop volunteer service through developing a database to register individual andcorporate volunteers in a more systematic way, setting up Volunteer Service Hotlinewith fax-on-demand and launching a territory-wide Volunteer Movement. Amongthe objectives of the Movement, promotion of self-fulfilment and communityinvolvement among young people through volunteering will be strengthened andsustained. Besides, a standardized award system has been developed to recognizethe contribution of volunteers which is also a way to arouse the interest of youngpeople in volunteer service. In addition, children and youth service units willcontinue to organize programmes to promote and develop volunteerism.
4.14 The recommendations of the Report on the Research on the SocialCauses of Juvenile Crime (May 1995) concerning children and youth service i.e.strengthening of social work support to help students with problems or special needs,creation of a community-based social rehabilitating programme for youth at risk andexpansion of social work service for marginal youth, have been actively pursued bythe Department and NGOs as described in paragraphs 4.2 to 4.6.
- 55 -
4.15 The staffing standards of the various activities in this programme areaare given in Appendix 5.7.
V. FORECAST OF DEMAND
5.1 The demand for activities included in this programme is affected bythe following factors:
(a) the projected children and youth population requiring service underthis programme;
(b) the availability of other facilities to provide social and developmentalactivities for young people;
(c) the changing needs of young people and the type of servicesconsidered necessary to meet these needs; and
(d) the needs of young people in different population concentration asaffected by the differences in geographical spread, age structure anddensity.
5.2 For uniformed organizations, the demand of the service can beestimated by the membership trend and the request for service by sponsoringagencies.
5.3 The White Paper on Social Welfare into the 1990s' and Beyond setsout the demand of children and youth centres, school social work service andoutreaching social work service, which is updated in paragraph 6 below.
5.4 The current provision of children and youth centres has practicallymet the service demand. To maximize the use of existing resources and to rationalizethe distribution of centre, the SWD continues to redistribute resources byreprovisioning existing centres from areas where there is over-provision to newlydeveloped/redeveloped areas where there is a demand for new centres. The demandfor and provision of the centre service would be closely monitored to identify servicesurplus or shortfall.
- 56 -
VI. PLANNED PROVISION AND SHORTFALL
6.1 A summary of demand, provision and shortfall of the activities inthis programme is shown as follows:
Type ofService
PlanningRatio
Provision as at 31.3.98 Demand/Provision/Shortfall
Projected
98/99 99/00 00/01 01/02 02/03
Children &YouthCentre(CYC)
1:6,500youthpopulation
Service Type (no.of unit)SWD/GroupWork Unit (13)NGO/Community Centre (13)NGO/ChildrenCentre (33)NGO/YouthCentre (33)NGO/CYC(140)NGO/IT(20)
CYC
Unit13
13
16.5
16.514036
DemandProvision
Unit 246 237
)) 247 246 245 245) 242 244 245 245) subject to review (note 2))))
Total 235
(Note 1)
Shortfall 9 5 2 0 0
Schoolsocialworkers insecondaryschools(SSW)
1: 2,000generalstudentpopulation
SWD/SSW NGO/SSW NGO/IT
4 269.5 12.5(note 3)
DemandProvision
228300
226 226 225 225 300 300 300 300 (note 5)
Total 286(note 4)
Surplus 72 74 74 75 75
Outreach-ingsocial workteams(OSW)
Thosepriorityareas inneed asdeterminedby theSteeringGroup onOSW
SWD/OSW NGO/OSW NGO/IT
0 25.5 7.5(note 6)
DemandProvision
36 34
) 36) 36) subject to review (note 7)))
Total 33 Shortfall 2 0
Integratedteam(IT)
1:12,000childrenand youthpopulation
SWD/IT NGO/IT
0 20
(note 8)
DemandProvision
NA 25
NA NA NA NA 30 35 40 45
Total 20 Surplus/Shortfall
NA NA NA NA NA
- 57 -
Note 1 : For calculation purpose, every community centre/group work unit is treatedas one children and youth centre (CYC) and every integrated team is treatedas 1.8 CYC. In addition, every single centre (children centre or youth centre)is treated as 0.5 CYC.
Note 2 : Projection on demand, provision and shortfall will be reviewed in the contextof the formation of integrated teams.
Note 3 : A total of 12.5 units were pooled to form integrated teams.
Note 4 : Of the 286 school social worker units, 128 school social worker units havebeen deployed to 132 schools with more student problems. The resultantmanning ratio of these schools is 1:1,000. The manning ratio of the remainingschools is 1:2,053, with the overall manning ratio being 1:1,570.
Note 5 : The demand is based on the revised projected enrolment in secondary dayschools provided by Education Department.
Note 6 : 7.5 teams were pooled to form integrated teams.
Note 7 : The Steering Group on Outreaching Social Work recommended continualexpansion of two teams per year for another three years from 1996/97onwards so as to meet service needs. Moreover, there should be anotherreview on the service upon the smooth implementation of the expansion. Thereport had been endorsed by the Social Welfare Advisory Committee. Theproposed expansion of two teams per year would be implemented subject toavailability of funds.
Note 8 : The demand for integrated teams is subject to local characteristics and youthneeds.
- 58 -
VII. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION
7.1 In 1998/99, another 14 school social worker posts will be created tofurther improve the service to schools with more student problems.
7.2 The City University of Hong Kong has been commissioned by theDepartment to conduct a service evaluation on the effectiveness of the refocusing ofchildren and youth centre service, the setting up of integrated teams and theCommunity Support Service Scheme. The evaluation was completed in May 1997.
VIII. PROPOSAL PENDING POLICY/FUNDING APPROVALOR REQUIRING FURTHER EXAMINATION
8.1 The Department will work closely with NGOs in the implementationof the recommendations of the Report of the Working Party on Review of Childrenand Youth Centre Services, such as the setting up of new integrated teams.
8.2 The following recommendations will be further pursued subject toavailability of fundings:
(a) To provide additional 1 1/4 Welfare Worker (WW) and 1/2Clerical Assistant (CA) to combined children and youth centre and1 1/2 WW and 1/2 CA to combined children and youth centre cumstudy/reading room by phases.
(b) To modify the team structure of outreaching social work team fromfour Assistant Social Work Officers (ASWOs) and six Social WorkAssistants (SWAs) to four ASWOs, two Senior Social WorkAssistants and four SWAs as recommended by the Report on theReview of Outreaching Social Work Service (1990). The existinglevel of standard cost would be adjusted to take into account thefinancial implications of the revised team structure. In practiceNGOs are given the flexibility to implement the improvement ofteam structure as well as the improvement of the supervisory ratioto one Social Work Officer to two teams within the mid-pointsubvention provision.
(c) To expand outreaching social work service at the rate of two teamsper year over three years starting from 1996/97 as recommendedby the Report on Examination of Need for Expansion ofOutreaching Social Work Service (1994). There should be anotherreview on the service upon smooth completion of the proposedexpansion.
- 59 -
CHAPTER 6
SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY
I. BASIC PRINCIPLE AND OVERALL OBJECTIVE
1.1 The basic principle underlying services for the elderly is thebelief that an old person should be assisted to live in his own community withdignity, and a spectrum of services should be provided to facilitate hiscontinued participation in the society both socially, and, if he so wishes,economically, for as long as possible.
1.2 The overall objective of services for the elderly is to promote thewell-being of those persons aged 60 and over in all aspects of their life.Services are provided to enable them to retain their self-respect; to remain asmembers of the community for as long as possible and, to the extent necessary,to provide residential care suited to their varying needs.
1.3 The development of elderly services is guided by the policyobjectives as laid down in :
(a) The 1991 White Paper "Social Welfare into the 1990sand Beyond";
(b) The 1994 Report of the Working Group on Care forthe Elderly; and
(c) The 1997 Strategic Policy Objective of providing"Care for the Elderly".
II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
2.1 The specific objectives of the services are:
(a) to ensure that elderly people have sufficient financial means tomaintain themselves independently and with dignity and to meetexpenses brought about by old age or ill health;
(b) to provide domiciliary and community support services to enableelderly persons to live in the community for as long as possible,and to encourage and support carers to look after their elderlyfamily members;
- 60 -
(c) to provide housing assistance to elderly people with housingneed;
(d) to provide residential care facilities for elderly people who, forhealth, social or other reasons, can no longer live with theirfamilies or on their own;
(e) to assist elderly people who wish to remain economically activeto seek appropriate forms of employment;
(f) to meet special transport needs of elderly people;
(g) to educate the public on the process of ageing and to empowerthe elderly to continue to participate in the community, so thatold age can become a positive and productive period; and
(h) to promote better co-ordination of welfare services with otherrelated services, such as health, housing, transport, employment,and continued education and to ensure effective provision ofservices in meeting the varying needs of the elderly.
III. STATUTES
3.1 Statutory activities are mainly carried out within the frameworkof the Residential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Ordinance, Cap 459.
IV. CURRENT ACTIVITIES
4.1 There are two major categories of services for the elderly :community support services and residential care services. Communitysupport and residential care services for the elderly are mainly operated by non-governmental organizations while the Social Welfare Department operates onesocial centre, one hostel for the elderly and the Senior Citizen Card Scheme.
4.2 Community Support Services
4.2.1 Community support services assist elderly people toremain living in the community for as long as possible. Theseservices also give support to carers. With the increasing diversity ofcommunity support services for the elderly, a more integrated approachto facilitate access to services is adopted.
- 61 -
4.2.2 Housing Assistance
This is provided through recommendation of rehousing oncompassionate grounds to the Housing Department on a case-by-casebasis. Flats in public housing estates are allocated to successfulapplicants.
4.2.3 Home Help
Home help service provides meals, personal care, escortservice, laundry and home management services. Since April 1995,26 additional teams have been established. The total provision was126 home help teams on 31.3.1998. Majority of users of home helpservice are elderly people.
4.2.4 Multi-service Centres
Operated on a district basis, multi-service centres providea range of day services such as home help, counselling, social andrecreational activities, canteen, laundry and bathing facilities andcommunity education on ageing. In the past three years, fiveadditional centres were set up. As at 31.3.1998, 28 multi-servicecentres were in operation (Appendix 6.1).
4.2.5 Day Care Centres
Day care centres which are operated on a district basisprovide personal care to elderly people who are dependent on others intheir daily living activities. Services provided include personal care,limited nursing care, meals and recreational activities. Each day carecentre is equipped with two 16-seater vans to take elderly people to andfrom the centres. Since April 1995, six new centres have been set up.As at 31.3.1998, 28 day care centres providing a total of 1,120 placeswere in operation (Appendix 6.2).
4.2.6 Social Centres
Social centres are set up either as stand-alone centres orwithin multi-service centres for the elderly. These centres mainlycater for the recreational and social needs of elderly people on aneighbourhood basis and they also offer educational and developmentalprogrammes for the elderly. Services provided include organizedgroups and activities, information-giving, referral and mutual helpactivities. In the past three years, 47 additional social centres andfive multi-service centres (equivalent to ten social centres) were
- 62 -
established. As at 31.3.1998, 263 social centres including 56 centresin multi-service centres were in operation (Appendix 6.3).
4.2.7 Holiday Centre for the Elderly
The holiday centre enables elderly people, including thosewho need constant care and attention, to have short holidays in thecountryside so that their carers can take a break from the daily caringchores. One centre has been in operation since September 1993.
4.2.8 Outreaching Services for Elderly at Risk
Outreaching service aims at identifying and assisting high-risk elderly persons in the community. At the end of March 1998,Government subvention was granted to two outreaching teams.
4.2.9 Volunteer Workers Programme
Volunteer Workers Programme provides training andsupervision to volunteers who serve individual elderly persons and theirfamily members on a regular and long-term basis. Examples ofvoluntary work include home help service, reaching-out to singletonelderly, escort service, relief service for carers, assistance in conductingsocial and recreational activities, etc. With grants provided by theLotteries Fund, two Volunteer Workers Programmes which are based inmulti-service centres have been in operation on an experimental basisfrom October 1995. As at 31.3.1998, there were 543 volunteersknown to these two programmes.
4.2.10 Older Volunteers Programme
Older Volunteers Programme recruits and trains oldervolunteers to become effective and contributory members of society.Older volunteers carry out community networking and neighbourhoodsupport projects; reaching-out to elderly at risk; organisation ofrecreational and social activities for the elderly; visit to elderly people,patients and disabled persons; telephone service; etc. With grantsprovided by the Lotteries Fund, eight Older Volunteers Programmeswhich are based in multi-service centres have been in operation on anexperimental basis from October 1995. As at 31.3.1998, there were1,131 older volunteers known to these programmes.
- 63 -
4.2.11 Social Networking for the Elderly
Social Networking for the Elderly is a 2-year experimentalproject launched since October 1996 with grants provided by theLotteries Fund. The project is operated on a district basis in allmulti-services centres. It aims at identifying and maintaining a list ofvulnerable elderly people for whom volunteers are recruited to provideinformal networks in a spirit of community care. At the end ofMarch 1998, there were about 14,308 vulnerable people and 403volunteer organizations with over 6,651 volunteers participating in theproject.
4.2.12 Outdoor and Recreational Bus Service for the Elderly
Pool bus service is operated by one non-governmentalorganization which provides bus service, on a hire basis, to elderlypeople to attend outdoor activities and recreational programmes.Four 50-seater buses are available.
4.2.13 Employment Service
Employment service is provided by the LabourDepartment Local Employment Service and the Hong Kong Council ofSocial Service Employment Service for the Elderly.
4.2.14 Community Education
Community education aims at enhancing theunderstanding of the community of the needs of elderly persons,fostering a positive attitude towards them and promoting the concept ofcommunity care. It also aims at assisting elderly persons to adjustto the process of ageing. Public awareness is promoted throughprogrammes on respect for the elderly (e.g. Senior Citizens Day),retirement programmes, periodicals on ageing, volunteerism andintergenerational programmes.
4.2.15 Senior Citizen Card Scheme
The scheme was launched by the Social WelfareDepartment in March 1994. It aims at providing elderly personsaged 65 or over with a recognized proof of age to facilitate access todiscounts, concessionary benefits and priority service offered by publicoperators and other establishments. The Scheme also instils in thecommunity a sense of respect and gratitude for elderly people for theirpast contributions to society. At the end of March 1998, a total of
- 64 -
806 companies/organizations/government departments (with 3,006 units/outlets) and 375 medical units (with 456 branches) had participated inthe Scheme. Over 542,000 Senior Citizen Cards were issued.
4.3 Residential Care
4.3.1 Residential care is provided for elderly people who are inneed of care in their daily living which can only be provided in aresidential setting. (Appendix 6.4)
4.3.2 Care-and-Attention Homes
Care-and-attention homes provide accommodation, mealservice, general personal care and limited nursing care to elderly peoplewho suffer from poor health or physical/mild mental disabilities withdeficiencies in activities of daily living but mentally suitable forcommunal living. In the past three years, 1,688 additional subventedplaces were provided in new homes. In addition, 1,200 bought-places in private homes for the elderly and 143 additional places in self-financing homes were provided for care-and-attention cases. As at31.3.1998, there was a total of 10,081 care-and-attention places ofwhich 2,609 were additional places provided in thepast three years (inclusive of care-and-attention places provided inCombined Homes and Homes cum Care-and-Attention Units).
4.3.3 Infirmary Units in Care-and-Attention Homes
In order to cater for needs of residents (in homes for theaged and care-and-attention homes) for higher level of care due todeclining health, infirmary units are established by making use ofexisting care-and-attention places. These units have provision ofadditional nursing staff, and more nursing care is available to infirmedresidents. Infirmary units help to tackle the problem of shortage ofinfirmary beds but are not intended to substitute medical infirmaries.As at 31.3.1998, there was a total of 29 units with 580 places.
4.3.4 Combined Homes/Homes cum Care-and-Attention Unit
To meet the needs of residents whose health conditionshave deteriorated, care-and-attention units which provide generalpersonal care and limited nursing care are established within homes forthe aged. This facilitates the continuing care of the frail elderlywithin a familiar environment. In the past three years, 278 additionalcare-and-attention places were provided in new homes and throughconversion programmes.
- 65 -
4.3.5 Homes for the Aged
Homes for the aged provide accommodation, meals and alimited degree of personal care. Some homes are purpose-builtwhilst other aged home places are provided in conjunction with hostelplaces in public housing estates. In the past three years, 366additional subvented places were provided, including 185 placesconverted from self-care hostel places. There was a decrease of 228places in non-subvented homes. As at 31.3.1998, there were 8,160home for the aged places (inclusive of home for aged places provided inCombined Homes and Homes cum Care-and-attention Units).
4.3.6 Hostels
Hostels provide communal living accommodation,organized programmes and round-the clock staff support to elderlypeople who are capable of self-care. In the past three years, the needfor hostel accommodation has reduced partly because of thedevelopment of community support services and partly due to theexpansion of housing for senior citizens of the Housing Department.From 1995/96 to 1997/98, a total of 300 hostel places were convertedinto home for aged or care-and-attention places. There was also adecrease of 16 places in self-financing homes. As at 31.3.1998, therewere 967 hostel places. Besides NGO operators, the Social WelfareDepartment also operates two sheltered housing schemes.The Housing Department and the Housing Society are the other twomajor providers of housing for senior citizens.
4.3.7 Transit Accommodation
Transit facilities provide short-term accommodation forelderly people in need of urgent care while awaiting long-termplacement. Such facilities are provided either in emergency sheltersor through emergency places in care-and-attention homes, homes for theaged and meal sections in hostels.
4.3.8 Staffing standards of facilities for the elderly are listed inAppendix 6.5.
4.3.9 Respite Service
Respite service provides temporary or short-termresidential care for elderly persons requiring a certain degree of personalcare and gives temporary relief to carers. The service is available insome care-and-attention homes, homes for the aged and meal sections in
- 66 -
hostels located in different districts. A total of 16 places wasprovided as at 31.3.1998.
4.4 Residential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Ordinance
4.4.1 The Residential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Ordinancewas enacted in October 1994 to regulate homes established for theresidential care of elderly persons who have attained the age of 60 years.The Ordinance which has come into full operation on 1.6.1996 is toensure that residential care homes for the elderly provide services of areasonable standard and that the welfare of the elderly residents issafeguarded. Under the Ordinance, residential care homes areregulated either by licence or certificate of exemption.
4.4.2 The Residential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Regulationspecifies requirements regarding the registration of health workers,duties of operators, duties of home managers, space and staff, locationand design and safety precautions for residential care homes.
4.4.3 The Licensing Office of Residential Care Homes for theElderly administers the licensing system provided under the legislativescheme. At the end of March 1998, 118 valid licences and 451certificates of exemption were issued to residential care homes,including subvented, non-profit-making and private homes for theelderly.
4.5 Financial Assistance Scheme
4.5.1 To safeguard the interests of elderly people residing inexisting residential homes, the Working Group on Care for the Elderlyhas recommended that a one-off Financial Assistance Scheme beintroduced to help existing self-financing and private homes to complywith the safety precaution, design and structural requirements under theResidential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Ordinance. An amount of$50 million has been earmarked under the Lotteries Fund for thisscheme which has been implemented in May 1995. At the end ofMarch 1998, a total grant of about $4.94 million had been approved.
4.6 Health Worker Training
4.6.1 Under the Residential Care Home (Elderly Persons)Ordinance, the operator of a care-and-attention home or a home for theaged should either employ nurses or health workers to care for theelderly residents. The Department has commissioned four traininginstitutes to organise 37 health worker training courses. Training for1,190 health workers was provided from 1995 to 1997.
- 67 -
4.7 Bought Place Scheme
4.7.1 The Bought Place Scheme for private homes for theelderly was introduced in 1989 and has been put on subvention since1993. The Scheme has provided financial incentive for the operatorsof private homes to raise their service standard. As at 31.3.1998,1,200 places were bought from private homes. An additional 2,400subvented care and attention places under an enhanced Bought PlaceScheme will be provided in the three years 1998-2001.
V. FORECAST OF DEMAND
5.1 As recommended by the Working Group on Care for the Elderly,elderly people aged 65 and above are taken to be the target population forplanning purposes. Age 65 will, however, not be regarded as the minimumqualifying age for services for elderly people and persons aged between 60 and64 will continue to have access to services on the basis of need.
5.2 The planning ratios for the services were proposed by theWorking Group on Care for the Elderly in 1994 and have been revised andpromulgated in the Hong Kong Planning Standards and Guidelines. In viewof the substantial demand for residential care services, service provision isprovided on a basis beyond demand estimated from the planning ratios. Thedemand, provision and shortfall of services for the elderly are shown in thetables in paragraphs 6.1 and 6.2.
- 68 -
VI. PLANNED PROVISION AND SHORTFALL
6.1 A summary of provision of residential care services for the elderly is shown below:
Type of ProvisionProvision as
at ProjectedService 31.3.1998 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03
SWD 0 0 0 0 0 0Care &AttentionHome
NGONote(1)
8,881Note (2)
9,795(+914)
10,823(+1,028)
11,815(+992)
12,704(+889)
12,704(+0)
BPS* 1,200 1,800(+600)
2,600(+800)
3,600(+1,000)
3,600
Total 10,081 11,595 13,423 15,415 16,304 16,304(+0)
Home forSWD 88 88 88 88 88 88
the Aged NGONote(3)
8,072 8,597(+525)
8,922(+325)
9,295(+373)
9,543(+248)
9,543(+0)
Total 8,160 8,685 9,010 9,383 9,631 9,631
SWD 69 69 69 69 69 69
Hostel NGONote(4)
898 871(-27)
726(-145)
726(-0)
726(-0)
726(-0)
Total 967 940 795 795 795 795
BPS* : Bought Place Scheme for Private Homes for the Elderly
Note (1) : The provision includes 8,011 subvented and 870 non-profit-making self-financing places as at31.3.1998, to increase to 10,301 subvented and 2,403 non-profit-making self-financing placesin 2002/2003.
Note (2) : The provision includes 580 infirmary unit places in 29 units (19 homes) and 11 respite places in11 care-and-attention homes.
Note (3) : The provision includes 6,755 subvented and 1,317 non-profit-making self-financing places as at31.3.1998, to increase to 8,150 subvented and 1,393 non-profit-making self-financing places in2002/2003. This provision includes 5 respite places in 5 homes for the aged and mealsections in hostels.
Note (4) : The provision includes 42 non-profit-making self-financing places.
- 69 -
6.2 A summary of demand, provision and shortfall of community support services for the elderly is shown below:
Type of Planning Demand/Provision/Provision
as atProjected
Service Ratio Shortfall 31.3.1998 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03
1 centre eachdistrict
Demand 39 40 41 43 44 45
Multi-serviceCentre
and additionalcentres to beprovided on
Provision 28 32(+4)
35(+3)
36(+1)
38(+2)
39(+1)
(M/E) the basis ofone centre toabout 17,000elderly aged65 and above
Shortfall 11 8 6 7 6 6
Demand 39 40 41 43 44 45
Day CareCentre(D/E)
same as above Provision 28 30(+2)
34(+4)
37(+3)
38(+1)
38(+0)
Shortfall 11 10 7 6 6 7
Demand 328 340 352 363 375 386SocialCentre(S/E)
1 centre toevery 2,000elderly aged
Provision* 263 275(+12)
288(+13)
297(+9)
311(+14)
314(+3)
65 and above Shortfall 65 65 64 66 64 72
* including S/E in M/E and self-financing centres (The social and recreational service unit in a multi-servicecentre for the elderly is equivalent to two social centres for the elderly.)
- 70 -
VII. MAJOR DEVELOPMENTS
7.1 Working Group on Care for the Elderly
7.1.1 Recommendations of the Working Group on Care for theElderly as described in its report in August 1994 have been fullyimplemented. The Government will continue to implement relevantrecommendations in the coming years.
7.1.2 In community support services, examples of fullimplementation of the Working Group recommendations which willcontinue to be in effect are : open membership in social centres andprovision of additional clerical staff; additional vans, drivers and driverallowance for day care centres and raising enrolment rate of day carecentres to 110%. Upon completion of the experimental period of theVolunteer Workers Programme and Older Volunteers Programme inSeptember 1997, the two programmes were evaluated and extended toSeptember 1998.
7.1.3 In residential care services, examples of areas in whichimplementation will continue are : from 1995/96 to 1997/98, a total of300 hostel place were converted into home for the aged or care-and-attention places, assistance was rendered to non-governmentalorganizations to establish non-profit-making self-financing residentialcare homes, to encourage applications for grants from the ElderlyServices Development Fund and introduction of infirmary caresupplement. As recommended by the Working Group, theResidential Care Services Delivery System for the Elderly which is anintegrated, computerized waiting-list for admission to residential careinstitution, has come into operation in early 1998. TheDepartment has also taken over the operation and management ofnursing homes. The Department of Health continues to beresponsible for licensing and inspection of nursing homes. TheFinancial Assistance Scheme had been introduced to help self-financingand private homes to comply with the safety precautions, design andstructural requirements under the Residential Care Homes (ElderlyPersons) Ordinance.
7.1.4 The consultancy study undertaken by Deloitte and ToucheConsulting Group in May 1996 to assess the needs of elderly people forcommunity support and residential care services was completed in early1998. The Elderly Commission, Social Welfare Advisory Committeeand Legislative Council Panel on Welfare Services were consulted onthe findings. Various recommendations are being followed up.
- 71 -
7.2 Elderly Commission
7.2.1 The Elderly Commission was appointed by the ChiefExecutive to advise Government on policies in respect of the elderly, toco-ordinate the planning and development of programmes and servicesfor the elderly, and to monitor their implementation. TheCommission was set up on 30.7.1997. The Department will respondto the advice of the Commission in developing services for the elderly.
7.3 Strategic Policy Objective
7.3.1 The Department will implement the following measures infurtherance of the Strategic Policy Objective of providing "Care for theElderly":
- Establish 15 additional home help teams in 1998-99.
- Set up two carers' support centres in 1998-99.
- Provide nine additional day care centres in the three years1998-2001.
- Conduct a review on home help services.
- Provide 3,300 subvented residential care places in the fouryears 1998-2002 to serve elderly people in need.
- Increase the number of subvented residential care placesunder an enhanced Bought Place Scheme by 2,400 placesin the three years 1998-2001.
- Provide 1,400 nursing homes places by 1999.
- Encourage development of 1,500 places in self-financinghomes by March 2002.
- Train 270 enrolled nurses in 1998-2000 by a blisterprogramme.
- Provide resources to enable 23 large residential carehomes to employ experienced physiotherapists.
- Create a new rank of physiotherapy artisan.
- Introduce a new dementia supplement for subventedresidential care homes.
- 72 -
- Maintain the infirmary care supplement for subventedhomes to help them take care of residents who requirehigher levels of care.
- Explore the possibility of implementing the concept ofcontinuum of care.
- Provide eight additional multi-service centres for theelderly in the three years 1998-2001.
- Set up 36 support teams for the elderly in multi-servicecentres by March 2001 to provide outreaching andnetworking services to vulnerable single elderly.
- Provide 23 additional social centres for the elderly in thefour years 1998-2002.
- Develop an Elderly Volunteer Programme.
- Explore the possibility of social centres working closelywith relevant government departments in providingrecreational programmes for the elderly.
VIII. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION
8.1 Services will continue to be planned to meet increase in demandof the ageing population for residential and community support services. For1998/99, the following facilities are planned (Appendix 6.6) :
1 home cum care-and-attention unit providing 66 care-and-attentionplaces and 59 home for aged places;
3 combined homes providing 150 subvented and 217 self-financingcare-and-attention places and 164 subvented and 20 self-financing home for the aged places;
3 care-and-attention homes providing 100 subvented and 381 self-financing places;
2 homes for the aged providing 256 subvented places;
1 conversion project converting about 27 hostel places to 26 homefor the aged places;
- 73 -
12 social centres including 8 in multi-service centres;
4 multi-service centres; and
2 day care centres.
8.2 For 1999/2000, the following facilities are planned(Appendix 6.7) :
1 combined home providing 120 subvented and 56 self-financingcare-and-attention places and 80 subvented home for the agedplaces;
6 care-and-attention homes providing 672 subvented and 180 self-financing places;
1 home for the aged providing 100 subvented places;
5 conversion project converting about 145 hostel places to 145home for the aged places;
13 social centres including 6 in multi-service centres;
3 multi-service centres; and
4 day care centres.
8.3 A new service --- Support Teams for the Elderly --- will be set upin all multi-service centres to provide service to vulnerable elderly people.The teams will adopt an outreach approach to identify vulnerable elderlypeople and link them up with formal services through the assistance ofvolunteers. From October 1998, outreaching service for elderly at-risk andthe three programmes funded by Lotteries Fund --- Volunteer WorkersProgramme, Older Volunteers Programme and Social Networking for theElderly Project --- will be subsumed into the new service. An ElderlyVolunteer Programme will be launched with the setting up of Support Teamsfor the Elderly.
8.4 In residential services, the following proposals, in addition tothose pledged in the Strategic Policy Objectives, will be implemented :
(a) The Department will continue to encourage non-governmentalorganizations to operate non-profit-making self-financing homes.The Elderly Services Development Fund will continue to fundsuch projects.
- 74 -
(b) To ensure the best use of resources, the Department will workclosely with the consultants commissioned by the Health andWelfare Bureau on the gate-keeping mechanism.
- 75 -
CHAPTER 7
SERVICES FOR OFFENDERS
I. BASIC PRINCIPLE AND OVERALL OBJECTIVE
1.1 The basic principle underlying social work services for offendersis that the offender can be best rehabilitated within the community with suitableprofessional intervention and support for the offenders and their families.Residential training or custodial treatment is necessary for a minority ofoffenders when no community-based treatment option is suitable.
1.2 The overall objective of services for offenders is to use socialwork approaches to implement the court’s directives in the treatment ofoffenders, through probation supervision, residential training, the CommunityService Orders Scheme, the Community Support Service Scheme and statutoryaftercare services. Voluntary aftercare services are alsoprovided to ex-offenders to facilitate their re-integration into society.
II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
2.1 The specific objectives of the eight main categories of serviceunder this programme are :
(a) Probation Service
(i) To prepare social inquiry reports on offenders’ backgroundas requested by the courts and on long-term andpetitioning prisoners for reviewing of their sentences.
(ii) To provide supervision and guidance to offenders placedon probation for a period specified under a probationorder.
(b) Community Service Orders
To supervise and make arrangements for offenders to use part oftheir leisure time to perform unpaid work of benefit to thecommunity as reparation for the harm they have done to thecommunity, and to enable them to gain a changed out-look of lifethrough the process of rendering community services.
- 76 -
(c) Community Support Service Scheme
To provide intensive and structured day-training such ascommunity service projects, job training packages and social andcounselling groups to young offenders, to stimulate their interestin school or work, and to help them develop social skills.
(d) Remand Homes and Places of Refuge
To provide legal custody, care and assessment to juvenileoffenders, children in need of care or protection, and youngillegal immigrants.
(e) Residential Training
To provide residential training and education to young offenders,and to bring about changes in behaviour and attitude to facilitatetheir re-integration into society as law-abiding citizens.
(f) Aftercare Service
To provide guidance, support and assistance to offenders toprepare them for discharge from probation homes, probationhostel or reformatory schools, and to facilitate their reintegrationinto society.
(g) Young Offender Assessment Panel
To provide the courts with a professional co-ordinated view onthe most appropriate rehabilitation programme for individualconvicted young offenders aged 14 to under 25.
(h) Support Services for Non-custodial Offenders and DischargedPrisoners
To provide support services to non-custodial offenders andoffenders released from penal institutions of CorrectionalServices Department to facilitate their re-integration into society.
- 77 -
III. TYPES OF CLIENTS
3.1 Services are provided for the following categories of clients :
(a) Juvenile suspects or offenders who are detained in places ofdetention pending police investigation, court appearance orawaiting sentence, or children detained in a place of refuge, orillegal immigrants detained under the Immigration Ordinance;
(b) Offenders on whom a pre-sentence social inquiry report isrequired by the court;
(c) Convicted young offenders referred by the court for furtherassessment;
(d) Offenders on whom a probation order or a community serviceorder is made;
(e) Young offenders who are required by the court to undergo aperiod of residential training operated by the Social WelfareDepartment, including those placed under a detention order andyoung offenders discharged on licence from reformatory school;
(f) Non-custodial offenders and offenders released from penalinstitutions of the Correctional Services Department who requestservices on voluntary basis;
(g) Prisoners on whom a report is required to assist the ChiefExecutive in considering petitions for reduced sentences, or theLong-term Prison Sentences Review Board in connection withreviews of prison sentences; and
(h) Eligible adult prisoners under the provision of the Post-ReleaseSupervision of Prisoners Ordinance (Cap 475) in respect of whoma Social Welfare Report is required by the Post-ReleaseSupervision Board, and adult ex-prisoners in respect of whom asupervision order is made by the Post-Release Supervision Board.
IV. STATUTES
4.1 Statutory activities are carried out within the framework of :
(a) The Juvenile Offenders Ordinance, Cap 226;
- 78 -
(b) The Probation of Offenders Ordinance; Cap 298;
(c) The Community Service Orders Ordinance, Cap 378;
(d) The Reformatory Schools Ordinance; Cap 225;
(e) The Protection of Children and Juveniles Ordinance, Cap 213;
(f) The Immigration Ordinance, Cap 115;
(g) The Post-Release Supervision of Prisoners Ordinance, Cap 475;and
(h) The Long-term Prison Sentences Review Ordinance, Cap.524.
V. CURRENT ACTIVITIES
5.1 The Social Welfare Department is responsible for dischargingstatutory functions while non-governmental organizations providecomplementary non-statutory services.
Statutory Services
5.2 Probation Service
5.2.1 Probation service is provided by the Social WelfareDepartment in fourteen probation offices serving all magistracies,the district courts, the Court of first Instance and the Court of Appeal ofHigh Court.
5.2.2 Probation officers, as the court may direct, prepare socialinquiry reports on the personal and family circumstances of offenders onwhom consideration for making of probation order may arise.Probation officers also prepare reports on background information oflong term prisoners, especially regarding welfare factors relevant to theconsideration of reduction of sentences. The number of reportsprepared in 1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 13,041, 12,520 and 10,969respectively.
5.2.3 Probation order may be made by the court on offenders ofall ages. Except in a small percentage of juvenile cases who requirea period of residential training, the order permits the offender to remainin the community under the guidance and supervision of a probationofficer. Probation officers work closely with the probationers and
- 79 -
their families so that they may understand and deal with their personaland family problems more effectively, and for support and sustainingrehabilitation effects. Those in need are referred to appropriategovernment departments or organizations for further assistance inhousing, employment, medical care, school placement, residential careand vocational training, etc. The number of probation supervisioncases served in 1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 7,404, 7,643 and 6,882respectively.
5.2.4 Community-based treatment programmes in the form ofintensive and structured day training under the Community SupportService Scheme are provided to probationers as a supplementary supportservice to probation supervision. The project in Kwun TongCommunity Centre serving cases of the eastern part of Kowloon andHong Kong Island has started since December 1994 while the one in TaiHang Tung Community Centre serving cases of the western part ofKowloon and New Territories has commenced operation in February1996. The number of cases served in 1995/96, 96/97and 97/98 were 268, 467 and 406 respectively.(Please refer to paragraph 4.4 of Chapter 5 for information on twoprojects operated by non-governmental organizations.)
5.2.5 To promote greater community involvement in therehabilitation of offenders, volunteers are recruited and trained byprobation officers to befriend probationers and residents of probationhomes, and to help them develop interest in wholesome leisure activitiesso as to steer them away from further crime commitment.
5.3 Community Service Orders
5.3.1 Where a person aged 14 or above is convicted of anoffence punishable with imprisonment, the court may make an orderrequiring him/her to perform unpaid work of benefit to the communityfor a number of hours, not exceeding 240, within a period of 12 months.The Scheme is available to all magistracies. For offenders placed onsuch orders, probation officers make arrangements for them to performunpaid work and provide guidance for their social rehabilitation.Unpaid work consists of group or single placements which last for a fewmonths, or one-off community service projects for the elderly, thedisabled, etc. The number of reports made in1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 2,088, 2,268 and 1,701 respectively. Thenumber of supervision cases served in 1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were1,253, 1,411 and 1,634 respectively.
- 80 -
5.4 Remand Homes and Places of Refuge
5.4.1 Two remand homes provide temporary custody, care andassessment for offenders aged 7 to under 16. Two places of refugeprovide temporary shelter, care and assessment for children andjuveniles (non-offenders) in need of care or protection aged 8 to under18 (including those with a physical disability aged 9 to under 18 andthose with a mental disability aged 5 to under 18) as well as illegalimmigrants pending repatriation aged 8 to under 18. The periods ofstay vary from a few hours to a maximum of six months. Variouskinds of activities, such as handicraft, family life education, social anddomestic skills training and informal education are provided to keep theresidents meaningfully occupied. Psychiatric or psychologicalassessment/service is arranged if required.
5.5 Residential Training
5.5.1 Residential training for young offenders is provided inthree probation homes, one probation hostel and two reformatoryschools. The residential periods range from a few months to amaximum of three years. The training programmes consist ofacademic studies from primary to junior secondary levels, pre-vocationaltraining such as woodwork, metalwork, electrical works and car repair,and social work programmes including counselling and group work tohelp them acquire the ability, skills, motivation and maturity to leada law-abiding life upon discharge. Heavy impetus is given topromote volunteerism among the residents, rendering community serviceto the elderly, handicapped and other people and organization, with veryfavourable results. Work with parents is also emphasized to facilitatetheir re-integration into society.
5.6 Aftercare Service
5.6.1 Aftercare service is provided to all young offendersdischarged from probation homes and hostels or on licence fromreformatory schools or released prior to the expiry of a detention order.The services provided include counselling, family visits and assistancewith accommodation, job and school placements.
5.7 Young Offender Assessment Panel
5.7.1 The Young Offender Assessment Panel is a special boardjointly operated by the Social Welfare Department and the CorrectionalServices Department to provide professional co-ordinated views tojudges and magistrates in the sentencing of convicted young
- 81 -
offenders. The Panel received cases referred from judges andmagistrates. In 1995/96, 1996/97 and 1997/98, the Panel received atotal of 500, 473 and 357 referrals respectively. The overall averageacceptance rate of the Panel’s recommendation by the courts were85.8%, 83.6% and 88.1% respectively.
5.8 Post-Release Supervision of Prisoners Scheme
5.8.1 The Scheme, which commenced operation in December1996, is jointly operated by the Social Welfare Department and theCorrectional Services Department to supervise and provide supportservices for ex-prisoners, on whom supervision orders have been madeby the Post-Release Supervision Board. Depending on their needs,individual and family casework are offered, and appropriate referrals tocommunity resources are made. The number of supervision case servedin 1996/97 and 97/98 were 141 and 627 respectively.
Non-statutory Services
5.9 Non-statutory services described below are provided by non-governmental organizations.
5.10 Services for Ex-prisoners
5.10.1 Social workers visit newly admitted inmates of penalinstitutions managed by the Correctional Services Department to briefthem of social services available to them and their families, andinterview the prisoners before discharge to offer appropriate voluntaryaftercare services as required. The number of cases served in1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 409, 495 and 662 respectively.
5.10.2 Four social therapy centres provide aftercare caseworkservices to help ex-prisoners reintegrate into society. The number ofaftercare cases served in 1995/96, 96/97 and97/98 were 6,504, 6,753 and 6,347 respectively. Tworecreation centres provide supplementary group work services for theseex-prisoners.
5.10.3 Six hostels, with a total capacity of 122, provide short-term accommodation on a voluntary basis, normally for a period of threemonths, for ex-prisoners to facilitate their re-adjustment to normalindependent living.
5.10.4 Four half-way houses, with a total capacity of 130, provideaccommodation and training for ex-offenders with a history of mental
- 82 -
illness to help them reintegrate into society. The demand and shortfall ofplaces are incorporated under the overall demand and shortfall forhalfway houses for discharged mental patients under Chapter 8 onRehabilitation Services.
5.10.5 A group of volunteers is recruited by a subventedorganization to befriend ex-prisoners and their families and to provideassistance which does not require social work knowledge and skills.
5.10.6 A subvented counselling and volunteer support serviceprovides assistance to offenders not given custodial sentences norreferred to the Social Welfare Department. The number of casesserved in 1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 172, 210 and 263 respectively.
5.11 Employment Services
5.11.1 The subvented sector offers specialized employmentprogrammes including job assessment, guidance in job seeking,counselling in work adjustment and job placement to sociallydisadvantaged persons, including probationers and ex-prisoners.Group programmes on employment guidance are provided to residentsof probation homes and reformatory schools, and short-term job-orientation service is provided at remand homes. One employmentrehabilitation centre provides job preparatory programmes to ex-prisoners and an employment development service unit providesemployment counselling service to exprisoners.
5.12 Crime Prevention Education
5.12.1 The subvented sector contributes to crime preventioneducation to interested groups by arranging talks by rehabilitated ex-offenders. Other government departments and organizations, such asthe Education Department, the Hong Kong Police Force, the DistrictBoards, the Fight Crime Committee, etc. also provide crime preventionprogrammes.
VI. FORECAST OF DEMAND
6.1 Demand for activities under this programme is affected by thefollowing factors :
(a) the crime rate (the number of reported crimes per 100,000 of thepopulation), being 1,036 in 1997, a drop of 30.2% compared with1995;
- 83 -
(b) the crime detection rate, being 51.4% in 1997, compared with52% in 1995;
(c) types and severity of crimes: the total number of violent crimescontinued to drop and a total of 13,749 were recorded in 1997, adecline of 19.5% compared with 1995;
(d) the age of offenders: the number of juveniles (aged between 7 and15) arrested for crime was 5,964 in 1997, a drop of 11.3%compared with 6,723 in 1995; the number of young persons (agedbetween 16 and 20) arrested for crime was 6,855 in 1997, a dropof 23.5% compared with 1995;
(e) the sentencing pattern of the courts;
(f) the strategy adopted in the treatment of different categories ofoffenders; and
(g) public concern about crimes.
- 84 -
VII. PLANNED PROVISION AND SHORTFALL
7.1 The demand for statutory services will always be met in fullregardless of possible shortfall in manpower and other resources.
7.2 The forecast of demand, planned provision and shortfall are givenbelow :
Typesof Service
Provisionas at
31.3.98
Demand/Provision/Shortfall
Projected
(Note 1) 98/99 99/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03A. Probation Service SWD
cases servedin 97/98
i) social inquiry reports(including petition andlong-term prisoners)
Demand
- magistrate courts 10,070 10,070 10,070 10,070 10,070 10,070- high courts 899 899 899 899 899 899
ii) probation orders- magistrate courts 6,709 6,709 6,709 6,709 6,709 6,709- high courts 173 173 173 173 173 173
iii) juvenile court attendance(in man-hours)
6,965 6,965 6,965 6,965 6,965 6,965
iv) cases with volunteers used 466 466 466 466 466 466Social
Workers(ASWO only)
Demand 132 132 132 132 132132 Provision 132 132 132 132 132
Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0Offices
Demand 14 14 14 14 1414 Provision 14 14 14 14 14
Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0B. Community Service
OrdersSWD
cases servedin 97/98
Demand
i) social inquiry reports 1,701 1,701 1,701 1,701 1,701 1,701ii) community service orders 1,634 1,634
(Note 2)1,634 1,634 1,634 1,634
iii) group projects and adhoc projects
692 692 692 692 692 692
iv) single placements 133 133 133 133 133 133Social
Workers(ASWO only)
Demand 28 28 28 28 2815 Provision 15 20 20 20 20
(Note 3)
Shortfall 13 8 8 8 8
Note 1 : As it is difficult to forecast the demand for statutory and aftercare services for offenders, the estimateddemand is based either on the past trend of service utilization, or on the existing occupancy or caseload.
Note 2 : The number of cases will be increased after the extension of Community Service Orders Scheme to the Courtof Appeal, the Court of First Instance of the High Court, and the District Court in May 1998.
Note 3 : One additional team of 5 Assistant Social Work Officers (ASWOs) will be created in June 1998 to meetshortfall.
- 85 -
Typesof Service
Provisionas at
31.3.98
Demand/Provision/Shortfall
Projected
(Note 1) 98/99 99/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03C. Community Support Service
Scheme
SWDcases served
in 97/98
404 Demand 404 404 404 404 404
SocialWorkers
(ASWO only)
Demand 6 6 6 6 66 Provision 6 6 6 6 6
Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0D. Post-Release SWD
Supervision ofPrisoners Scheme
cases servedin 97/98
627 Demand 400 470 570 740 745 (Note 2 ) (Note 2 ) (Note 2 ) (Note 2 ) (Note 2 )
Social Workers 3(ASWO only)
Demand 8 10 12 15 15(Note 3)
3 Provision 7 7 7 7 7
Shortfall 1 3 5 8 8
Note 1 : As it is difficult to forecast the demand for statutory and aftercare services for offenders, the estimateddemand is based either on the past trend of service utilization, or on the existing occupancy or caseload.
Note 2 : The estimated demand is based on the caseload projection provided by the Correctional Services Department(CSD) at the manning ratio 1:50 cases.
Note 3 : The figures are average monthly caseload projection provided by the CSD.
- 86 -
Typesof Service
Provisionas at
31.3.98
Demand/Provision/Shortfall
Projected
(Note 1) 98/99 99/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03E. Young Offender
Assessment PanelSWDCSD
cases served(in 97/98)Caseload
357 Demand 357 357 357 357 357
SocialWorkers
Demand 4 4 4 4 44 Provision 4 4 4 4 4
Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0F. Remand Homes and
Places of RefugeSWD
new andre-admission(in 97/98)
(i) offenders 1,114 Demand 1,114 1,114 1,114 1,114 1,114(Note 2)
(ii) detention orders 25 25 25 25 25 25(Note 2)
(iii) care or protection 1,921 1,921 1,921 1,921 1,921 1,921(Note 2)
(iv) illegal immigrants 432 432 432 432 432 432(Note 2)
Provision ProvisionMa Tau Wei Girls’ Home 130 130 100 100 100 100
Begonia Road Boys’ Home(Girls’ Section) 15 15 15 15 15 15
Pui Chi Boys’ Home 60 60 30 30 30 30
Pui Yin Juvenile Home 76 76 0 0 0 0(Note 3)
Begonia Road Boys’ Home(Boys’ Section) 0 0 35 35 35 35
(Note 3)
Note 1 : As it is difficult to forecast the demand for statutory and aftercare services for offenders, the estimateddemand is based either on the past trend of service utilization, or on the existing occupancy or caseload.
Note 2 : Demand for residential places hinges on a multitude of complex and interactive factors, and may fluctuatewidely. Thus, projections for 1998/99 and beyond are based on 1997/98 level.
Note 3 : Pui Yin Juvenile Home is to be phased out, and its service will be reprovisioned to Begonia Road Boys’Home.
- 87 -
Typesof Service
Provisionas at
31.3.98
Demand/Provision/Shortfall
Projected
(Note 1) 98/99 99/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03G. Probation Homes SWD
new andre-admission(in 97/98)
116 Demand 116 116 116 116 116(Note 2)
Provision ProvisionBegonia Road Boys’ Home(Boys’ Section) 80 80 0 0 0 0
(Note 3)O Pui Shan Boys’ Home 48 48 0 0 0 0(Probation Section) (Note 3)Fanling Girls’ Home 20 20 30 30 30 30
Shatin Boys’ Home 0 0 120 120 120 120(Note 3)
H. Probation Hostel SWD new and
re-admission(in 97/98)
86 Demand 86 86 86 86 86(Note 2)
Kwun Tong Hostel Provision Provision
60 60 60 60 60 60(Note 4)
I. Reformatory School SWDnew and re-admission(in 97/98)
43 Demand 43 43 43 43 43(Note 2)
Provision Provision
O Pui Shan Boys’ Home 48 48 95 95 95 95(Note 5)
Castle Peak Boys’ Home 75 75 0 0 0 0(Note 5)
Note 1 : As it is difficult to forecast the demand for statutory and aftercare services for offenders, the estimateddemand is based either on the past trend of service utilization, or on the existing occupancy or caseload.
Note 2 : Demand for residential places hinges on a multitude of complex and interactive factors, and may fluctuatewidely. Thus, projections for 1998/99 and beyond are based on 1997/98 level.
Note 3 : Begonia Road Boys’ Home (Boys’ Section - Probation) is to be reprovisioned to the new Shatin Boys’ Homein the 4th quarter of 1998/99. The Shatin Boys’ Home will also take in the boys under probation orderpresently accommodated in O Pui Shan Boys’ Home.
Note 4 : Provision of 60 places meets the demand as the norm of stay is 6 months although the maximum duration ofstay allowed under the law is 12 months.
Note 5 : O Pui Shan Boys’ Home will serve as a reformatory school for 95 boys starting from the 4th quarter of1998/99, and the service of Castle Peak Boys’ Home will be phased out.
- 88 -
Typesof Service
Provisionas at
31.3.98
Demand/Provision/Shortfall
Projected
(Note 1) 98/99 99/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03J. Prisoners’
Pre-releasePreparation
NGOcases
servedin 97/98
662 Demand 662 662 662 662 662
SocialWorkers(ASWO
only)Demand 2 2 2 2 2
2 Provision 2 2 2 2 2Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0
K. Ex-prisoners’Hostels
NGOcases
servedin 97/98
342 Demand 612 612 612 612 612
Places122
DemandProvision
153122
153122
153122
153122
153122
(Note 2) Shortfall 31 31 31 31 31L. Ex-prisoners’
Aftercare CasesNGOcases
servedin 97/98
6,347 Demand 6,347 6,347 6,347 6,347 6,347
SocialWorkers(ASWO
only)Demand 43 43 43 43 43
43 Provision 43 43 43 43 43
Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0M. Counselling for
Non-custodialOffenders
NGOcases
servedin 97/98
263 Demand 263 263 263 263 263
SocialWorkers
Demand 2 2 2 2 22 Provision 2 2 2 2 2
Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0
Note 1 : As it is difficult to forecast the demand for statutory and aftercare services for offenders, the estimateddemand is based either on the past trend of service utilization, or on the existing occupancy or caseload.
Note 2 : The provision of 122 places meets the demand as the norm of stay is 3 months only.
- 89 -
Typesof Service
Provisionas at
31.3.98
Demand/Provision/Shortfall
Projected
(Note 1) 98/99 99/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03N. Employment Service NGOi) job training for
ex-prisonerscases served
in 97/98
168 Demand 168 168 168 168 168Places
20 Provision 20 20 20 20 20ii) employment
counselling forex-prisoners
NGOcases served
in 97/98
307 Demand 307 307 307 307 307
O. Employment Servicefor probationers
NGOreferralsin 97/98
401 Demand 401 401 401 401 401
Note 1 : As it is difficult to forecast the demand for statutory and aftercare services for offenders, the estimateddemand is based either on the past trend of service utilization, or on the existing occupancy or caseload.
VIII. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION
8.1 The Begonia Road Boys’ Home (Probation Home) is planned tobe reprovisioned to a purpose-built residential home in Shatin in the 4th quarterof 1998/99. This will also allow for relocation and improvement of the remandservice for young offenders.
IX. PROPOSALS PENDING POLICY/FUNDING APPROVALOR REQUIRING FURTHER EXAMINATION
9.1 Nil.
- 90 -
CHAPTER 8
REHABILITATION SERVICES
I. INTRODUCTION
1.1 This chapter is based on the 1994 Rehabilitation Programme Plan(RPP) Review and has not been formally reviewed in the context of the FiveYear Plan Review exercise. It is included for information and to complete theoverall picture of social welfare services.
1.2 Government departments and non-governmental organizations(NGOs) contributing towards the overall objectives of the rehabilitation servicemainly include the Social Welfare Department (SWD), the EducationDepartment (ED), the Department of Health (DH), the Hospital Authority(HA), the Transport Department (TD), the Labour Department (LD), theVocational Training Council (VTC), Employees' Retraining Board (ERB) andNGOs. Self-help groups, parents and relatives of persons with disabilities alsocontribute towards these objectives. This chapter, however, refers only to thoseservices under the auspices of the SWD.
1.3 Policies on rehabilitation are based on the 1995 White Paper onRehabilitation entitled "Equal Opportunities and Full Participation: A BetterTomorrow For All". It sets out the Government's policy decisions on thefurther development of rehabilitation services for the next decade and beyond.
II. OVERALL OBJECTIVE
2.1 The overall objective is to promote and provide suchcomprehensive and effective measures as are necessary for the prevention ofdisability, the development of the physical, mental and social capabilities ofpeople with disabilities, and the realization of a physical and socialenvironment conducive to meeting the goals of their full participation in sociallife and development, and of equalization of opportunities.
III. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
3.1 The specific objectives of rehabilitation services under theauspices of the SWD are :
- 91 -
(a) to provide special pre-school services for children with adisability aged 0-6;
(b) to provide supported employment service to persons withdisabilities with a view to promoting their employment prospectsand enabling them to work in an integrated open setting, but withthe availability of assistance or advice, and to provide shelteredwork and work activities for those with more severe disabilitywho are unable to take up open employment;
(c) to provide residential facilities for persons with disabilitiesaccording to their needs and a level of assistance in daily livingcommensurate with their ability for independent living;
(d) to provide social and recreational facilities as a kind of social lifeand leisure activities for persons with disabilities;
(e) to provide special services and facilities to help persons withdisabilities to overcome the additional problems they face athome, at school, at work or in public places; and to improve theirmobility; and
(f) to provide support to carers of persons with disabilities to helpthem overcome difficulties and take up a contributing role in therehabilitation process.
IV. TYPE OF CLIENTS
4.1 The target clients of rehabilitation services include people of allages who are suffering from one or more forms of disability, including mentalhandicap, physical handicap, visual, hearing or speech impairment, autism,visceral disability and ex-mentally ill persons. For children under the age ofsix, early education and training services are also provided to those identified tohave developmental delay.
V. COORDINATION OF POLICIES AND SERVICES
5.1 The Rehabilitation Advisory Committee (RAC), formerly knownas Rehabilitation Development Co-ordinating Committee (RDCC), is theprincipal advisory body to the Government on the development andimplementation of rehabilitation policies and services in Hong Kong. Its termsof reference are:
- 92 -
(a) to advise on the development and phased implementation ofrehabilitation services in Hong Kong;
(b) to advise on the principles of subvention applicable to suchservices;
(c) to co-ordinate rehabilitation services in government departmentsand voluntary organizations and to ensure that available resourcesare put to the best use;
(d) to advise on the respective roles of government, voluntaryorganizations and other bodies providing rehabilitationservices; and
(e) to make recommendations on the training of rehabilitationworkers.
The Sub-committee on Information Technology of the RAC was dissolved inend of 1997. Currently, there are only four sub-committees under the RAC :
(a) Education and Personnel;
(b) Employment;
(c) Public Education; and
(d) Access, Recreation and Transport.
Each sub-committee is chaired by a non-official member of the RAC. Thestructure and terms of reference of these four sub-committees will be reviewedin the light of changing circumstances.
5.2 The Rehabilitation Division in the Health and Welfare Bureau co-ordinates rehabilitation policies and oversees the implementation of the RPP.The Division is headed by the Commissioner for Rehabilitation who worksclosely with government departments, NGOs, self-help groups, parents andrelatives of disabled persons for the benefits of people with disabilities.
- 93 -
VI. CURRENT ACTIVITIES
6.1 Pre-school Care and Training
6.1.1 All children from birth to the age of six who have beenidentified as having disabilities or developmental delay are providedwith special care and early education and training services. Currentprogrammes include :
(a) Early Education and Training Centres (EETC) for childrenwith a disability or developmental delay from birth to theage of two with an emphasis on the role played by familiesof the children and those aged 2 to 5:11 years who needsupport and training from EETC to help them integrateinto mainstream services;
(b) Special Child Care Centres (SCCC) for moderately andseverely disabled children aged 2 to 5:11 who cannotbenefit from the integrated programme in child carecentres or kindergartens; and
(c) Integrated Programme (IP) for mildly disabled children ofage 2 - 5:11 in ordinary child care centres (ICCC).
6.1.2 As at 31.3.1998 there were 1,435 places in EETC, 1,179places in SCCC and 1,222 places in the IP in child care centres.
6.1.3 An IP in kindergartens provides pre-school education tochildren aged 3 to 5:11 and is under the administration of the ED.
6.1.4 As recommended by the Working Group on Services forAutistic Persons, autistic children admitted to SCCC will be given aspecial programme to help them adjust to the centre's trainingprogramme. Each centre admitting six such children is provided with anadditional special child care worker. Furthermore, psychological supportis also provided to centres participating in this scheme. As at 31.3.1998,there were 18 centres providing the special programme.
6.1.5 Over the years, day nurseries participating in the IP wereonly subvented with one Special Child Care Worker for each IP unit. Inorder to encourage child care centres to operate IP and to assist them inorganizing programme activities more effectively, additional subventionof a programme allowance has been granted to ICCCs since October1997.
- 94 -
6.2 Residential Care for Disabled Children
6.2.1 Mildly mentally handicapped children aged 6 to 18 in needof residential care can be cared for in institutions, small group homes aswell as through foster care. As at 31.3.1998, there were 72 places innine small group homes for mildly mentally handicapped childrenoperated by NGOs, and 24 integrated places in small group homes forordinary children.
6.2.2 Residential services are also provided to moderately andseverely disabled children aged 2 to 5:11. As at 31.3.1998, there werefour residential special child care centres providing 78 places.
6.3 Occasional Child Care
6.3.1 As at 31.3.1998, 40 places of occasional child care (OCC)service were provided for children with a disability in 10 SCCCs and 10EETCs.
6.4 Vocational Rehabilitation
Sheltered Workshop
6.4.1 For those who cannot engage in open employment owingto their disabilities, sheltered work will provide them an alternative. Theaverage income of a sheltered worker was $18 per day for the periodfrom April 1996 to March 1997. To encourage attendance, shelteredworkers are given an incentive payment which has been revised to$16.80 per day from April 1995. As at 31.3.1998, there were 50sheltered workshops (six operated by the SWD, 44 by NGOs) with6,215 places.
6.4.2 As recommended by the Working Party on Training andEmployment for People with Disabilities, the Marketing ConsultancyOffice (Rehabilitation) was set up in January 1997 as a pilot project. Itaims to enhance the productivity of sheltered workshops and the incomeof people with disabilities with the expertise of marketing personnels. Areview of this project will be conducted in mid-June 1999.
Supported Employment
6.4.3 It is recognised that some persons with disabilities canengage in competitive employment if support is provided in the form oftraining, counselling and on-the-job supervision. On this basis,supported employment service has been developed. As at 31.3.1998, 25
- 95 -
supported employment units with a total of 1,010 places are provided,of which one is directly operated by the SWD and 24 by NGOs.
6.5 Special Training for Disabled Persons
Day Activity Centre
6.5.1 Day Activity Centres (DACs) provide day care, simpleoccupational and work training to mentally handicapped adults to helpthem become more independent in their daily living and prepare themfor progression into sheltered or supported employment where possible.Training programmes cover daily living skill training, social skills, adulteducation and work/occupational skills.
6.5.2 To strengthen the training elements in DACs in the hopethat some of the trainees will be able to move on to vocational training,sheltered, supported, or even open employment, and take a more activepart in community life, the following measures were taken :
(a) With the former RDCC's endorsement, commencing1989/90, a 40% staffing improvement was provided toDACs and hostels for severely mentally handicappedpersons. As at 31.3.1998, 12 DACs and six hostels wereprovided with the additional staffing. Subject to fundsavailable, the improvement will be extended to theremaining centres.
(b) Professional support from para-medical personnel andclinical psychologists is also provided by the Central Para-medical Support Service and the Central PsychologicalSupport Service.
(c) A handbook "Skills for Life" to help DAC staff in trainingwas published in December 1992.
6.5.3 As at 31.3.1998, there were 65 DACs (three operated bythe SWD, 62 by NGOs) with 3,426 places.
Home-based Training Programme
6.5.4 The SWD introduced home-based training programmes in1988 for mentally handicapped persons in their own homes while theywere awaiting placement in day activity centres and shelteredworkshops. A total of five home-based training teams operated by NGOswere in operation as at 31.3.1998.
- 96 -
Activity Centre for Discharged Mental Patients
6.5.5 It is recognised that some discharged mental patients arefaced with serious adjustment problems in their families and socialenvironment. In activity centres, social programmes and work trainingare offered to help discharged mental patients develop and maximisetheir social and work skills and to provide the support they need. Fourcentres with 180 places are in operation. A social club is attached toeach centre to provide social and recreational services to dischargedmental patients.
6.6 Residential Services
6.6.1 The objective of residential services is to provideaccommodation and care to disabled persons who cannot liveindependently or cannot be adequately cared for by their familymembers, or live far away from their places of work, schools or trainingcentres. In 1989, SWD proposed and the former RDCC endorsed thedevelopment of residential services for disabled persons with astrengthened training element. As reformulated in the RehabilitationGreen Paper (1992), the four modes of residential services for disabledpersons are :
(a) Supported Housing - a cluster of eight 3-person units inpublic housing estates for disabled persons who canmanage independent living with limited supervision andsupport provided by two Social Work Assistants;
(b) Supported Hostel - small hostel units of 20 places in publichousing estates for semi-independent disabled personswith a team of six staff;
(c) Hostel for Moderately Disabled Persons - a facility for 50moderately disabled persons who lack self-care and dailyliving skills with a team of 15 staff; central or agency-based para-medical and psychological support is alsoprovided if required; and
(d) Hostel for the Severely/Multiple Disabled Persons - afacility for 50 disabled persons who lack basic self-careskills and require intensive care training. Type A is formentally handicapped persons and has a team of 29 staff;Type B is for physically handicapped persons and has a
- 97 -
team of 35 staff; both are provided with central or agency-based para-medical and psychological support if required.
In addition, for severely disabled persons who mainly needintensive personal care but not infirmary care, they can beadmitted to the care and attention hostels which areprovided with a staff complement of 32.
6.6.2 The development of residential services for persons withdifferent disabilities is as follows :
The Blind Persons
6.6.3 As at 31.3.1998, there were seven homes with 426 placesand 12 care and attention homes with 699 places for aged blind persons.
The Discharged Mental Patients
6.6.4 Three types of residential services are provided :
(a) half-way houses - for discharged mental patients who arecapable of independent living after hospital treatment butwho require a transitional period of residential care forreadjustment to normal life before re-integrating into thecommunity;
(b) purpose-built half-way houses - for those dischargedmental patients referred to in paragraph (a) above; alsoaccommodate those discharged mental patients categorisedas in need of special care by the Working Group on Ex-mental Patients with a History of Criminal Violence orAssessed Disposition to Violence; and
(c) long stay care homes - for discharged mental patients withstable and controlled mental condition who do not requireactive medical treatment but require some nursing care.
6.6.5 As at 31.3.1998, there were 19 half-way houses with 735places and 12 purpose-built half-way houses with 442 places. Therewere three long stay care homes with a capacity of 570.
6.6.6 Since October 1996, two Assistant Social Work Officershave been provided to four NGOs on agency basis to provide aftercareservices to dischargees of half-way houses.
- 98 -
The Mentally Handicapped Persons
6.6.7 The four modes of residential services and the care-and-attention provision as described in paragraph 6.6.1 also serve mentallyhandicapped persons. In addition, respite service for mentallyhandicapped persons for a period normally not exceeding two weeks isalso available to relieve the family from their caring duties or some otherengagement.
6.6.8 As at 31.3.1998, there were 26 hostels for moderatelymentally handicapped persons (three operated by the SWD, 23 byNGOs) with 1,444 places. There were 41 hostels for severely mentallyhandicapped persons (one operated by SWD, 40 by NGOs) with 2,043places.
The Physically Handicapped Persons
6.6.9 The four modes of residential services and the care andattention provision as described in paragraph 6.6.1. also serve physicallyhandicapped persons. There were, as at 31.3.1998, nine hostels forphysically handicapped persons (one operated by SWD and eight byNGOs) with 406 places.
The Severely Disabled Persons
6.6.10 For the severely disabled persons in need of intensivepersonal care, there were 11 care and attention homes operated byNGOs as at 31.3.1998, providing 490 places.
6.7 Social and Recreational Centres
6.7.1 Persons with disabilities also have needs for social life andrecreation like ordinary people. Social and recreational centres forvarious disabled groups are provided with an aim of assisting them tomeaningfully utilize their leisure time through participation in social,recreational and sporting activities. As at 31.3.1998, there were 22social and recreational centres/clubs for the disabled persons (oneoperated by SWD and 21 by NGOs : three for visually impaired persons,five for hearing impaired persons, six for physically handicappedpersons, three for mentally handicapped persons, four for dischargedmental patients and the one operated by SWD being a composite clubfor various disabled groups).
- 99 -
6.7.2 The Gateway Movement was introduced in 1980 aiming atencouraging mentally handicapped persons to participate in communityactivities. These Clubs make use of premises of rehabilitation units,special schools and other community facilities such as children andyouth centres. It has been agreed that they should be co-ordinated byRegional Gateway Units, subject to funds being available.
6.8 Transport and Access
6.8.1 To facilitate disabled persons to attend day rehabilitationservices, particularly those outside their residential districts, centre-based transport and commercial-hired vehicles were provided to therehabilitation centres where required. In 1997/98, 14 routes ofcommercially-hired transportation were provided to serve disabledpersons commuting to sheltered workshops and day activity centres.
6.9 Support Services
Central Para-medical Support Service
6.9.1 To reinforce the multi-disciplinary approach torehabilitation, SWD has since 1989/90 set up a Central Para-medicalSupport Service (CPMS) to provide occupational therapy andphysiotherapy backup to rehabilitation service units. This group of para-medical personnel act in a consultative capacity to staff of therehabilitation units in regard to programmes, activities, aids andequipment which need to be specially designed to provide a moreeffective service. As at 31.3.1998, 16 Occupational Therapists (OTs)and four Physiotherapists (PTs) were providing support services torehabilitation units. On the other hand, the "dual system" as endorsed bythe former RDCC in 1988 has been implemented with 21 OTs providedto 14 NGOs on an agency basis since October 1996.
Central Psychological Support Service
6.9.2 Persons with disabilities sometimes manifestpsychological, emotional or behaviour problems which prevent themfrom reaping the full benefit of services designed for their development,training and employment. To enable them to make full use ofrehabilitation services, SWD has since 1990 set up the CentralPsychological Support Service (CPSS) to provide consultation torehabilitation service units. The Central Pool of clinical psychologists(CP) provide consultative service to assist rehabilitation personnel in theformulation of special and individual programmes and remedial servicesto modify behavioural, emotional and adjustment difficulties. There are
- 100 -
now four CPs in the CPSS. The “dual system” as endorsed by theformer RDCC in 1988 has been implemented with five agency-basedCPs provided to seven NGOs since March 1996.
Domiciliary Occupational Therapy Service
6.9.3 Persons with disabilities need to face a number ofadaptation problems in their daily living activities at home. To enablethem to overcome these problems, Domiciliary Occupational Therapy(DOT) Service has been set up since October 1997 to provide advice andassistance to persons with physical or sensory handicaps, mental illnessand mental handicaps with a view to enhancing their independence. Asat 31.3.1998, four Domiciliary Occupational Therapists were providingsupport services to disabled persons.
6.10 Home Help Service
6.10.1 Persons with disabilities will continue to be supportedwith home help if they are in need of the service.
6.11 Counselling Service
6.11.1 Persons with disabilities and their families often requireadvice and support in coping with their disabilities. This is provided bysocial workers in family services centres and medical social service unitsrun by SWD and NGOs as well as by social workers in rehabilitationservice units.
6.12 Supervisory Support for Rehabilitation Services
6.12.1 Rehabilitation services serve a wide range of disabledpersons with varying needs. In view of the diversity of the target groupsand the complexities inherent in the rehabilitation process andprogrammes, supervisory input has been considered necessary. Anestablishment of 25 supervisory posts have been provided since April1993.
- 101 -
6.13 Parents Resource Centres for Disabled Persons
6.13.1 Parents and relatives of persons with disabilities have toface psychological, financial and social problems in performing theircarer role. Parents resource centres provide a comprehensive range ofsupport services to these parents and relatives. It is a place whereparents can find support and assistance when they first learn of theirchildren's disability, and throughout the years of child-rearing intoadulthood. It provides facilities where they can exchange informationand ideas, discuss matters of mutual concern and meet others withsimilar problems. Since October 1994, six parents resource centres havebeen provided with subvention.
6.14 Community Rehabilitation Network
6.14.1 Chronically ill persons and their families requireassistance and support in coping with difficulties arising from theirillness. Community Rehabilitation Network (CRN) is set up to givethem support, mutual help groups, social networking and educationalactivities. It provides a meeting place for them to share and learnexperiences and skills in managing their daily life. From April 1997,one clearing house and three CRN centres are provided with subvention.
6.15 Emergency Placement Service
6.15.1 With a view to providing temporary residential care for thedestitute and homeless disabled adults who will otherwise be at risk, theEmergency Placement Service has come into operation since December1996 at the Wing Lung Bank Golden Jubilee Sheltered Workshop andHostel. Up to 31.3.1998, there were altogether ten admissions with alength of stay ranging from two to 210 days, the average being 55 days.
6.16 Mental Health (Amendment) Ordinance 1997
6.16.1 The Mental Health (Amendment) Ordinance 1997 wasenacted in June 1997. The ordinance provides for the establishment of anew independent Guardianship Board to consider applications for andreview of guardianship for mentally handicapped and mentallydisordered persons. Besides, provisions are enhanced to empowerguardians to better protect the interest and welfare of the mentallyhandicapped and mentally disordered persons. Preparatory work isbeing carried out for the setting up of the Guardianship Board before theend of 1998.
- 102 -
6.17 Public Education on Rehabilitation
6.17.1 To enhance the public’s understanding and acceptance ofpeople with disabilities so as to foster the latter’s integration into thecommunity, the Department conducted various publicity programmes in1997/98 such as video package production, TV drama, publication ofpamphlets of rehabilitation services, award for outstanding family carersfor persons with disabilities and organization of seminars/forum onrehabilitation for the public. Close co-operation with the NGO sector inlaunching large-scale campaigns of the International Day of DisabledPersons and the Mental Health Month has also been maintained over theyears. Continuous efforts will be carried forward in 1998/99.
VII. FORECAST OF DEMAND
7.1 Formula for Estimating Demand
7.1.1 The demand for rehabilitation services used to beprojected on prevalence rates for various disabilities adopted abroad. In1987, a formula was devised, using the known demand (i.e. enrolmentplus the number on the waitlisting list inflated by 30% to take intoaccount cases not yet registered). In 1994, upon review, a revisedformula was adopted by the former RDCC in projecting demand forvarious social rehabilitation services. The new formula adopts theaccounting flow approach, which involves the additions and subtractionsof factors constituting the two variables of demand and provision, thusarriving at the shortfall/surplus which is the difference of the two. Thecomposition of these two variables are described below.
7.1.2 The demand variable takes into account the knowndemand (i.e. enrolment and waiting list figures) of respective servicesand the number of new applicants each year. For projection of demandin future years, the number of new applicants is used, which is derivedfrom the average of actual numbers of new applicants from the pastthree years. In order to reflect the effect of population changes on thedemand for services, the average numbers of annual new applicationsare multiplied by the population ratios year by year.
7.1.3 The variable of provision takes into account existingprovision and new provision of the year and vacanciesresulting from discharge, in order to reflect a more realisticpicture of provision. An annual discharge rate is derivedfrom the average figures of discharge for the past twoyears.
- 103 -
7.1.4 The new demand formula shows that there will beadditional requirements for the provision of sheltered workshop andresidential services even after the targets in the White Paper onRehabilitation have been fully met. Additional resources and premiseswill be bid to meet the additional demand for sheltered workshops andresidential services as soon as possible.
VIII. PLANNED PROVISION AND SHORTFALL
8.1 Based on the above formulae and principles and the statistics onplanned provision, the shortfall of various rehabilitation services is estimated asfollows :
Type ofService
Provisionas at
Demand/Provision/ Projected
31.3.1998 Shortfall 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03
EarlyPlaces
Education&TrainingCentre
SWD
NGO
0
1,370
Demand
Provision(Note 1)Discharges
2,623
1,550
904
2,680
1,610
1,023
2,552
1,670
1,063
2,364
1,730
992
2,244
1,730
909
Total 1,370 Shortfall 297 91 (166) (353) (393)
Places
SpecialChildCareCentre
SWD
NGO
0
1,179
Demand
Provision
Discharges
1,683
1,239 420
1,557
1,299
441
1,554
1,299
450
1,406
1,359
397
1,394
1,359
393
Total 1,179 Shortfall 24 (183) (195) (350) (358)
Note 1: Excluding 65 places specifically for hearing impaired children
- 104 -
Type ofService
Provisionas at
Demand/Provision/ Projected
31.3.1998 Shortfall 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03Places
IntegratedProgramme SWD
NGO
10
1,212
Demand
Provision
Discharges
Withdrawal
2,301
1,270
437
277
2,183
1,270
455
235
2,084
1,270
455
209
2,009
1,270
455
190
1,953
1,270
455
176
Total 1,222 Shortfall 317 224 150 94 53
Places
ShelteredWorkshop
SWD
NGO
685
5,530
Demand
Provision
Discharges
9,317
6,355
273
10,042
6,915
280
10,776
7,275
304
11,503
7,755
320
12,230
7,755
341
Total 6,215 Shortfall 2,689 2,847 3,197 3,428 4,134
- 105 -
Type ofService
Provisionas at
Demand/Provision/ Projected
31.3.1998 Shortfall 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03Places
Day ActivityCentre
SWD
NGO
140
3,286
Demand
Provision
Discharges
3,656
3,526
96
3,770
3,576
99
3,884
3,626
100
4,001
3,626
102
4,119
3,626
102
Total 3,426 Shortfall 34 95 158 273 391
PlacesHalf-wayHouse SWD
NGO
0
1,177
Demand
Provision
Discharges
2,093
1,257
285
2,243
1,377
304
2,381
1,377
333
2,497
1,377
333
2,620
1,377
333
Total 1,177 Shortfall 551 562 671 787 910
PlacesHostel forModeratelyMentallyHandi-cappedPersons
SWD
NGO
180
1,264
Demand
Provision
Discharges
2,616
1,494
19
2,743
1,644
19
2,872
1,794
21
3,001
2,144
23
3,130
2,144
28
Total 1,444 Shortfall 1,103 1,080 1,057 834 958
PlacesHostel forSeverelyMentallyHandi-cappedPersons
SWD
NGO
50
1,993
Demand
Provision
Discharges
3,281
2,143
41
3,397
2,293
43
3,514
2,493
46
3,631
2,543
50
3,747
2,543
51
Total 2,043 Shortfall 1,097 1,061 975 1,038 1,153
PlacesHostel forPhysicallyHandi-cappedPersons
SWD
NGO
20
386
Demand
Provision
Discharges
490
406
9
527
406
9
565
406
9
604
406
9
644
406
9
Total 406 Shortfall 75 112 150 189 229
- 106 -
Type ofService
Provisionas at
Demand/Provision/ Projected
31.3.1998 Shortfall 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03Places
LongStay CareHome
SWD
NGO
0
570
Demand
Provision
Discharges
2,006
570
19
2,256
970
19
2,510
970
33
2,755
1,170
33
3,004
1,170
40
Total 570 Shortfall 1,417 1,267 1,507 1,552 1,794
PlacesHome forAgedBlind Person(H/AB)
SWD
NGO
0
426
Demand
Provision(Note 2)Discharges
368
296
30
428
296
31
489
296
31
552
296
31
617
396
31
Total 426 Shortfall 42 101 162 225 190
PlacesCare &AttentionHome forAgedBlind(C&A/AB)
SWD
NGO
0
699
Demand
Provision(Note 3)Discharges
884
669
102
951
669
98
1,026
669
98
1,105
669
98
1,187
669
98
Total 699 Shortfall 113 184 259 338 420
PlacesCare &AttentionHome forSeverelyDisabled
SWD
NGO
0
490
Demand
Provision
Discharges
615
490
10
669
490
10
724
490
10
780
590
10
837
590
12
Total 490 Shortfall 115 169 224 180 235
Note 2 : To reduce over-provision of residential services for the aged blind in 1998/99 to1999/00, implementation of a 100-place H/AB will be deferred to 2001/02 and a30-place H/AB will be converted to serve other disability groups which have amore acute demand.
Note 3 : A 30-place C&A/AB has been converted to serve ordinary C&A cases for theelderly w.e.f. 1.4.1998.
- 107 -
IX. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION
9.1 To ensure cost-effectiveness of services to meet changing needs,reviews are planned and conducted on services including Care and AttentionHomes for severely disabled persons; Home-based Training; Day ActivityCentres; centre-based transport facilities; Parents Resource Centres; ActivityCentres for Discharged Mental Patients; Supported Employment; IntegratedSmall Group Homes; Community Rehabilitation Network; the Central Para-medical Support Service and the Central Psychological Support Service.
9.2 The Central Referral System for Discharged Mental Patients willbe reviewed to streamline the referral procedures and to standardize the basefor calculation of waiting time of services for ex-mentally ill persons as in otherrehabilitation services.
9.3 To implement the improved guardianship provisions for mentallyincapacitated persons under the Mental Health (Amendment) Ordinance 1997,an independent Guardianship Board will be set up in 1998/99 andcorresponding support services in the Department will be organized andprovided.
9.4 The recommendations of the Working Party on Training andEmployment for People with Disabilities (TEPD) will continue to beimplemented under the monitoring of the Steering Committee on TEPDRecommendations.
9.5 In 1998/99, it is planned to provide an addition of 48 integratedprogramme places in child care centres, three early education and trainingcentres, 36 places of autistic children programme in special child care centre,two hostels for the severely mentally handicapped persons, two day activitycentres, one sheltered workshop, two half-way houses, 60 supportedemployment places and to extend service of three hostels for the severelyphysically handicapped persons and one residential special child care centrefrom 5-day operation to 7-day operation. Details of these additional provisionsare in Appendix 8.1. Besides, two senior occupational therapist posts and twosenior physiotherapist posts will be created to agencies on functional basis. Sixadditional aftercare workers will be provided to look after dischargees of half-way houses.
9.6 In 1999/00, it is planned to provide an addition of one earlyeducation and training centre, one special child care centre, one half-wayhouse, three hostels for the severely mentally handicapped persons, threehostels for the moderately mentally handicapped persons, one day activitycentre and two sheltered workshops.
- 108 -
X. PROPOSALS PENDING POLICY/FUNDING APPROVALOR REQUIRING FURTHER EXAMINATION
10.1 To continue to bid resources for implementation of improvedstaffing standards of services with policy approval for :
- day activity centres
- hostels for severely mentally handicapped persons
- early education and training centres (Workman II)
- special child care centres (Social Work Assistant).
10.2 To continue to bid resources for implementation of serviceswith/pending policy approval for :
- regional centres to promote Gateway Movement.
10.3 To continue to bid resources for expansion of the followingexisting services :
- Central and Agency-based Psychological Support and Para-medical Support Services
- Sheltered workshop and supported employment service
- Sign language interpretation
- Community Rehabilitation Network
- Supervisory support to rehabilitation service units
- Activity Centre for Discharged Mental Patients
- Parents/Relatives Resource Centres
- Residential services
- Day Activity Centre
- Integrated child care centre services.
- 109 -
10.4 To continue to bid resources for implementation of the followingimprovement measures as agreed by the Department in principle :
- to provide special allowance for Welfare Workers and WorkshopInstructors working with severely disabled persons
- to provide shift duty and typhoon/rainstorm allowance forWelfare Workers and Special Child Care Workers in residentialsettings
- to improve programme support to social and recreational centres
- to improve provision of other charges to service units currentlyprovided below the average
- to provide an allowance for the supervisors of day nurseries forproviding the integrated programme
- to upgrade the Orientation and Mobility Instructor (from WelfareWorker to Senior Welfare Worker) in the Rehabilitation TrainingCentre for the Blind.
10.5 To consider the provision of the following new services agreedby the Department in principle :
- to provide Speech Therapy service in early education and trainingcentres.
- to provide a PT artisan to each special child care centre.
- 110 -
CHAPTER 9
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
I. OVERALL OBJECTIVE
1.1 The overall objective of community development is to promotesocial relationship, to develop a sense of self-reliance, social responsibility andcohesion within the community, and to encourage the participation of individualsin solving community problems and improving the quality of community life.Under the Community Building Policy, the Home Affairs Bureau is responsiblefor policy matters of the community development service while the SocialWelfare Department is the executive department responsible for subventionallocation and monitoring the operation and development of the service.
II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
2.1 The specific objectives of community development are:
(a) to promote mutual care and responsibility, concern andparticipation in solving communal problems by encouraging andsupporting the establishment of community service groups, self-programming groups and other voluntary groups andorganisations;
(b) to develop and co-ordinate community services in urban and ruraldistricts;
(c) to provide community centre facilities to accommodate communityactivities and to serve, where necessary, as a base from which todevelop community spirit, relationships and group interests atstreet and block level; and
(d) to organise and develop neighbourhood level communitydevelopment projects in transient communities of special needs.
- 111 -
III. CURRENT ACTIVITIES
3.1 Community Centres
3.1.1 Community centres provide residents with a venue forcommunity functions and they also house a wide range of welfareservices, e.g. children and youth programme, day care for pre-schoolchildren, service for the elderly and the disabled.
3.1.2 After the transfer of management responsibility ofgovernment community centre facilities from the Social WelfareDepartment to the former City and New Territories Administration(CNTA) (now known as Home Affairs Department) in June 1985, theSocial Welfare Department ceased to operate community work servicespreviously provided in community centres and estate community centres.It now concentrates its resources on promoting and strengthening groupwork activities. The Home Affairs Department, on the other hand,promotes wider use of community centres in the context of communitybuilding. As at 31.3.1998, the Social Welfare Department operates aGroup Work Unit in each of the 13 district community centres and 6 estatecommunity centres providing group work service for people of all agesand particularly those with welfare needs.
3.1.3 Family Activity and Resource Centres (FARCs) were set upin Social Welfare Department’s 19 Group Work Units in 1994. Throughthe provision of family drop-in services, guidance programmes forparents, mutual help groups for families as well as a wide range ofeducational, training, and social activities for the whole family, theFARCs serve to preserve and strengthen the normal functioning offamilies. With the support from Lotteries Fund, two FARCs attached tothe Community Centres run by non-governmental organisations (NGOs)commenced operation since April 1997 while another new FARC willalso commence its operation in April 1998.
3.1.4 Community centres operated by non-governmentalorganisations are not affected by the change in 1985 and continue toprovide both group work and community work activities. In providingthese activities, they complement and supplement the work of the HomeAffairs Department in community building at local level. At present,there are 13 non-government run community centres.
3.1.5 Community centres operated by NGOs have been onstandard cost subvention. Staffing standards are set out at Appendix 9.1.
- 112 -
3.1.6 Existing community centres were planned in accordancewith the standards set out in the Hong Kong Planning Standards andGuidelines. The details of the schedules of accommodation for the threetypes of community centres are set out at Appendix 9.2. Arising from thereview of community centre facilities initiated by the Finance Branch(now known as Finance Bureau), a moratorium has been imposed onuncommitted building projects for community centres and communityhalls. Following on a recommendation by the former CNTA (now knownas Home Affairs Department)-chaired Working Group on improvementsof the management of community centres/halls, the Planning Departmenthas set up an Ad hoc Working Group under the Planning Standards Sub-committee of the Land Development Policy Committee to review theplanning standards and guidelines of community centres/halls. Membersfrom District Boards and the Hong Kong Council of Social Service hadbeen consulted on the revised planning standards.
3.1.7 The two mini social centres under the auspices of SocialWork Officer (Youth) of the Social Welfare Department continue to serverural areas and remote villages through the operation of a range of youthand community services.
3.2 Neighbourhood Level Community Development Projects
3.2.1 Neighbourhood Level Community Development Projects(NLCDPs) are carried out by NGOs in deprived and transientcommunities, where the provision of social facilities and welfare servicesis non-existent or inadequate. Such areas include temporary housingareas (THAs), squatter areas, cottage areas, boat squatters and Mark III toVI public housing estates (PHEs) affected by the Housing Authority’sfive-year comprehensive redevelopment programme. NLCDPs arecarried out in areas identified by the Committee on NLCDPs according tothe selection criteria set out in Appendix 9.3. The Committee on NLCDPsis chaired by the Home Affairs Bureau with members from the HousingDepartment, Hong Kong Council of Social Service and the Social WelfareDepartment.
3.2.2 In servicing areas, the NLCDP team provides personalcounselling, community education and development programmes to thetarget population. NLCDP service could also supplement andcomplement the services available in the priority areas. NLCDP alsohelps to foster a sense of belonging amongst the residents and encouragespublic participation in solving community problems.
- 113 -
3.2.3 However, having taken into account the rapid expansion ofwelfare services and the development of the system of representativegovernment and District Administrative Scheme in the past decades, theExecutive Council, at its meeting held on 5.12.1995, decided:
(a) there was no need to extend NLCDP service to new towns,rural areas and PHEs not yet affected by redevelopment;
(b) the two pilot NLCDPs in old urban areas should bereviewed by an independent review group in early 1997 todetermine whether the service needs to be extended to otherold urban areas; and
(c) pending the results of the review, the NLCDP teams whichrequire reprovisioning should be offered a choice ofredeployment to other welfare services or continue toprovide NLCDP services in PHEs under redevelopment orTHAs qualified under existing criteria.
3.2.4 As at 31.3.1998, there are 51 NLCDPs providing service in105 priority areas, including 2 old urban areas where services areprovided on a pilot basis. Distribution of these teams and a list of priorityareas are at Appendix 9.4
3.2.5 In accordance with the decision of the Executive Council atits meeting held on 5 December 1995, an independent review team,chaired by Prof. Lieh MAK, had been formed in January 1997 to reviewthe two pilot NLCDP Projects in old urban areas (Mong Kok South andNam Cheong) to determine whether the service needs to be extended toother old urban areas. The review group submitted its report to Secretaryfor Home Affairs in January 1998. The findings and recommendationsare now being considered by the Administration.
3.3 Youth Office
3.3.1 At the district level, Social Work Officers (Youth) of theSocial Welfare Department co-ordinate and strengthen existing youthgroups and community organisations, promote new groups and assistthem to develop programmes to meet community needs.
3.4 The Committee on Community Development under the auspices ofthe Home Affairs Bureau, comprising representatives from NGOs providingcommunity development service and the Social Welfare Department, has been
- 114 -
set up in 1991 to discuss all policy matters of community development serviceand the future trend under the existing community building policy.
IV. FORECAST OF DEMAND
4.1 The demand for community development activities is affected bythe following factors:
(a) the changing needs and aspirations of society and the types ofcommunity services required to meet these needs; and
(b) the geographic, demographic and social background and politicaldevelopment of each local community.
4.2 The future provision of government-run community centres andhalls will be based on the outcome of the review of the planning standards andguidelines for these facilities.
4.3 The future provision of NLCDPs depends on the outcome of theReview Group on Pilot NLCDPs in Old Urban Areas and the number of priorityareas identified each year by the Committee on NLCDPs.
- 115 -
V. PLANNED PROVISION
5.1 A summary of the existing and planned provision for the service in thisprogramme is shown below:
Type of Service PlanningRatio
Provision as at31.3.1998
Demand/Provision/Shortfall
Projected
1998/1999
1999/2000
2000/2001
2001/2002
2002/2003
a)DistrictCommunityCentre/CommunityCentre
An areawith apopulationof 80,000 to120,000 notcovered by(b) and (c)below
Government
NGO
Centre
13
13
Provision(Note 1)
26 26 26 26 26
Total : 26 Shortfall - - - - -
b)AreaCommunityCentre/EstateCommunityCentre
An areawith apopulationof 40,000 to80,000 notcovered by(c) below
Government
NGO
Centre
20
-
Provision(Note 1)
20 20 20 20 20
Total : 20 Shortfall - - - - -
c)Neigh-bourhoodCommunityCentre/CommunityHall
An areawith apopulationof 15,000 to40,000
GovernmentNGO
Centre 45 - Provision
(Note 1) 45 45 45 45 45
Total 45 Shortfall - - - - -
d)Neigh-bourhoodLevelCommunityDevelopmentProject
-
GovernmentNGO
Project - 51 Provision Subject to the number of project areas identified by the
Committee on NLCDPs
Total : 51 Shortfall -
Note 1 : The future provision of various kinds of community centres is being examined.
A list of existing centres is at Appendix 9.5.
- 116 -
VI. PROPOSALS PENDING POLICY/FUNDING APPROVALOR REQUIRING FUTURE EXAMINATION
6.1 The addition of a half time Workman II for 13 NLCDP teams which haveindependent premises has been implemented since 1990/91. Subject to funds beingavailable, such improvement will be extended to other NLCDP teams with independentpremises.
6.2 The Department will continue to provide capital funding support for NGOcommunity centres to set up family activity and resource centres.
- 117 -
CHAPTER 10
SOCIAL SECURITY
I. BASIC PRINCIPLE AND OVERALL OBJECTIVE
1.1 The basic principle underlying the provision of social security isthat it is the Government’s responsibility to assist the vulnerable members ofthe society with financial or material assistance appropriate to theircircumstances. The overall objective of social security in Hong Kong is toprovide for the basic and special needs of the members in the community whoare in need of financial or material assistance.
II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
2.1 The specific objectives are :
(a) to provide cash assistance to needy individuals and families tomeet basic and special needs;
(b) to meet the special financial needs of the severely disabled andthe elderly;
(c) to provide assistance in cash or in kind to victims of natural orother disasters;
(d) to provide ex-gratia compensation payments to innocent victimswho are injured, disabled or killed (payments to their dependantsin the case of death) as a result of a crime of violence or by a lawenforcement officer in the execution of his duty;
(e) to provide immediate cash assistance to road traffic accidentvictims (or to their dependants, in the case of death) withoutregard to the means of their families or to any element of fault incausing the accidents;
(f) to review the social security arrangements and the levels of socialsecurity benefits regularly to ensure that they meet the needs ofrecipients; and
- 118 -
(g) to identify other vulnerable persons in the community who are inneed of financial or material assistance, and to meet their needswhere necessary.
III. STATUTES
3.1 Assistance under the Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Schemeand the Emergency Relief Fund is provided within the framework of :
(a) the Traffic Accident Victims (Assistance Fund) Ordinance,Cap. 229; and
(b) the Emergency Relief Fund Ordinance, Cap. 1103 respectively.
Other social security schemes are non-statutory.
IV. CURRENT ACTIVITIES
4.1 Types of Social Security Schemes
4.1.1 The Social Welfare Department carries the mainresponsibility for administering the following three basic social securityschemes :
(a) Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme.
(b) Social Security Allowance Scheme which has thefollowing components :
(i) Normal Old Age Allowance;
(ii) Higher Old Age Allowance;
(iii) Normal Disability Allowance; and
(iv) Higher Disability Allowance.
(c) Accident Compensation Schemes which consist of :
(i) emergency relief services;
- 119 -
(ii) the Criminal and Law Enforcement InjuriesCompensation Schemes; and
(iii) the Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Scheme.
4.1.2 Assistance is payable to all persons who meet therespective criteria of the social security schemes. Details are set outin Appendix 10.1.
4.2 Major Developments and New Proposals
4.2.1 The Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme
(a) The payment rates for comprehensive social securityassistance were revised upwards on 1 April 1995, 1 April1996 and 1 April 1997 to take account of inflation.
(b) A package of improvements to the Comprehensive SocialSecurity Assistance Scheme was implemented on 1 April1995 which included paying each single parent family amonthly supplement; increasing the standard rates forchildren; granting the child standard rate to recipients aged19 to 21 who are in full-time education; raising themaximum level of disregarded earnings and disregardingthe first month’s income of certain groups of recipientswho get full-time jobs.
(c) As recommended in the Review of the ComprehensiveSocial Security Assistance Scheme completed in early1996, a package of improvements to the scheme wasimplemented on 1 April 1996 which included realincreases in the standard rates for specific categories ofrecipients from 9% - 57%; introducing a flat-rate grant forstudents for selected items of school related expenses(effective from 1996/97 school year); introducing a specialgrant for recreational and social activities and a ChineseNew Year Grant for elderly persons; relaxing the levels ofassets governing applicants’ eligibility for assistance;increasing the levels of maximum rent allowance bybetween 17% and 52% depending on household size; andincreasing the maximum level of disregarded earnings.
- 120 -
(d) The maximum rent allowance was further revised upwardson 1 April 1997 to take account of inflation.
(e) Arising from the review of the Comprehensive SocialSecurity Assistance Scheme, the Portable ComprehensiveSocial Security Assistance Scheme was implemented on 1April 1997 whereby elderly comprehensive social securityassistance recipients who are permanent Hong Kongresidents and have been receiving assistance continuouslyfor three years are allowed to continue to receive theirstandard rate payment and annual long-term supplementshould they leave Hong Kong to take up permanentresidence in Guangdong. The Hong Kong Red Crosshas been appointed as the Social Welfare Department’sagent to help implement the new scheme. Its mainduty is to conduct annual checks on all elderly recipientsin Guangdong to confirm their continued eligibility forassistance.
(f) A special exercise was launched in August 1996 to reachout to all single elderly comprehensive social securityrecipients who were not receiving a subsidy for telephonecharges to help them install a telephone if they neededone.
(g) A new 24-minute video tape (in Cantonese and Putonghuawith Chinese sub-titles and sign language super-imposedon the tape for the benefit of those suffering from hearingimpairment) on the Comprehensive Social Security andSocial Security Allowance Schemes was produced inJanuary 1997. The tape is played regularly at thereception area of social security field units to helpcustomers and members of the public gain a betterunderstanding of the application procedures, the eligibilitycriteria and the types of benefits payable under these twoschemes. In particular, the range of special grantsavailable under the Comprehensive Social SecurityAssistance Scheme is introduced in the tape.
(h) To open a channel of communication with comprehensivesocial security assistance customers and find out theirsatisfaction levels on social security service delivery, andviews on improving service delivery, some 20 CustomerLiaison Groups have been set up since March 1997 and arein operation in various social security field units.
- 121 -
(i) In August 1996, the department appointed consultants toconduct a feasibility study for a computerised socialsecurity system involving a replacement of the existingSocial Security Payment System. The objective of thefeasibility study was to recommend, in the light of thepolicy and operational objectives of the department and thelikely technological options and resource constraints, acomputerized social security system to meet fully theAdministration’s operational and management informationneeds for policy review, analysis, forecasting, operationand financial management control and payment. Thefeasibility study was completed in July 1997. On 28November 1997, the Finance Committee of the ProvisionalLegislative Council approved funds for a newcomputerised social security system and the project isexpected to be completed by October 2000.
(j) A review of the comprehensive social security assistancepayment to the elderly was completed in 1997. Havingregard to the findings of the study on comprehensive socialsecurity assistance elderly which indicated thatcomprehensive social security assistance elderly did spendvarying amount on a wide range of psycho-social needs andas part of our effort to encourage them to lead a healthy andactive social life, the Administration decided to increase themonthly basic payments to the elderly as from 1 April1998. (Please see paragraph 8.1)
(k) An inter-departmental working group headed by theDirector of Social Welfare started a review to examine theoperation of the Comprehensive Social Security AssistanceScheme in 1997/98, with the focus on how to encourageand help those able-bodied recipients on ComprehensiveSocial Security Assistance to re-join the workforce.The review is expected to be completed by 1998.
4.2.2 The Social Security Allowance Scheme
(a) The payment rates for social security allowance wererevised upwards on 1 April 1995, 1 April 1996 and 1 April1997 to take account of inflation.
- 122 -
(b) As a follow-up to the Review of the Comprehensive SocialSecurity Assistance Scheme, the Department undertook toconduct a review of the Social Security AllowanceScheme. The review is expected to be completed in1998/99.
4.2.3 The Accident Compensation Schemes
(a) Emergency Relief Services
As recommended in the Review of Emergency ReliefFund, a package of improvements to the Emergency ReliefFund payment schedule was implemented with effect from28 June 1996. Apart from revising the burial grantunder Section A of the payment schedule to reflect theinflationary impact, there were real increases in thepayment rates of some of the grants under other sections.A new grant was introduced under Section B to provideassistance to victims of natural disasters who sufferdamage or extensive loss to their home appliances,furniture and personal belongings.
(b) Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries CompensationScheme
An inter-departmental working group on Review of theCriminal and Law Enforcement Injuries CompensationScheme was set up in November 1996 to review thevarious aspects of the Scheme with a view to improvingthe administrative rules and procedures. The reviewwas completed and the revised arrangements implementedin May 1997. The major recommendations embracedthe inclusion of a legal residence requirement in theeligibility criteria, granting criminal and law enforcementinjuries compensation awards to applicants in the firstinstance in cases involving claims for common lawdamages and employees’ compensation, waiving therepayment requirement of the portion of increased awardfor civic-minded applicants and referring exceptionallybrave or civic-minded applicants for exceptional ex-gratia payment outside the Scheme. Arising from thereview, the terms of reference of the Criminal and LawEnforcement Injuries Compensation Boards have also beenrevised to reflect more clearly the role and functions of theBoards.
- 123 -
4.3 Levels of Assistance
4.3.1 The levels of assistance provided and the standards underwhich the various social security schemes are operated are listed inAppendices 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4.
4.3.2 With the exception of the burial grant, the payment ratesof various grants under the three accident compensation schemes wereincreased on 1 April 1995 and 1 April 1996 respectively. Thepayment rate of the burial grant was separately revised upwards on 28June 1996. Another revision covering all types of grants took placeon 15 August 1997.
4.3.3 For emergency relief, the Kowloon Kitchen supplies hotmeals and relief articles to disaster victims through the staff of theDepartment. The kitchen can supply up to 62,000 hot meals a dayand has a storage capacity for 10,000 emergency kits and 20,000blankets.
4.4 Caseload
4.4.1 The number of cases receiving assistance under thevarious social security schemes as at 31 March 1998 are as follows :
Schemes Cases
Comprehensive Social Security Assistance 195,645Normal Old Age Allowance 141,744Higher Old Age Allowance 299,070Normal Disability Allowance 63,509Higher Disability Allowance 13,542Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation 813Traffic Accident Victims Assistance 6,293
- 124 -
4.4.2 The classification of the active comprehensive socialsecurity assistance cases as at 31 March 1998, according to the majorreason of eligibility, is as follows :
Classification of cases Percentage
Old age 57.28Temporary disabilities 10.92Permanent disabilities 6.72Single-parent family 8.77Unemployed/low earning 12.18Others 4.13Total 100.00
4.5 Expenditure
4.5.1 Total actual payments under the various social securityschemes in the past five years are as follows :
1993/94$m
1994/95$m
1995/96$m
1996/97$m
1997/98$m
Public Assistance/ComprehensiveSocial SecurityAssistance*
2,443.4 3,426.8 4,831.1 7,127.8 9,441.3
Old Age Allowance 2,337.1 2,435.5 2,768.0 3,005.0 3,238.5
Disability Allowance 780.0 773.4 914.7 1,036.6 1,181.8
Emergency Relief 0.5 0.6 0.9 2.2 1.3
Criminal and LawEnforcement InjuriesCompensation
9.8 12.2 12.5 11.4 14.3
Traffic AccidentVictims Assistance
10.2
19.2
26.7
23.9
22.0
Total 5,581.0 6,667.7 8,553.9 11,206.9 13,899.2
* Comprehensive Social Security Assistance with effect from 1 July1993
- 125 -
4.5.2 Under the Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Scheme,the amounts of assistance made from the Traffic Accident VictimsAssistance Fund in the past five years are as follows :
$m
1993-94 92.91994-95 98.71995-96 110.71996-97 122.81997-98 137.4
4.6 Operation of Schemes
4.6.1 There are at present 33 social security field units whichprocess applications for comprehensive social security assistance andsocial security allowance by investigating cases, assessing needs andauthorising payments. Applications for Emergency Relief Fund fromdisaster victims or their dependants in respect of death and personalinjury are also processed by social security field units. Applicationsfor criminal and law enforcement injuries compensation and trafficaccident victims assistances are processed by two service units of theDepartment on a centralized basis. Up-to-date information on thesocial security schemes can be obtained from the Social WelfareDepartment Home Page http://www.info.gov.hk/swd/.
4.6.2 Other government departments which contribute to theprovision of social security services are as follows :
(a) The Hospital Authority and the Department of Healthcertify sick, disabled and injured persons in order to helpestablish their eligibility for assistance. Wherenecessary, they also provide findings or verdicts on deathsin relation to applications under the Criminal and LawEnforcement Injuries Compensation and Traffic AccidentVictims Assistance Schemes.
(b) The Labour Department registers and providesemployment services for the unemployed persons in orderto help establish their eligibility for comprehensive socialsecurity assistance, and co-operates in cases where victimsare eligible for both employees’ compensation andcriminal and law enforcement injuries compensation ortraffic accident victims assistance.
- 126 -
(c) The Home Affairs Department co-ordinates emergencyrelief operations and administer payments from theGeneral Chinese Charity Fund.
(d) The Housing Department, the Marine Department and theAgriculture and Fisheries Department assess and issuepayments from the Emergency Relief Fund for certaintypes of cases.
(e) The Hong Kong Police Force provides factual reports oncrimes of violence, law enforcement actions and trafficaccidents.
(f) The Department of Justice advises on matters with legalimplications.
(g) The Information Services Department and the RadioTelevision Hong Kong help publicize the various socialsecurity schemes.
(h) The Hong Kong Observatory provides meteorologicalinformation to facilitate the distribution of blankets tostreet sleepers during cold spells.
(i) The Transport Department collects levies from vehicleowners and drivers and credits the income to the TrafficAccident Victims Assistance Fund.
4.6.3 In addition, non-governmental organizations alsocontribute to the programme by giving cash assistance to needy personswho do not qualify for assistance under the existing social securityschemes, and by providing manpower, cash and material assistance foremergency relief purposes.
4.7 Appeal System
4.7.1 There is an independent Social Security Appeal Boardwhich provides a means of redress for anyone who is dissatisfied withthe Social Welfare Department’s decision under the ComprehensiveSocial Security Assistance, Social Security Allowance or TrafficAccident Victims Assistance Schemes. The Board’s Chairman andmembers are appointed by the Chief Executive outside the civil service.The Board’s decisions are binding on the Director of Social Welfare, butrelate only to individual appeals.
- 127 -
4.7.2 The Criminal and Law Enforcement InjuriesCompensation Boards will form separate appeal boards to hear appealsagainst the decisions of the two Boards.
V. FORECAST OF DEMAND
5.1 Demand for the activities carried out under this programme isaffected by :
(a) the state of the economy and the employment situation;
(b) the number of natural or other disasters;
(c) the number of crimes of violence and the degree of personalinjury;
(d) the number of traffic accidents involving injury or death ofvictims;
(e) the number of applications; and
(f) the number of persons who meet the respective eligibility criteriaof the various social security schemes.
5.2 Not everyone who meets the eligibility criteria will apply forsocial security benefits. Demand is related to the anticipated caseload,rather than to the number of eligible persons. There are, in any event,difficulties in obtaining reliable information on the number of persons eligiblefor the various types of social security benefits.
5.3 No attempt has been made to forecast demand for emergencyrelief as the extent of relief required in any one year depends on the numberand magnitude of natural or other disasters, which are impossible to predictwith accuracy.
- 128 -
VI. PLANNED PROVISION
6.1 There is a firm commitment on the part of Government that thevulnerable will be provided with assistance under the social security schemes.The planned provision, based on the projections of cases that make up theforecast of demand, is as follows :
ActualCases
Projected Cases *
1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03
Comprehensive Social
Security Assistance
181,564 210,400 239,000 267,700 296,400 325,200
Normal Old Age
Allowance
141,883 146,300 148,400 149,900 151,000 150,900
Higher Old Age
Allowance
296,256 302,500 305,500 309,100 313,900 318,000
Normal Disability
Allowance
61,824 65,300 69,100 73,100 77,300 81,800
Higher Disability
Allowance
12,793 14,000 15,200 16,600 18,000 19,600
Criminal and Law
Enforcement Injuries
Compensation
604 600 600 600 600 600
Traffic Accident
Victims Assistance
5,655 5,300 5,300 5,300 5,300 5,300
Emergency Relief ($M) 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
* Projected caseload in mid-financial year i.e. end of September.Caseload for criminal and law enforcement injuries compensation andtraffic accident victims assistance however refer to estimated number ofcases awarded compensation/assistance in the financial year.
- 129 -
VII. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION
7.1 The payment rates of comprehensive social security assistanceand social security allowance will be reviewed from time to time in keepingwith price movements in order to maintain the purchasing power of thepayments.
7.2 The payment rates of the three accident compensation schemeswill be reviewed from time to time in line with the cost of living and theincrease in the average monthly wages of a manufacturing worker.
VIII. PROPOSALS PENDING POLICY/FUNDNG APPROVALOR REQUIRING FURTHER EXAMINATION
8.1 As part of our effort to encourage the comprehensive socialsecurity assistance elderly to continue to lead a healthy and socially active lifeafter their retirement, the Chief Executive announced in his 1997 PolicyAddress that the monthly basic payments for the elderly would be increased asfrom 1 April 1998. We take this opportunity to simplify the arrangement byamalgamating the Chinese New Year Grant and the Social and RecreationalActivities Grant and increasing the combined payment from $550 a year to$380 (97/98 price level) a month. Those who have opted to join thePortable Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme will also benefit.
- 130 -
CHAPTER 11
SUPPORT SERVICES
I. OVERALL OBJECTIVE
1.1 The overall objective is to provide the necessary infrastructurerequired for effective delivery, coordination and development of social welfareservices described in the previous chapters, having regard to community needs andthe need to ensure that the most effective use is made of available resources.
II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
2.1 (a) to provide the financial resources required for the effective operationof social welfare services;
(b) to ensure that subvented services are provided at the higheststandards consistent with the resources available;
(c) to attain adequate provision of social welfare manpower in meetingthe demands for the development of social welfare services;
(d) to provide in-service training for social welfare workers employedby the government and non-governmental sectors;
(e) to undertake research of social welfare programmes; and
(f) to investigate, develop, and maintain the use of informationtechnology and systems in order to facilitate the planning andmanagement of welfare services.
III. STATUTES
3.1 Some activities covered in this Chapter are carried out within theframework of the :
- 131 -
(a) Public Finance Ordinance - (Cap. 2)Section 29(1) providing for the establishment of Lotteries Fund;
(b) Inland Revenue Ordinance - (Cap. 112)Section 88 registering a list of approved charitable organizations;and
(c) Social Work Training Fund Ordinance - (Cap. 1100).
IV. CURRENT ACTIVITIES
4.1 Subvention
4.1.1 The subvention policy is founded on the principle thatgovernment will provide adequate financial support to non-governmentalorganizations (NGOs) for the implementation of identified social welfareservices. Organizations receiving such subventions are accountable tothe public for the use of public funds. However, NGOs are not a part oran extension of government; they are free to supplement subventions fromother sources and have a degree of flexibility in the deployment ofresources.
4.1.2 A bona fide non-profit making organization registered as acharitable institution under section 88 of the Inland Revenue Ordinancemay apply for recurrent subvention to support activities which contribute tothe policy objectives of the social welfare development plan. An agencyapplying for subvention for the first time must provide detailed informationon its constitution, the management structure and the persons involved, theservices provided (or to be provided) and the audited accounts of theorganization for the past three years.
4.1.3 The Subventions and Lotteries Fund Advisory Committee(SLFAC) was set up through the appointment of the Secretary for Healthand Welfare to advise Director of Social Welfare on applications fromwelfare agencies for subventions from public funds, for allocations from theLotteries Fund and for permission to hold flag days. As at 1.4.98, thereare 179 NGOs receiving subventions from the Department for the operationof 2,872 service units and 98 types of services comprising 90 direct servicesand 8 supporting/training services. Most of the NGOs are members ofthe Hong Kong Council of Social Service which is itself a subvented body.The Hong Kong Council of Social Service makes important contributions tothis programme by representing the collective views of its member agencies,
- 132 -
participating in the planning and development of social welfare services andundertaking data collection and research on welfare needs.
4.1.4 In 1997/98, 1,416 service units providing 28 different types ofservices received subvention under the “modified standard cost system”.A list of these services is at Appendix 11.1. Under this system, thesubvention for staff costs is calculated on the basis of mid-point salaries ofa notional establishment but allocation is based on the organization’s actualsalaries requirement as reported in their application for subvention. Thedifference between the total staff cost based on mid-point provision and theactual requirement is held conditional to be allocated on application whenthe need arises. Organizations may be granted supplementarysubvention beyond the mid-point provision based on demonstrated needs.For fully subvented services not yet on standard cost, a model system isadopted. Under this system, subvention is provided on the basis of therecognized cost of the unit which is adjusted for inflation annually. Atpresent, 51 types of direct and five types of supporting services covering801 units are still subvented under model system while three child careservices covering 253 units are on 5% subsidy scheme and a few otherservices are subvented on lump sum grant mode.
4.1.5 A subsidy scheme for purchasing services from non-profitmaking organizations has been implemented since March 1991 as analternative mode of financing social welfare services, providing greaterflexibility in the deployment of subvention allocations to NGOs. Underthis scheme, a fixed unit cost is agreed for the contract period with notopping up of deficits nor clawing back of surplus. While monitoring ofresource input (e.g. accounting inspection etc.) is dispensed with,monitoring of service output (i.e. the quantity and quality aspects) isemphasized. The scheme is currently applied to 305 care and attentionplaces, an integrated centre providing service to elderly, youth and children,three social centres for the elderly and 309 places for voluntary drugtreatment and rehabilitation services.
4.1.6 A Block Insurance Scheme for subvented NGOs coveringemployees’ compensation and public liabilities has been implemented sinceAugust 1991. The current limits of indemnity for both components arenow at $200 million and $20 million respectively.
- 133 -
4.1.7 Previously under the rules governing social welfaresubvention, the accrued benefits of Provident Fund and length of thecontributory service of subvented staff were transferable on change of jobonly when such a change took place within the subvented welfare sector.This facility has been extended since 17.10.96 to professional staff ontransfer from the education and health sectors to fill subvented posts in thewelfare sector. With the implementation of this inter-sectortransferability of Provident Fund, accrued benefits and contributory service,staff wishing to join the welfare sector would no longer be put off by thepast restriction.
4.1.8 Actual subventions to NGOs amounted to $3,325.5 million in1995/96 (including $804.2 million for rehabilitation services, $2,354.1million for other social welfare services, and $167.2 million for supportservices). In 1996/97, actual subventions to NGOs amounted to$3,990.6 million (including $1,010.2 million for rehabilitation services,$2,796.8 million for other social welfare services, and $183.6 million forsupport services). In 1997/98, actual subventions to NGOs amounted to$4,598.1 million (including $1,218.1 million for rehabilitation services,$3,176.5 million for other social welfare services, and $203.5 million forsupport services). The 1995/96 to 1997/98 recurrent expenditure byprogramme areas are at Appendix 11.2.
4.1.9 Each year the Department prepares a Five Year Forecast ofRevenue and Expenditure of its subvented activities. The Departmentbases its Five Year Forecast mainly on the projects in the Five Year Plan onSocial Welfare Development which is reviewed biennially in conjunctionwith the Hong Kong Council of Social Service. Improvements toservices have to compete for resources under the government’s centralallocation system.
4.2 Subvention Consultancy
4.2.1 The NGOs and the Department work closely as partners tomeet service targets and provision. Discounting payments under socialsecurity, nearly 75% of the Department’s annual expenditure was spent onsubventing NGOs to run social welfare and rehabilitation services. Thecurrent subvention system does have room for improvement in terms ofsimplicity in administration and flexibility for NGOs to manage theirresources or to improve their services.
- 134 -
4.2.2 Against this background, the Social Welfare Departmentcommissioned a consultancy review in March 1995 on the existing system.The objectives are:
(a) to simplify the current subvention funding procedures byshifting the focus of monitoring from subvention ‘input’control to performance ‘output’ control;
(b) to develop agreed service standards both in terms of quantityand quality and to formulate a process by which performancecan be objectively assessed; and
(c) to set up funding and service agreements for each subventedservice.
4.2.3 The review comprises four stages. Phase A forinvestigation and outline proposals and Phase B for detailed design of newprocedures and system were completed in July 1995 and April 1996respectively and the main recommendations included :
(a) a set of 19 service quality standards and a system to assessthem for all subvented welfare services;
(b) a ‘Unit Grant’ approach to fund all NGOs so that thesame funding would apply to the same type of service unit ofthe same size;
(c) formal funding and service agreements for each subventedservice to set out the roles, responsibility and expectationsbetween the Department and NGOs; and
(d) a two-step performance assessment process comprising anannual self-assessment by the service unit followed by anexternal assessment by the Department.
4.2.4 The Department consulted the sector on these proposalsthrough numerous meetings, briefing sessions and a questionnaire. Thefeedback received indicated that there was a general consensus in supportof the introduction of output monitoring controls through the adoption andmonitoring of service quality standards. The sector also supported theintroduction of funding and service agreements to provide a betterstructured relationship between the Department and NGOs. However,there was very little support for the ‘unit grant’ approach as proposed by
- 135 -
the consultants in the report due to concerns of the NGO Boards andexecutive management about the increased demand on financialmanagement, the worries of NGO staff over their job and pay security andthe apprehension that more flexibility with staffing structure would result indeterioration in professional standards.
4.2.5 In Phase C, three Working Groups were set up with theparticipation of the sector respectively on:
(a) service quality standards, performance assessment andfunding and service agreements;
(b) funding; and
(c) training needs.
4.2.6 With the Consultants’ assistance, the above Working Groupsmade good progress including production of implementation handbook forthe first tranche of five service quality standards, a policy framework forthe development of a service quality assessment process and a strategy onthe provision of training for NGO and departmental staff. In February1998, the Department appointed the Consultants to undertake Phase D (i.e.the final phase) of the Subvention Review which would focus on theproduction of implementation handbooks for the remaining 14 servicequality standards, a generic assessment methodology for all the 19 servicequality standards and the specific assessment steps for the first tranche offive service quality standards. This phase of consultancy is expected tobe completed by end of July 1998. In the meantime, work is beingcarried out to develop funding and service agreements for all subventedservices with the collaborative effort of the Department and the NGOs.So far, 34 funding and service agreements have been completed while theremaining 69 services would be developed in the next two years.
4.2.7 After consulting the Working Group on Funding, theDepartment had devised an alternative funding proposal, i.e. a FixedFunding Formula based on mid-point salary. Consultation with thesector revealed that NGO management remained concerned about certainfeatures of the Formula and the NGO staff worried about the adverse effectof the Formula on staff morale, service quality and job security. TheDepartment noted the sector’s concern and their suggestions on how theFormula can be modified. Since some of the proposed modificationswould have financial implications, the Administration would require moretime to consider these proposals. Meanwhile, the Department has taken
- 136 -
steps to identify, together with the Hong Kong Council of Social Service,various streamlining measures to improve the current subvention system sothat those NGOs which did not opt to join the new funding scheme wouldalso benefit from changes to the system.
4.2.8 To ensure that all the Departmental and NGO staff have therequired knowledge and skills to implement the new subvention systemwhich changes the emphasis from input control to output performancemonitoring, the Department has worked out, with the help of theConsultants, a comprehensive training plan in support of theimplementation of various recommendations of the Subvention ConsultancyReview. The first training programme would commence in the secondhalf of 1998/99 and the rest would be conducted over three to four years tomatch with the phased implementation of the Service PerformanceMonitoring System.
4.2.9 We look forward to bringing the Subvention ConsultancyReview to fruition. To give both Departmental and NGO staff theopportunity to familiarize themselves with these new service qualitystandards and assessment procedures, the Department aims at implementingthe Service Performance Monitoring System, by phases, over a period ofthree years starting from the last quarter of 1998/99.
4.3 Fee-charges
4.3.1 The Government’s policy on fee-charging for social welfareservices attempts to strike a balance between the need to ensure that usersof a particular service are not discouraged to obtain the service on the onehand and that on the other hand the misuse of a particular service is notunwittingly encouraged because it is free. The additional revenueobtained from fees would make it possible for services to be improved.
4.3.2 Fee charges can be broadly classified into three categories,namely, nominal fees (e.g. membership fees of social centres for theelderly), fees linked to social security benefits (e.g. fees for residentialservices for the elderly and the disabled), and fees based on cost as in daynurseries/day creches with assistance to the users under the Fee AssistanceScheme according to the family’s income.
- 137 -
4.3.3 The revision of fees linked to social security benefits used tofollow the formula endorsed by Social Welfare Advisory Committee(SWAC) and Rehabilitation Development Coordinating Committee (RDCC)in 1980. With the endorsement of SWAC and RDCC in January 1994,annual adjustment of fees is now based on the revision rate of theComprehensive Social Security Assistance due to inflation. In the lightof the moratorium of government fees and charges announced by theFinancial Secretary on 18 February 1998, the fees and charges in thesubvented service units will be frozen for 1998/99.
4.4 Lotteries Fund
4.4.1 Lotteries Fund provides grants to NGOs for :
(a) construction of purpose-built projects;
(b) fitting-out, furnishing and equipping of new andreprovisioned centres;
(c) renovation and addition/replacement of furniture andequipment of existing centres;
(d) conducting experimental projects and surveys; and
(e) social welfare supporting services (including conferences andstaff development programme).
4.4.2 For 1995/96, a total of 838 grants involving a commitment of$900 Mn was approved while actual expenditure for the year amounted to$343 Mn. For 1996/97, a total of 927 grants involving a commitment of$621 Mn was approved while actual expenditure for the year amounted to$607 Mn. For 1997/98, a total of 1,183 grants involving a commitmentof $801 Mn was approved while actual expenditure for the year amountedto $585 Mn. Allocations from the Lotteries Fund will continue to bemade to NGOs for meeting capital cost arising from maintenance ofexisting or implementation of new social welfare and rehabilitation units.The 1995/96 to 1997/98 Lotteries Fund allocations by programme areas areat Appendix 111.3 .
4.4.3 In order to provide a secure source of funding for majorimprovements in social welfare services, the Finance Committee approved,in November 1992, the injection of a capital sum of $2.3 billion into theLotteries Fund. This capital sum has been drawn down over the period
- 138 -
from 1993/94 to 1996/97 principally for making grants to new subventedservice units to meet recurrent costs of their social welfare or rehabilitationservices. This interim measure ceased on 1.4.97 with the recurrent costsof these service units previously financed by the Lotteries Fund transferredto the General Revenue Account.
4.4.4 The Department has introduced various measures tostreamline the current Lotteries Fund procedures and this has significantlyreduced the processing time required of an application. The Departmentwill continue to pursue this initiative with a view to making furtherimprovement to facilitate NGOs in applying for Lotteries Fund assistance.
4.5 Welfare Premises
4.5.1 Owing to difficulties in finding sufficient premises toimplement the Government’s policy commitments announced in 1992 toexpand the provision of social welfare and rehabilitation services, theAdministration has sought $2.5 billion from the Finance Committee topurchase 86 sets of premises from private sector since 1995. Therequirement was later reduced to 66 because nine projects were deletedafter service review and 11 replacement premises were secured in publichousing estates. Through the assistance of the Government PropertyAgency (GPA), 63 premises have been purchased including 28 socialcentres for the elderly, four multi-service centres for the elderly, 14 daynurseries, one refuge for women, 11 home help centres, one day creche-cum-day nursery, one centre for street sleepers and three small group homes.The GPA will continue to identify suitable premises for the remaining oneday nursery and two day creches-cum-day nurseries. In addition, wewill bid for new resources to launch another purchase programme so as tosecure sufficient welfare premises to meet the community needs.
4.6 Monitoring and Evaluation
4.6.1 The output and effectiveness of subvented services aremonitored regularly by the Department. This is achieved throughexamination of service statistics returned from agencies on a quarterly basis,making periodical visits to service units and conducting in-depth studies onselected services.
- 139 -
4.6.2 For experimental and pilot projects financed by the LotteriesFund, in depth evaluations are conducted to assess if the objectives areachieved.
4.6.3 There is need for refinement of performance indicators toassess both the quantitative and qualitative standards of serviceperformance. To this end, the consultants who conducted thesubvention review have developed a set of service quality standards for allsubvented services and a system to assess them. (Note : for detailsplease refer to paragraph 4.2 of this chapter.)
4.7 Manpower and Training
4.7.1 The Advisory Committee on Social Work Training andManpower Planning (ACSWTMP) was set up to advise the Government,through the SWAC, on all matters relating to the education, training, supplyand demand of social work manpower. It addresses manpower andtraining issues, and is concerned particularly with the supply of social workdegree and diploma places in tertiary institutions, and the professionaldevelopment of social workers in recent years.
4.7.2 The Social Welfare Manpower Planning System (SWMPS)was established in 1987 to centralise and maintain information onindividual social workers and on the demand for and supply of trainedsocial workers. It regularly provides statistical information to facilitateoverall manpower planning in the social welfare sector. The methodused in the SWMPS to project demand for trained social workers is basedon a computation of the additional manpower requirements arising fromexpansion of services to meet increased demand, improvements to existingservices, new projects which have secured funding and the staff wastage.The data are obtained from the Social Welfare Department and NGOsthrough an annual updating exercise. Reports No. 8, 9 and 10 werepublished in January 1996, April 1997 and April 1998 respectively.Starting from Report No. 8, while funded planned project is used forestimating net additional staff requirement for the first one or two years, the“population/service growth approach” has been adopted for projecting thenew demands for the later years.
4.7.3 The manpower projection in April 1998 estimated that by theend of 2001/02 there would be a shortage of degree and surplus of diplomagraduate social workers. The manpower situation will continue to beupdated and monitored annually. The projections for degree and
- 140 -
diploma graduate social workers up to the year 2001/02 are at Appendices11.4 and 11.5 respectively.
4.7.4 The primary role for pre-service, specialised and advancedtraining will continue to rest with the social work departments of the sixtertiary institutions. The University of Hong Kong provides social worktraining at the under-graduate and post-graduate levels. The Hong KongPolytechnic University and the City University of Hong Kong offer socialwork programmes at both the under-graduate and post-secondary levels.The Chinese University of Hong Kong and the Hong Kong BaptistUniversity offer under-graduate courses. The Hong Kong Shue YanCollege offers courses at post-secondary level. Moreover, specialisedand advanced courses at the post-graduate level are being organized by theUniversity of Hong Kong, the Chinese University of Hong Kong, the HongKong Polytechnic University and the Hong Kong Baptist University.
4.7.5 In the three academic years of 1995, 1996 and 1997, 495, 441and 460 students obtained basic social work qualification at degree levelrespectively. 458, 415 and 652 students obtained their Diploma inSocial Work.
4.7.6 Fieldwork practice of social work students is supervised bystaff of the tertiary institutions, staff of the agencies, or is jointly supervised.Concurrent and block placement places are provided by the Social WelfareDepartment and NGOs. Some students also have the opportunity toundertake fieldwork practice at the Correctional Services Department,Housing Department, Labour Department and Education Department.
4.7.7 On training in child care, the Lee Wai Lee Technical Institutecontinues to provide a one-year full-time certificate course for Form fiveschool-leavers. It also runs a two-year part-time day-release course forserving child care workers. A two-year part-time evening HigherCertificate in Child Care course for child care workers with post-qualifyingexperience and a three to five-year distant learning certificate course in pre-primary education are also available at the Hong Kong PolytechnicUniversity.
4.7.8 To address the manpower concern in respect of clinicalpsychologists, physiotherapists and occupational therapists in the publicand subvented sectors, the Working Group on Allied Health Personnel wasset up from April 1995 to October 1996 to review the existing and projecteddemand for and supply of allied health personnel, to identify any problemsin relation to the supply and retention of such personnel and to make
- 141 -
recommendations in respect of the above. The Working Group hasidentified shortfall in the allied health professionals to meet the fundeddemand in the coming years. As a follow up of the recommendations ofthe Working Group on Allied Health Personnel, a Standing Committee onAllied Health Personnel has been set up by the Health and Welfare Bureauin October 1997 to review and monitor the overall manpower situation ofthe allied health personnel in the public and subvented sectors. In viewof the need for more nursing staff with the opening of new elderly andrehabilitation units, a Task Force on Enrolled Nurses has been set up withinthe Health and Welfare Bureau to review the overall supply and demand ofEnrolled Nurses with particular emphasis on operation needs in the welfaresector, as well as the skills mix and professional training required.
4.8 In-service Training
4.8.1 The Social Welfare Department’s Lady Trench TrainingCentre co-ordinates the overall provision of in-service training courses forsocial welfare personnel. It also provides short-term training courses inspecific service areas for both government and non-governmental staff.It organized 13, 12 and 16 orientation courses for newly-recruited staff,summer student workers and social work students, four, three and threebasic courses for 123, 151 and 156 new welfare workers, 24, 29 and 21induction courses for 855, 988 and 696 staff posted to new service areas in1995/96, 1996/97 and 1997/98 respectively.
4.8.2 In 1995/96, 1996/97 and 1997/98, 40, 48 and 69 in-servicetraining courses were contracted out to training institutions respectively,including eight, four and three basic in-service training courses for childcare workers to meet the requirements arising from the Child Care CentresOrdinance.
4.8.3 In 1995/96, 1996/97and 1997/98, the Lady Trench TrainingCentre organized 320, 426 and 423 staff development programmes for11,751, 13,503 and 14,838 staff of social welfare, social security, child carecentres and other grades in the government and non-governmental sectors inspecialised areas of social work such as mental health, case management,family counselling, group work, brief therapy, rehabilitation, elderly,offenders, child care, vocational training, language and communicationskills and in the use of computer. Local and overseas experts wereinvited to contribute to its training programmes.
- 142 -
4.8.4 The Hong Kong Council of Social Service identifies andprioritizes the in-service training needs of NGOs' social welfare personnelfor the Department's resources support in terms of organisation and fundingsupport. In the years 1995/96, 1996/97 and 1997/98, the Council hasorganized 34 professional development courses and computer trainingcourses with funding support from public money. The Council alsoorganises seminars and workshops on regular basis as well as in-servicetraining courses to meet the increasing demand for such training.Another 25 courses serving 983 social welfare personnel have beenorganized through other funding support. In addition, individualagencies provide orientation and induction programmes for their new staff.
4.8.5 Opportunities for further training in social work were madeavailable to staff in the Social Welfare Department and NGOs. Extrasubvention support of $2,986,000, $3,164,000 and $3,316,000 wasapproved for 21, 16 and 21 NGOs to employ 68, 48 and 44 temporaryreplacements for staff undertaking full-time or part-time training courses in1995/96, 1996/97 and 1997/98 respectively. Further local part-timecourses and short overseas training programmes were undertaken by 126,137 and 130 government officers in 1995/96, 1996/97 and 1997/98respectively.
4.8.6 In 1995/96, 22 government officers attended overseasconferences and 141 attended local conferences, in 1996/97, 22 and 148government officers attended overseas and local conferences and in1997/98, 44 government officers attended overseas conferences and 38attended local conferences respectively. As for non-governmental staff,grants of $368,000, $394,000 and 445,000 were allocated in the three yearsthrough subventions to enable them to attend study visit and conferenceslocally or overseas.
4.8.7 The Social Work Training Fund was established in 1961 toprovide financial awards for non-trained staff to acquire basic social worktraining and for experienced social workers to pursue post-qualifyingspecialised training. In 1995/96 and 1996/97, 191 and 18 newapplications respectively were awarded with grants. The Fund alsoprovides funding support for other training activities such as sponsoringoverseas trainers to Hong Kong and installing training equipment, etc.In 1995/96, there was no such application while in 1996/97, eightapplications from organizations were awarded with grants. Startingfrom 1997/98, the Social Work Training Fund only provides fundingsupport to organizations for sponsoring experts to provide specialized
- 143 -
training for social workers in Hong Kong and for running specialized socialwork training programmes which will benefit groups of social workers frommore than one agency. In 1997/98, 15 applications from organizationswere awarded with grants.
4.9 Research and Statistics
4.9.1 Research in the social welfare field aims at providinginformation for the improvement of services to more adequately meet theneeds of the community. In general, research is rightly the preserveof academics and research personnel but practising professional socialworkers can also make valuable contributions to research. There is alsoscope for joint research between academics and welfare practitioners.
4.9.2 The Research and Statistics Section of the Social WelfareDepartment conducts research studies, develops, enhances and maintainscomputerized data systems for the Department to provide information forplanning, reviewing and monitoring the provision of welfare services. Alist of research studies undertaken in 1995/96 - 1997/98 as well as datasystems developed/ maintained in 1997/98 is at Appendix 11.6. Regularstatistical reports which summarize the key administrative statistics of thesubvented agencies and the Department are also compiled, including thehalf-yearly statistical summary on subvented services and the annualstatistical pamphlet “Social Welfare Services in Figures”.
4.9.3 The Research Department of the Hong Kong Council ofSocial Service also conducts research studies and develops informationsystems. The list of research studies completed in 1995/96 - 1997/98 aswell as the information systems developed is shown at Appendix 11.6.Furthermore, the Council provides assistance to its member agencies indeveloping research design, data collection, data compilation and analysis.It also maintains a subvented computerized Clientele Information System(CIS) for the family counselling/casework service, the home help service,the school social work service, the children and youth centre service,outreaching social work for youth, social centres for the elderly and multi-service centres for the elderly, and family life education.
4.10 Information Technology and Systems
4.10.1 The Department conducted an Information Systems StrategyStudy (ISSS) from August 1996 to July 1997 to assess the currentinformation technology requirements and to recommend a departmentalinformation technology strategic plan covering development and
- 144 -
implementation over the following 5 years. To facilitate the appointedconsultants to conduct the Study and to oversee the development ofinformation technology and systems in the Department, an InformationSystems and Technology Branch was established in May 1996.
4.10.2 The Information Systems Strategy (ISS) recommended by theconsultants consist of a total of seven systems. The Department plans toimplement the ISS by phases. Phase I includes the development andimplementation of a Computerised Social Security System (CSSS) and twofeasibility studies on a Client Information System and TechnicalInfrastructure (TI), which are scheduled to commence in 1998/99.Funding for implementing the CSSS has been secured while that for the twofeasibility studies is being processed.
4.10.3 The Department was one of the government departmentsincluded in the Government Office Automation (GOA) Programme Phase II.The objectives of the GOA programme is to help senior officers to improvework efficiency and service quality through the use of informationtechnology. The programme was fully implemented in the Departmentin September 1997. A total of around 90 Department’s users wereprovided with networked computers to facilitate office automation functions(e.g. word processing), person-to-person communication and transfer ofdata, etc.
4.10.4 The Department has, in accordance with the guidelines issuedby the Information Technology Services Department for governmentdepartments, started a comprehensive survey in early 1998 to investigatethe extent of the impact of Year 2000 Problem on personal computers,information systems, sensor based non-administrative computer systemsand microprocessor based equipment in the department. Based on theresults of the survey, a rectification programme is being prepared withimplementation to be completed by mid 1999. The Department had alsodiscussed the Year 2000 Problem with the Hong Kong Council of SocialService. It was agreed that the Council would apply for funding fromthe Lotteries Fund for a project to, inter alia, raise the awareness of theproblem, conduct a comprehensive survey and to recommend solutions.
4.10.5 Due to the increasing need of using information technology inthe field, the Council has proposed three information technology relatedprojects to the Department. They are namely : 1) Social Net - a projectto explore and promote the utilization of internet technology in socialservice sector 2) Family Service Centre Clientele Information SystemDevelopment Project and 3) Information Technology Resource Team
- 145 -
Project - to conduct system analysis for the sector, to deal with the Year2000 problem for the field and to provide a help desk support service forthe field. The Hong Kong Council of Social Service is reviewing thescope for the first project while the Department has declined support for thesecond project. Support for the third project has been received from theLotteries Fund.
4.10.6 The Hong Kong Council of Social Service has released aSocial Welfare Information Kit on CD-ROM in December 1997. TheCD-ROM encompasses information such as the summary of Hong Kongwelfare history, major events in chronological order charts, the Digest ofSocial Welfare Statistics, China and Hong Kong welfare policy papers andthe Directory of Social Services. This is the most comprehensiveelectronic reference tool in the local welfare sector. More than 800copies were sold during the first 4 months.
V. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION
5.1 The Department will continue to assist NGOs to tackle themanpower shortage problem in respect of allied health and nursing staff.Currently NGOs are allowed flexibility to employ temporary/part-time staff to fillvacant posts of these ranks. They are also authorized to hire physiotherapyservices from hospitals or the private sector.
5.2 The Department will continue to involve the sector in devising afixed funding formula, in developing the remaining service quality standards andfunding and service agreements for various services, in exploring ways tostreamline the current subvention system and in formulating a new performanceassessment process. The Department will keep NGOs informed of the progressincluding training arrangements and plans for implementing the variousrecommendations.
5.3 The Department will continue to streamline the applicationprocedures for Lotteries Fund by developing new guidelines for the sectorincluding the introduction of new furniture and equipment lists on top of theexisting 12 standard lists and ten reference lists.
5.4 With the support of Lotteries Fund, the Department has providedgrants at a total of $22.15 Mn to NGOs to equip them with 1,334 sets of computerequipment for the subvented services units during 1997/98. The next stepplanned for 1998/99 is to examine the need of central administration units foradditional computer equipment.
- 146 -
5.5 The Department will maintain regular discussions with the HongKong Council of Social Service and individual NGOs on issues of mutual concerns,subventions and Lotteries Fund matters, and for promotion of mutualunderstanding/working relations.
VI. PROPOSALS PENDING POLICY/FUNDING APPROVALOR REQUIRING FURTHER EXAMINATION
6.1 The Department will bid funds to implement shift duty allowance forwelfare workers working in residential services.
6.2 The Department will also continue to bid funds to make up theshortfall in central administration support and supervisory support according to theagreed manning ratios.
6.3 The Department will further pursue with the Education Departmentthe sector’s request to improve the rates of subsidy under the Mortgage InterestSubsidy Scheme and to increase its existing quota.
Expenditure of Subvented Sector from 1993 - 94 to 1997 - 98
ACTUAL EXPENDITURE %
Programme 1993 - 94 1994 - 95 1995 - 96 1996 - 97 1997 - 98 Increase
$M $M
%
Increase $M
%
Increase $M
%
Increase $M
%
Increase
Over
1993 - 94
Family and Child Welfare 414.6 487.0 17.5 595.7 22.3 718.3 20.6 818.8 14.0 97.5
Social Security 0.3 0.3 - 0.3 - 0.4 33.3 0.4 - 33.3
Elderly and Medical Social
Services537.6 705.4 31.2 897.0 27.2 1,115.3 24.3 1,302.8 16.8 142.3
Rehabilitation 488.8 619.6 26.8 804.2 29.8 1,010.2 25.6 1,218.1 20.6 149.2
Offenders 20.5 24.6 20.0 28.8 17.1 33.2 15.3 36.9 11.1 80.0
Community Development 108.6 121.2 11.6 137.4 13.4 150.9 9.8 159.6 5.8 47.0
Young People 525.1 598.5 14.0 694.9 16.1 778.7 12.1 858.0 10.2 63.4
Support 121.6 140.9 15.9 167.2 18.7 183.6 9.8 203.5 10.8 67.4
Total 2,217.1 2,697.5 21.7 3,325.5 23.3 3,990.6 20.0 4,598.1 15.2 107.4
Note : with the exception of the last column, all percentages are referred to the changes over the preceding years.
- 147
-A
ppendix 3.1
Social Welfare Subventions
Actual Expenditure 1993-94 to 1997-98
1993-94 1994-95 1995-96 1996-97 1997-98
Family & Child Welfare 414.6 487.0 595.7 718.3 818.8
Social Security 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4
Elderly & MSS 537.6 705.4 897.0 1,115.3 1,302.8
Rehabilitation 488.8 619.6 804.2 1,010.2 1,218.1
Offenders 20.5 24.6 28.8 33.2 36.9
Comm. Development 108.6 121.2 137.4 150.9 159.6
Young People 525.1 598.5 694.9 778.7 858.0
Support 121.6 140.9 167.2 183.6 203.5
Total ($Mn) 2,217.1 2,697.5 3,325.5 3,990.6 4,598.1
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
1993-94 1994-95 1995-96 1996-97 1997-98
Family & Child Welfare
Social Security
Elderly & MSS
Rehabilitation
Offenders
Comm. Development
Young People
Support
$Mn
Appendix 3.2
- 148 -
- 149 -Appendix 4.1
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency
Numberof
Workers
Family LifeEducation
Central/Western &Islands
Caritas - Hong Kong
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
Hong Kong Catholic Marriage Advisory Council
1
1
2
Sub-total 4
Eastern &Wan Chai
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
St. James’ Settlement
Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups
Caritas - Hong Kong
Methodist Epworth Village Community Centre
1
2
2
2
2
Sub-total 9
Southern Caritas - Hong Kong 2
Sub-total 2
Kwun Tong Kwun Tong Methodist Centre
Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association
Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups
Christian Family Service Centre
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
2
1
1
2
1
Sub-total 7
Wong Tai Sin/Sai Kung
Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association
Haven of Hope Christian Service
Caritas - Hong Kong
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council
2
2
1
2
1
Sub-total 8
- 150 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency
Numberof
Workers
Family LifeEducation
Kowloon City Caritas - Hong Kong
Hong Kong Catholic Marriage Advisory
Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association
1
2
2
Sub-total 5
Sham Shui Po Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
Caritas - Hong Kong
Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups
1
2
1
1
Sub-total 5
Yau Tsim Mong Hong Kong Children & Youth Services
Hong Kong Christian Service
3
1
Sub-total 4
Shatin Caritas - Hong Kong
Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association
Hong Kong Lutheran Social Service
Hong Kong Children & Youth Services
2
2
2
2
Sub-total 8
Tai Po/North Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups
Hong Kong Children & Youth Services
Social Welfare Department
Caritas - Hong Kong
1
2
2
2
Sub-total 7
- 151 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency
Numberof
Workers
Family LifeEducation
Yuen Long Hong Kong Young Women’s Christian Association
Caritas - Hong Kong
Yuen Long Town Hall
Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups
1
1
1
1
Sub-total 4
Tuen Mun Caritas - Hong Kong
Social Welfare Department
Hong Kong Young Women’s Christian Association
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
Hong Kong Christian Service
1
2
1
2
1
Sub-total 7
Tsuen Wan/Kwai Tsing
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council
Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association
Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups
Caritas - Hong Kong
Social Welfare Department
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
1
2
1
1
2
2
Sub-total 9
TOTAL 79
- 152 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
No.of
Teams
HomeHelp
Central &Western
St. James’ Settlement
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council
Central & Western Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
Western Multi-service centre forthe Elderly
Hong Kong Western Centre
St. Luke’s Church
2.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
Sub-total 6.0
Islands Hong Kong Family Welfare Society Hong Kong Western Centre 1.5
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council Tung Chung Home Help ServiceUnit
1
Sub-total 2.5
Eastern Hong Kong Society for the Aged
Hong Kong Society for the Aged
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
Methodist Epworth VillageCommunity Centre
Methodist Epworth VillageCommunity Centre
Chai Wan Multi-service Centrefor the Elderly
Eastern Multi-service Centrefor the Elderly
Hong Kong Eastern (North Point)
Siu Sai Wan Centre
Shau Kei Wan Centre
4.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
Sub-total 10.0
Wanchai St. James’ Settlement
St. James’ Settlement
St. James’ Settlement
Wanchai Multi-service Centrefor the Elderly
Wan Chai Home Help Service
Wan Chai Home Help Service
3.0
1.0
1.0
Sub-total 5.0
Southern Caritas - Hong Kong
Aberdeen Kaifong Welfare Assn.
Aberdeen Kaifong Welfare Assn.
Aberdeen Centre
Wah Fu Home Help Service
Jockey Club Wong Chi KeungMulti-service Centre for theElderly
Wong Chuk Hang Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
1.5
2.0
2.0
1.0
Sub-total 6.5
- 153 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
No.of
Teams
HomeHelp
Kwun Tong Hong Kong Family WelfareSociety
Hong Kong Family WelfareSociety
Christian Family Service Centre
Christian Family Service Centre
Christian Family Service Centre
Hong Kong Christian Service
Salvation Army
East Kowloon (Ngau Tau Kok)Centre
East Kowloon (Shun Lee) Centre
Shun On Multi-service Centre forthe Elderly - Home Help Service
Kwun Tong Day Care Centre forthe Elderly - Home Help Service
True Light Villa Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
Won Hon Street Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
Tak Tin Centre
3.0
2.0
1.0
4.5
1.0
1.0
1.0
Sub-total 13.5
Wong TaiSin
Caritas - Hong Kong
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council
Christian Family Service Centre
Neighbourhood Advice-ActionCouncil
Yang Memorial Methodist SocialService Centre
East Kowloon Centre
Wong Tai Sin Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
SKH Chuk Yuen Canon MartinMulti-service Centre for theElderly
Wong Tai Sin Home HelpService
Wong Tai Sin Home HelpService
Choi Hung Community Centrefor Senior Citizens
2.0
3.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
Sub-total 10.0
Sai Kung Caritas - Hong Kong
Caritas - Hong Kong
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
East Kowloon Centre
Tseung Kwan O Centre
New Territories (Sai Kung)Centre
1.0
1.0
1.0
Sub-total 3.0
- 154 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
No.of
Teams
HomeHelp
Yau TsimMong
Mongkok Kai-fong Welfare Assn
Salvation Army
Salvation Army
Yang Memorial Methodist SocialService
Chan Hing Social Service Centre
Yau Ma Tei Multi-service Centrefor the Elderly
Kowloon Central Home HelpService
Home Help Service
2.0
2.0
3.0
1.5
Sub-total 8.5
KowloonCity
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council
Hong Kong Young Women’sChristian Association
Holy Carpenter Church Multi-service for the Elderly
Hok Yuen Home Help Service
Lok Man Social Service Centre
Lok Man Home Help Service
Kowloon City Home Help Service
2.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
2.0
Sub-total 9.0
Sham ShuiPo
Hong Kong Christian Service
Hong Kong Christian Service
Caritas - Hong Kong
Caritas - Hong Kong
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
Neighbourhood Advice-ActionCouncil
Sik Sik Yuen
Pak Tin Centre
Shek Kip Mei Centre
Sham Shui Po Centre
Cheung Sha Wan Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
West Kowloon (Lai Kok) Centre
Pak Tin Multi-service Centre forthe Elderly
Ho Kin Multi-service Centre forthe Elderly
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
Sub-total 10.0
- 155 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
No.of
Teams
HomeHelp
Tsuen Wan& KwaiTsing
Hong Kong Society for the Aged
Hong Kong Society for the Aged
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council
SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council
Tsuen Wan Baptist ChurchBuilding Multi-service Centrefor the Elderly
Kwai Chung Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
New Territories (Tivoli) Centre
New Territories (Cheung Shan)Centre
New Territories (Cheung Hang)Centre
New Territories (Kwai Fong) Centre
Shek Lei Home Help Service
Lady MacLehose Centre - Multi-service Centre for the Elderly
1.0
2.0
1.0
3.5
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
Sub-total 12.5
Tuen Mun Yan Oi Tong Ltd.
Yan Oi Tong Ltd
Neighbourhood Advice-ActionCouncil
Neighbourhood Advice-ActionCouncil
Woo Chung Multi-service Centrefor the Elderly
Tuen Mun Home Help Service
Tuen Mun Home Help Service
Yau Oi Home Help Service
3.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
Sub-total 7.0
Yuen Long Caritas - Hong Kong
Neighbourhood Advice-ActionCouncil
Yan Oi Tong Ltd.
Yan Oi Tong Ltd.
Pok Oi Hospital
Yuen Long Multi-service for theElderly
Long Ping Home Help Service
Pang Hung Cheung Home HelpService Centre
Yuen Long Tin Ka Ping HomeHelp Centre
Yuen Long Multi-service Centrefor the Elderly
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Sub-total 6.0
- 156 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
No.of
Teams
HomeHelp
North Caritas - Hong Kong
Hong Kong Young Women’sChristian Association
Hong Kong Evangelical Church
Ta Kwu Ling Centre
Ellen Li Multi-service Centrefor the Elderly
Tai Ping Home Help Service
1.0
1.0
1.0
Sub-total 3.0
Tai Po Salvation Army
Salvation Army
Hong Kong Children & YouthService
Tai Po Multi-service Centre forthe Elderly
Tai Wo Home Help Centre
Tai Po Home Help Service
2.0
1.0
1.0
Sub-total 4.0
Shatin Caritas - Hong Kong
Caritas - Hong Kong
Tung Wah Group of Hospitals
Hong Kong Evangelical LutheranSocial Service
Hong Kong Children and YouthServices
Hong Kong Children and YouthServices
Shatin Centre
Lung Hang Home Help Centre
Wilson T.S. Wang Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
Lek Yuen Estate Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
Hang On Home Help Service
Lee On Home Help Service
2.0
1.0
2.5
2.0
1.0
1.0
Sub-total 9.5
TOTAL 126
- 157 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
No.of
Places
Children’sHome
Wong TaiSin
Sai Kung
Wanchai
North
Eastern
The Association of Evangelical FreeChurches of Hong Kong
Hong Kong Student Aid Society
Po Leung Kuk
Sisters of Precious Blood
Salvation Army
Evangel Children’s Home
Mark Memorial Home
Po Leung Kuk Children Section
Precious Blood Children Village
Wan Tsui Home for Boys
64
60
120
60
46
TOTAL 350
Boys’HomewithSchoolon Site
Shum ShuiPo
Southern
Islands
KowloonCity
Society of Boys’ Centres
Hong Kong Juvenile Care Centre
Hong Kong Student Aid Society
Society of Boys’ Centres
Chak Yan Centre
Bradbury Hostel
Island Hostel
Shing Tak Centre
160
120
60
105
TOTAL 445
Boys’HomewithoutSchoolon Site
Kwai Tsing
Kwun Tong
Sham ShuiPo
Society of Boys’ Centres
Hong Kong Student Aid Society
Society of Boys’ Centres
Cheung Hong Hostel
Holland Hostel
Un Chau Hostel
40
110
60
TOTAL 210
Boys’Hostel
Eastern Salvation Army Yue Wan Boys’ Hostel 15
TOTAL 15
- 158 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
No.of
Places
Girls’HomewithSchoolon Site
Southern
Wong TaiSin
Tuen Mun
Good Shepherd Sisters
Good Shepherd Sisters
Social Welfare Department
Marycove Centre
Pelletier Hall
Wai Yee Hostel
80
80
100
TOTAL 260
Girls’Hostel
Wong TaiSin
Kwun Tong
Southern
Good Shepherd Sisters
Caritas - Hong Kong
Good Shepherd Sisters
Choi Wan Hostel
Caritas Morning Star Hostel
Our Lady’s Hostel
16
12
25
TOTAL 53
Children’sReceptionCentre
Wong TaiSin
Wanchai
Shatin
Social Welfare Department
Po Leung Kuk
Social Welfare Department
Chuk Yuen Children’s ReceptionCentre
Newcomers’ Ward
Sha Kok Children’s Home
80
20
40
TOTAL 140
Residen-tial Creche
Wanchai
Mongkok
Po Leung Kuk
Hong Kong Society for theProtection of Children
Po Leung Kuk Babies Section
HKSPC Portland StreetResidential Creche
80
120
TOTAL 200
Residen-tialNursery
Wanchai
Shatin
Po Leung Kuk
Sheng Kung Hui
Po Leung Kuk Kinder Section
St. Christopher’s Home BabiesSection
72
60
TOTAL 132
- 159 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
No.of
Places
FosterCare(includingemergencyfostercare)
-
-
-
-
-
-
Hong Kong Christian Service
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
International Social Service -Hong Kong Branch
Hong Kong Lutheran Social Service
Mother’s Choice
Social Welfare Department
-
-
-
-
-
Central Foster Care Unit
160
160
160
20
40
60
TOTAL 600
- 160 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
Capacity(places)
SmallGroupHome
Eastern International Social Service -Hong Kong Branch
Mother’s Choice Limited
Ming Tak Small Group Home
Mo Tak Small Group Home
Yin Tak Small Group Home
Pamela Youde Small GroupHome(1)
Pamela Youde Small GroupHome (2)
Pamela Youde Small GroupHome (3)
8
8
8
8
8
8
Po Leung Kuk Hing Wah Small Group Home 8
Yiu Fook Small Group Home 8
Yiu Tung Small Group Home 8
Sheng Kung Hui St. Christopher’sHome
Faith Small Group Home 8
Peace Small Group Home 8
Righteousness Small GroupHome
8
Salvation Small Group Home 8
Spirit Small Group Home 8
Truth Small Group Home 8
Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Lok Hang Small Group Home 8
Lok Sze Small Group Home 8
Lok Yin Small Group Home 8
Yan Chai Hospital Yan Chai Hospital No. 1 SmallGroup Home
8
Yan Chai Hospital No. 2SmallGroup Home
8
Yan Chai Hospital No. 3 SmallGroup Home
8
Yan Chai Hospital No. 4 SmallGroup Home
8
Sub-total 176
- 161 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
Capacity(places)
SmallGroupHome
Kwun Tong Hong Kong Children and Youth Service Shun Tin Small Group Home 8
Po Leung Kuk Kwun Tong Small Group Home 8
Lok Wah Small Group Home 8
Sau Mau Ping Small Group Home 8
Sheng Kung Hui St. Christopher’s Home Andrew Small Group Home 8
James Small Group Home 8
Peter Small Group Home 8
Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Hok Shun Small Group Home 8
Hok Kan Small Group Home 8
Hok Ngai Small Group Home 8
Hok Shun Small Group Home 8
Salvation Army Home of Kindness for Children 8
Home of Goodness for Children 8
Home of Faithfulness for Children 8
Sub-total 112
Wong Tai Sin Hong Kong Children and YouthService
Wang Tau Home Small GroupHome
8
Choi Yip Small Group Home 8
Po Leung Kuk Fung Tak Small Group Home 8
Tung Tau Small Group Home 8
Choi Fai Small Group Home 8
The Boys’ and Girls’ Clubs Associationof Hong Kong
Kwan Chi Small Group Home 8
Kwan Tak Small Group Home 8
Hong Kong Student Aid Society Yan Shun Small Group Home 8
Yan Mong Small Group Home 8
Yan Oi Small Group Home 8
International Social ServiceHong Kong Branch
Chung Hei Small Group Home 8
Pak Hei Small Group Home 8
Shun Hei Small Group Home 8
Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Tsz Chun Small Group Home 8
Tsz Wai Small Group Home 8
Tsz Mei Small Group Home 8
Sub-total 128
- 162 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
Capacity(places)
Small Sai Kung Hong Kong Student Aid Society Yan Hei Small Group Home 8GroupHome Yan Lai Small Group Home 8
Yan Lok Small Group Home 8
Yan Ming Small Group Home 8
Yan Wai Small Group Home 8
Yan Yee Small Group Home 8
Project Care King Lam Small Group Home 8
Sub-total 56
Sham Shui Po Po Leung Kuk Pak Tin Small Group Home 8
Shek Yip Mei Small Group Home 8
Tai Hang Tung Small Group Home 8
Project Care Pak Tin Small Group Home (1) 8
Pak Tin Small Group Home (2) 8
Sub-total 40
Shatin International Social Service - Hong KongBranch
Lee On Small Group Home 8
Lee Shing Small Group Home 8
Po Leung Kuk Heng On Small Group Home 8
Sun Chui Small Group Home 8
Project Care Sha Kok Small Group Home 8
Hong Kong Children & Youth Service Chung On Small Group Home I 8Chung On Small Group Home II 8Chung On Small Group Home III 8
Sub-total 64
Tai Po Hong Kong Children & Youth Service Fu Heng Small Group Home 8
Po Leung Kuk Tai Wo Small Group Home 8
Sub-total 16
North Project Care Tin Ping Small Group Home 8
Hong Kong Christian Service Ka Fuk Small Group Home I 8
Ka Fuk Small Group Home II 8
Ka Fuk Small Group Home III 8
International Social Service -Hong Kong Branch
Wah Sum Small Group Home 8
Wah Mian Small Group Home 8
Wah Koon Small Group Home 8
Sub-total 56
- 163 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
Capacity(places)
Small Yuen Long Hong Kong Christian Service Tin Shui Small Group Home (1) 8GroupHome Tin Shui Small Group Home (2) 8
Tin Shui Small Group Home (3) 8
Sheng Kung Hui St. Christopher’s Home Goodness Small Group Home 8
Humility Small Group Home 8
Joy Small Group Home 8
Kindness Small Group Home 8
Love Small Group Home 8
Loyalty Small Group Home 8
Patience Small Group Home 8
Temperance Small Group Home 8
Tranquility Small Group Home 8
Hong Kong Christian Service Tin Tsz Small Group Home I 8
Tin Tsz Small Group Home II 8
Tin Tsz Small Group Home III 8
Sub-total 120
Tsuen Wan The Salvation Army Home of Joy for Children 8
Home of Love for Children 8
Home of Peace for Children 8
Sub-total 24
- 164 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
Capacity(places)
Small Kwai Tsing Hong Kong Children & Youth Service Kwan Hing Small Group Home 8GroupHome Kwai Shing Small Group Home 8
Hong Kong Christian Service Shek Lei Small Group Home I 8
Shek Lei Small Group Home II 8
Shek Lei Small Group Home III 8
Sheng Kung Hui St. Christopher’s Home John Small Group Home 8
Matthew Small Group Home 8
Philip Small Group Home 8
Simon Small Group Home 8
Thaddaeus Small Group Home 8
Thomas Small Group Home 8
Sub-total 88
Tuen Mun The Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association of HongKong
Kwai Chun Small Group Home 8
Kwai Sin Small Group Home 8
International Social Service - Hong KongBranch
Tsing Yung Small Group Home 8
Sub-total 24
TOTAL 904
- 165 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService
District Name of AgencyNumber
ofWorkers
Family AideService
Central & Western/Islands
SWD
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
1
1
Sub-total 2
Eastern/Wanchai SWD
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
Caritas - Hong Kong
St. James Settlement
5
))) 3))
Sub-total 8
Southern SWD 1
Sub-total 1
Kowloon City SWD
Caritas - Hong Kong
2
1
Sub-total 3
Sham Shui Po SWD
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
4
1
Sub-total 5
Yau Tsim Mong SWD 2
Sub-total 2
Kwun Tong SWD
Christian Family Service Centre
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
4
)) 3)
Sub-total 7
Wong Tai Sin/Sai Kung SWD 4
Sub-total 4
Tsuen Wan/Kwai Tsing SWD
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
4
2
Sub-total 6
Tuen Mun SWD 4
Sub-total 4
Shatin SWD 4
Sub-total 4
- 166 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService
District Name of AgencyNumber
ofWorkers
Family AideService
Tai Po/North SWD 4
Sub-total 4
Yuen Long SWD 2
Sub-total 2
TOTAL 52
- 167 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type of Service SWD/Name of AgencyNo. of ClinicalPsychologists
Clinical PsychologicalService
SWD
Caritas - Hong Kong
Christian Family Service Centre
Hong Kong Christian Service
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
Yang Memorial Social Service Centre
HK Young Women’s Christian Association
Hong Kong Children & Youth Service
33
4
1
1
2
1
1
1
Total 44(*)
(*) excluding 5CPs for rehabilitation service in NGOs.
- 168 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService
District SWD/Name of Agency
FamilyServicesCentres
Central & Western/Islands
SWD
- Central and Western/Islands Family Services Centre
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - Western Centre
Caritas Family Service - Caine Road
Eastern/Wan Chai SWD
- Chai Wan Family Services Centre
- Shau Kei Wan Family Services Centre
- Quarry Bay Family Services Centre
- Causeway Bay Family Services Centre
- Wan Chai Family Services Centre
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - Hong Kong Eastern(Southorn) Centre
Caritas Family Service - Chai Wan
St. James’ Settlement
Southern SWD
- Aberdeen Family Services Centre
Caritas Family Service - Aberdeen
Yau Tsim Mong SWD
- Yau Tsim Family Services Centre
- Mong Kok Family Services Centre
Hong Kong Christian Service
Yang Memorial Methodist Social Service
Sham Shui Po SWD
- Sham Shui Po Family Services Centre
- Nam Cheong Family Services Centre
- Lai Chi Kok Family Services Centre
- Shek Kip Mei Family Services Centre
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - West Kowloon Centre
Caritas Family Service - Shek Kip Mei
- 169 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService
District SWD/Name of Agency
FamilyServicesCentres
Kowloon City SWD
- Kowloon City Family Services Centre
- To Kwa Wan Family Services Centre
Caritas Family Service - Kowloon
Hong Kong Children & Youth Service - Hung Hom Centre
Wong Tai Sin/SaiKung
SWD
- Wong Tai Sin Family Services Centre
- Tsz Wan Shan Family Services Centre
- San Po Kong Family Services Centre
- Sai Kung Family Services Centre
- Tseung Kwan O Family Services Centre
Caritas Family Service - Tung Tau
Kwun Tong SWD
- Kwun Tong Family Services Centre
- Ngau Tau Kok Family Services Centre
- Lam Tin Family Services Centre
- Sau Mau Ping Family Services Centre
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - East Kowloon(Ngau Tau Kok) Centre
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - East Kowloon(Shun Lee) Centre
Caritas Family Service - Ngau Tau Kok
Christian Family Service Centre
Tuen Mun SWD
- Yau Oi Family Services Centre
- On Ting Family Services Centre
- Butterfly Family Services Centre
- Tai Hing Family Services Centre
Caritas Family Service - Tuen Mun (South)
Caritas Family Service - Tuen Mun (North)
- 170 -Appendix 4.1
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98
Type ofService
District SWD/Name of Agency
FamilyServicesCentres
Tsuen Wan/Kwai Tsing
SWD
- Tsuen Wan Family Services Centre
- Kwai Chung (East) Family Services Centre
- Kwai Chung (West ) Family Services Centre
- Tsing Yi Family Services Centre
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - New Territories(Kwai Fong) Centre
Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - New Territories(Cheung Shan) Centre
Caritas Family Service - Tsuen Wan
Yuen Long SWD
- Yuen Long (East) Family Services Centre
- Yuen Long (West) Family Services Centre
Tai Po/North SWD
- Tai Po (South) Family Services Centre
- Tai Po (North) Family Services Centre
- Fanling Family Services Centre
- Sheung Shui Family Services Centre
Shatin SWD
- Shatin (South) Family Services Centre
- Shatin (North) Family Services Centre
- Hin Tin Family Services Centre
- Ma On Shan Family Services Centre
Caritas Family Service - Shatin
- 171 -Appendix 4.2
Distribution of Medical Social Services Units under SWD(as at 31.3.1998)
Hong Kong RegionSouthern District
1. Queen Mary Hospital2. Queen Mary Hospital Specialist Clinics3. Queen Mary Hospital University Psychiatric Unit4. Queen Mary Hospital Child Psychiatric Day Hospital5. Fung Yiu King Hospital6. Grantham Hospital (Chest beds)7. Wong Chuk Hang Hospital
Central/Western & Islands District
8. Tung Wah Hospital (Centenary Block)9. St. John Hospital10. Sai Ying Pun Chest Clinic11. Sai Ying Pun Special Skin Clinic12. Cheung Chau Chest Clinic13. Sai Ying Pun Jockey Club Polyclinic14. Tsan Yuk Hospital15 Tung Chung Clinic16. Western Psychiatric Centre17. Western Psychiatric Day Hospital18. David Trench Rehabilitation Centre
Eastern & Wanchai District
19. Tang Shiu Kin Hospital20. Tang Shiu Kin Specialist Clinics21. Tang Shiu Kin Hospital Social Hygiene Clinic22. Tang Chi Ngong Specialist Clinic23. Tang Chi Ngong Opthalmic Centre24. Tung Wah Eastern Hospital (Ex-gov’t beds)25. Physiotherapy & Occupational Therapy Department, Southorn Centre26 Hong Kong East Community Geriatric Assessment Team (Ruttonjee Hospital)27. Wan Chai Chest Clinic28. Ruttonjee Hospital (Chest beds)29. Shaukeiwan Chest Clinic30. Violet Peel Psychiatric Centre31. Violet Peel Psychiatric Day Hospital32. Pamela Youde Nethersole Eastern Hospital33. Pamela Youde Nethersole Eastern Hospital Psychiatric Out-patient Department
- 172 -Appendix 4.2
(Cont’d)
East Kowloon RegionWong Tai Sin/Sai Kung District
34. East Kowloon Psychiatric Centre35. East Kowloon Polyclinic36. Haven of Hope Hospital - Community Geriatric Assessment Team37. East Kowloon Chest Clinic38. Hong Kong Buddhist Hospital (Ex-gov’t beds)39. Wong Tai Sin Hospital (Chest beds)
Kwun Tong District
40. Yung Fung Shee Psychiatric Centre41. Yung Fung Shee Psychiatric Day Hospital42. Ngau Tau Kok Psychiatric Day Hospital43. Yung Fung Shee Geriatric Day Hospital44. Pamela Youde Polyclinic45. Yung Fung Shee Chest Clinic46. Yung Fung Shee Memorial Centre47. Pamela Youde Child Assessment Centre (Kwun Tong)48. Kwun Tong Jockey Club Clinic General Out-patient Department49. Ngau Tau Kok Geriatric Day Hospital50. Ngau Tau Kok Jockey Club General Out-patient Clinic
West Kowloon RegionYau Tsim Mong District
51. Queen Elizabeth Hospital52. Queen Elizabeth Hospital Specialist Clinics53. Arran Street Child Assessment Centre54. Yaumatei Psychiatric Centre55. Yaumatei Psychiatric Day Hospital56. Yaumatei Child Psychiatric Centre57. Yaumatei Child Psychiatric Day Hospital58. Yaumatei Chest Clinic59. Yaumatei Jockey Club Polyclinic60. Yaumatei Jockey Club Polyclinic General Out-patient Department61. Yaumatei Special Medical Centre62. Yaumatei Geriatric Day Hospital
- 173 -Appendix 4.2
(Cont’d)Kowloon City District
63. Hong Kong Eye Hospital64. Kowloon Hospital65. Kowloon Hospital Specialist Clinic66. Kowloon Rehabilitation Centre67. Kowloon Hospital Psychiatric Unit68. Kowloon Hospital Psychiatric Day Hospital69. Kowloon Hospital Psychiatric Out-patient Clinic70. Lai Chi Kok Hospital Psychiatric Unit71. Kowloon Chest Clinic72. Kowloon Hospital T.B. Unit73. Kowloon Hospital Special Skin Clinic74. Shek Kip Mei Chest Clinic75. Lai Chi Kok Hospital Special Skin Unit76. Central Kowloon Health Centre
New Territories East RegionTai Po/North District
77. Prince of Wales Hospital78. Prince of Wales Hospital Specialist Clinic79 Li Ka Shing Specialist Clinics (General)80. Pamela Youde Child Assessment Centre (Shatin)81. Yuen Chau Kok Chest Clinic82. Yuen Chau Kok General Out-patient Clinic83. Fanling Hospital84. Cheshire Home, Shatin (Ex-gov’t beds)85. Prince of Wales Hospital Psychiatric Unit86. Li Ka Shing Specialist Clinic (Psychiatric)87. Shatin Hospital88. Tai Po Hospital89. North District Hospital90. North District Hospital Specialist Clinic
- 174 -Appendix 4.2
(Cont’d)New Territories West RegionTuen Mun District
91. Castle Peak Hospital92. Castle Peak Hospital Community Work and Aftercare Unit93. Siu Lam Hospital94. Tuen Mun Hospital95. Tuen Mun Hospital Specialist Clinics96. Pok Oi Hospital (Ex-gov’t beds)97. Tuen Mun Child Assessment Centre98. Tuen Mun Polyclinic99. Yuen Long Yung Fung Shee Eye Clinic100. Tuen Mun Psychiatric Centre101. Tuen Mun Psychiatric Day Hospital
Tsuen Wan/Kwai Tsing District
102. Princess Margaret Hospital103. Caritas Medical Centre (Ex-gov’t beds)104. Ha Kwai Chung Child Assessment Centre105 Kwai Chung Hospital106. South Kwai Chung Psychiatric Centre107. South Kwai Chung Psychiatric Day Hospital108. South Kwai Chung Jockey Club Polyclinic109. South Kwai Chung Jockey Club Polyclinic General Out-patient Department110. South Kwai Chung Chest Clinic111. Yan Chai Hospital (Ex-gov’t beds)112. Yan Oi Chest Clinic
- 175 -Appendix 4.3
Family & Child Welfare Services
Staffing Standards
Type of Service Staff Provision Remarks
Family Casework In the subvented sector, eightfamily caseworker units makeup one team comprising thefollowing staff: -
1 SWO (Supervisor)4 ASWOs2 SSWAs2 SWAs1 ACO1 OA1 Typist
The standard notional establishment forsubvented FSCs does not apply to theHong Kong Catholic Marriage AdvisoryCouncil.
A SWD FSC normally consists of1 supervisor, 10 caseworkers, 1 ACO,1 Workman II and 1 Typist.
Family Life Education 1/8 SWO1 ASWO1/8 ACO1/8 Typist1/8 OA
Home Help Team 1/8 SWO1 SWA1 WW1 CA plus 10 Home Helpers
(Home based Model)or
1 CA7 Home Helpers1 Cook1 Driver1 Workman II
(Kitchen-based Model)
For service standard, a home help team isexpected to handle 60-70 cases at anyone time and 120 cases per annum.
Family Aide 1 Ward Attendant(posted to 1 family services centre)
For service standard, a family aide isexpected to handle 8 cases at any onetime approximately and 35 cases perannum.
Foster Care Service 1/8 SWO1 ASWO1/8 ACO1/8 Typist1/8 OA
1 basic unit: 20 foster care places
Small Group Home 1/3 ASWO2 1/3 WW1 WM II
1 Home : 8 children1/3 additional WW is provided to eachhome admitting 1 mildly mentallyhandicapped child.
- 176 -Appendix 4.3
(Cont’d)
Family & Child Welfare Services
Staffing Standards
Type of Service Staff Provision Remarks
Residential Creche(Capacity : 100)
1 CSWA (Supervisor)1 SWA (Social Worker)1 RN4 EN5 SWW (Senior Child Care Worker)40 WW (Child Care Worker)1 CA2 Cook8 Workman II
Statutory staff/children ratio -1 : 8 between 8 a.m. to 8 p.m.
1 : 12 between 8 p.m. to 8 a.m.
Residential Nursery(Capacity : 100)
1 CSWA (Supervisor)1 SWA (Social Worker)1 RN2 EN5 SWW (Senior Child Care Worker)40 WW (Child Care Worker)1 CA2 Cook8 Workman II
Statutory staff/children ratio -1 : 8 between 8 a.m. to 8 p.m.
1 : 12 between 8 p.m. to 8 a.m.
Day Nursery(Capacity : 100)
1 Child Care Supervisor1 Assistant Supervisor6 Child Care Workers1 Clerical Assistant4 Cook and Workman II
Statutory staff/children ratio - 1 : 14
Day Creche(Capacity : 60)
1 Child Care Supervisor8 Child Care Workers2 Child Care Aide1 Cook2 Workman II
Statutory staff/children ratio - 1 : 8
- 177 -
Appendix 5.1
Services for Children and Youth
Resources have been allocated to the following new projectsthrough reprovisioning of existing centres from 1995/96 to 1997/98
District Name of Agency Name of Centre
Yau Tsim Mong Salvation Army Properous Garden Children andYouth Centre cum Study/ReadingRoom
Sham Shui Po Hong Kong Young Women’sChristian Association
Sham Shui Po Children and YouthCentre
Boys’ and Girls’ ClubsAssociation of Hong Kong
Mei Foo Children and Youth Centre
Tsuen Wan/Kwai Tsing
Boys’ and Girls’ ClubsAssociation of Hong Kong
Cheung Hang Children and YouthCentre
Boys’ and Girls’ ClubsAssociation of Hong Kong
Shek Lei Children and Youth Centre
Boys’ and Girls’ ClubsAssociation of Hong Kong
Shek Yam East Children and YouthCentre cum Study/Reading Room
Hong Kong Federation of YouthGroups
Kwai Fong Children and YouthCentre
Wong Tai Sin/Sai Kung
Hong Kong Federation of YouthGroups
Ming Tak Children and Youth Centrecum Study/Reading Room
Boys’ and Girls’ ClubsAssociation of Hong Kong
Tsz Lok Children and Youth Centre
Hong Kong Federation of YouthGroups
Verbenna Children and Youth Centrecum Study/ Reading Room
Kwun Tong Chinese Young Men’s ChristianAssociation of Hong Kong
Lam Tin Children and Youth Centrecum Study/Reading Room
North Boys’ and Girls’ ClubsAssociation of Hong Kong
Ka Fuk Children and Youth Centrecum Study/Reading Room
Eastern Chinese Young Men’s ChristianAssociation of Hong Kong
Siu Sai Wan Children and YouthCentre cum Study/ Reading Room
Islands Sheng Kung Hui DiocesanWelfare Council
Tung Chung Integrated SocialService Centre
- 178 -
Appendix 5.2
List of Integrated Teams (IT) as at 31.3.1998
District Name of Agency Name of Unit
Tuen Mun Caritas-HK Integrated Service for Young People (TuenMun)
Hong Kong YoungWomen’s ChristianAssociation
Tuen Mun Integrated Social Service Centre
Salvation Army Tuen Mun Integrated Services for Young People
Tsuen Wan Hong KongFederation of YouthGroups
Tsuen Wan Integrated Youth Service Centre
Kwai Tsing Hong KongPlaygroundAssociation
Integrated Service Centre for Children andYouth - Kwai Chung
Hong KongFederation of YouthGroups
Kwai Fong Integrated Team
Shatin Sheng Kung HuiDiocesan WelfareCouncil
Ma On Shan (South) Children and YouthIntegrated Services Centre
Sheng Kung Hui
Diocesan WelfareCouncil
Ma On Shan (North) Children and YouthIntegrated Services Centre
Wong TaiSin/Sai Kung
Caritas - HK Integrated Service for Young People (Wong TaiSin)
Hong KongPlaygroundAssociation
Integrated Service Centre for Children andYouth - Chuk Yuen
Eastern/Wanchai
Chinese YoungMen's ChristianAssociation of HongKong
Chai Wan Integrated Centre
Hong KongPlaygroundAssocation
Integrated Service Centre for Children andYouth - North Point
Sham Shui Po Hong Kong ChristianService
Lei Cheng Uk/So Uk Integrated Team
- 179 -
Appendix 5.2 (Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Unit
Sham Shui Po(Cont’d)
Boys' and Girls'Clubs Association ofHong Kong
Cheung Sha Wan Children and Youth IntegratedServices Centre
Kowloon City Hong KongFederation of YouthGroups
Hung Hom Integrated Youth Services Centre
Kwun Tong Boys’ & Girls’
Clubs Association ofHong Kong
Sau Mau Ping Children and Youth IntegratedServices Centre
Hong Kong YoungWomen’s ChristianAssociation
Lok Wah Integrated Social Service Centre
The Friends ofScouting - ScoutAssociation of HongKong
Kai Yip Integrated Team for Children & Youth
Tai Po/North Hong Kong Childrenand Youth Services
Tai Po Integrated Team
Yuen Long Evangelical LutheranChurch SocialService- HK
Tin Shui Wai Children and Youth IntegratedTeam
- 180 -Appendix 5.3
List of Community Support Service Scheme Projects
District Served Name of Agency
Tuen Mun, Tsuen Wan and Kwai Tsing Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups
Central, Western, Eastern, Wanchai andSouthern
Methodist Centre
Young offender cases of the whole territory Social Welfare Department
- 181 -Appendix 5.4
Non-governmental OrganizationsProviding School Social Work Service
in Secondary Schools with Social Welfare Subvention(as at 31.3.1998)
Non-governmental Organizations
1. Asbury Village Community Centre of the Methodist Church
2. The Boys' & Girls' Clubs Association of Hong Kong
3. Caritas - Hong Kong
4. Chinese Young Men's Christian Association
5. Christian Family Service Centre
6. Evangelical Lutheran Church Social Service - Hong Kong
7. Hong Kong Children & Youth Services
8. Hong Kong Christian Service
9. Hong Kong Family Welfare Society
10. Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups
11. Hong Kong Lutheran Social Service
12. Hong Kong Playground Association
13. Hong Kong Young Women's Christian Association
14. International Social Service
15. Methodist Epworth Village Community Centre
16. S.K.H. Diocesan Welfare Council
17. St. James' Settlement
18. Yang Memorial Methodist Social Service
- 182 -Appendix 5.5
Outreaching Social Work
Distribution of Provision as at 31.3.1998
District Name of Agency
Central & Western Hong Kong Young Women's Christian Association
Wanchai Hong Kong Playground Association
Eastern The Chinese Young Men's Christian Association of Hong Kong
The Neighbourhood Advice-Action Council
Southern Caritas - Hong Kong
Sai Kung The Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups
Kwun Tong The Boys' & Girls' Clubs Association of Hong Kong (2 teams)
Hong Kong Christian Service
Hong Kong Young Women's Christian Association
Wong Tai Sin Caritas - Hong Kong
Hong Kong Playground Association
Kowloon City The Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups
Yang Memorial Methodist Social Service
Shamshuipo The Boys' & Girls' Clubs Association of Hong Kong
Hong Kong Christian Service
Mongkok Hong Kong Playground Association
Yau Tsim Yang Memorial Methodist Social Service
Tsuen Wan/Kwai Tsing
The Chinese Young Men's Christian Association of Hong Kong
The Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups (2 teams)
Hong Kong Playground Association
- 183 -Appendix 5.5
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency
Tuen Mun Caritas - Hong Kong
Hong Kong Young Women's Christian Association
Salvation Army
Shatin The Chinese Young Men's Christian Association of Hong Kong
Yang Memorial Methodist Social Service
Tai Po/North Hong Kong Children & Youth Services (2 teams)
Evangelical Lutheran Church Social Service - Hong Kong
Yuen Long Hong Kong Christian Service
Evangelical Lutheran Church Social Service - Hong Kong
Projection of Uniformed Organizations (1998- 2002)
AgencyNo. of
Headquarters& Regional
Offices
As at
No. ofUniformedMembers
31.3.1998
No. ofUnits
Projection *
Uniformed Membership
98/99 99/00 00/01 01/02 02/03
No. of Units
98/99 99/00 00/01 01/02 02/03
1. Hong Kong Girl Guides Association
4 36,056 940 40,726 41,948 43,206 44,502 45,837 1,048 1,121 1,079 1,109 1,142
2. The Scout Association of Hong Kong
5 41,696 1 ,485 47,000 51,400 56,200 61,500 67,200 1,730 1,890 2,060 2,250 2,460
3 . Hong Kong Red Cross- Youth and Welfare Department
5 9,480 214 9,945 10,145 10,345 10,545 10,756 215 217 220 222 226
4. St. John’s Ambulance Brigade-Cadet Section
3 1,404 48 1,600 1,720 1,800 1,860 1,900 53 57 60 62 64
5. The Boys’ Brigade, (Hong Kong)
1 1,611 41 1,800 2,000 2,200 2,400 2,600 48 50 52 54 56
6. The Girl’s Brigade, (Hong Kong)
1 872 46 1,133 1,293 1,293 1,293 1,293 64 72 72 72 72
7. Hong Kong Sea Cadat Corps
8 955 13 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,200 16 16 16 16 16
8. Hong Kong Air Cadat Corps
1 1,872 14 1,909 1,947 1,986 2,015 2,050 14 15 15 16 16
Total 28 93,946 2,801
* Figures are projected by respective Uniformed Organizations.
- 184 -
Appendix 5.6
- 185 -Appendix 5.7
Services for Children and Youth
Staffing Standards
Type of Service Staff Remarks
Children Centre/Youth Centre(without study/reading room
1/8 SWO1 ASWO1 SWA2 WWs1 CA1 Workman II
Children Centre/Youth Centre(with study/reading room)
1/8 SWO1 ASWO2 SWAs3 WWs2 CA1 Workman II
Combined Childrenand Youth Centre(without study/reading room)
1/5 SWO1 ASWO3 SWAs1 3/4 WW1 CA1 Workman II
SWAC advised on 23.5.83 tostrengthen the staff provisions ofcombined Children and YouthCentres with 1 1/2 WWs and 1/2 CA.For combined children and youthcentres without study/reading room,additional provision of 1/4
Combined Childrenand Youth Centre(with study/reading room
1/5 SWO1 ASWO4 SWAs2 1/2 WWs2 CA1 Workman II
WW was implemented in 1991/92.
Integrated Team 1 SWO*5 ASWOs1 SSWA4 SWAs2 WWs1 ACO1 CA1 OA1 Typist1 Workman II
*Note : If family life education isincluded as one of the core services ofan integrated team, the agency canpool one of its existing family lifeeducation workers (1 ASWO)together with the correspondingportion of supervisory and supportivestaff into the integrated team.
- 186 -Appendix 5.7
(Cont’d)
Type of Service Staff Remarks
Community SupportService Scheme
1/2 SWO3 ASWOs2 SWAs1/2 ACO1/2 Typist
School Social Work Unit 1 SWO8 ASWOs1 ACO1 Typist1 OA
Outreaching Social WorkTeam
1/3 SWO4 ASWOs6 SWAs1 ACO1 Typist1 OA
The revised team structure of 4ASWOs, 2 SSWAs and 4 SWAs andthe supervisory ratio of 1 SWO to 2teams as endorsed by SWAC wouldbe implemented subject to availabilityof funds. Meanwhile, NGOs aregiven the flexibility to implement theimprovements within the mind-pointsubvention provision under existingstandard cost.
Youth Office 1 SWO1 SWA1 CA1 Workman II
- 187 -Appendix 6.1
Multi-service Centres for the Elderly(as at 31.3.1998)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
1. Eastern Hong Kong Society for the Aged Chai Wan Multi-service Centre forthe Elderly
2. Eastern Hong Kong Society for the Aged Eastern District Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
3. Wan Chai St James' Settlement Wanchai Multi-service Centre forthe Elderly
4. Southern Aberdeen Kaifong WelfareAssociation Social Service Centre
Jockey Club Wong Chi KeungMulti-service Centre for theElderly
5. Southern Aberdeen Kaifong WelfareAssociation Social Service Centre
Wong Chuk Hang Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
6. Central & Western St James' Settlement Central and Western Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
7. Central & Western SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Western District Multi-service Centre for the Elderly
8. Yau Tsim Mong The Salvation Army Yau Ma Tei Social Service Centrefor the Elderly
9. Yau Tsim Mong Mongkok Kai-fong WelfareAssociation
Chan Hing Social Service Centre
10. Sham Shui Po Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre - Cheung ShaWan
11. Sham Shui Po Sik Sik Yuen Ho Kin Multi-service Centre forthe Elderly
12. Kowloon City SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Holy Carpenter Church Multi-service Centre for the Elderly
13. Kowloon City SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Lok Man Alice KwokIntegrated Service Centre
14. Wong Tai Sin SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Wong Tai Sin Multi-service Centrefor the Elderly
15. Wong Tai Sin SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Chuk Yuen Canon MartinMulti-service Centre for theElderly
16. Wong Tai Sin Yang Memorial Methodist SocialService
Choi Hung Community Centre forSenior Citizens
- 188 -Appendix 6.1
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
17. Kwun Tong Christian Family Services Centre Shun On Multi-service Centre forthe Elderly
18. Kwun Tong Christian Family Services Centre True Light Villa Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
19. Sha Tin Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Wilson T S WANG Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
20. Sha Tin Evangelical Lutheran ChurchSocial Service - Hong Kong
Shatin Multi-service Centre for theElderly
21. Tai Po The Salvation Army Tai Po Multi-service Centre for theElderly
22. Yuen Long Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre - Yuen Long
23. Yuen Long Pok Oi Hospital Pok Oi Hospital Mrs Wong TungYuen Multi-service Centre for theElderly
24. Tuen Mun Yan Oi Tong Yan Oi Tong Woo Chung Multi-service Centre for the Elderly
25. North HK Young Women's ChristianAssociation
Ellen Li Multi-service Centre forthe Elderly
26. Tsuen Wan Hong Kong Society for the Aged Chan Tseng Hsi Tsuen WanMulti-service Centre for theElderly
27. Kwai Tsing Hong Kong Society for the Aged Chan Tseng Hsi Kwai ChungMulti-service Centre for theElderly
28. Kwai Tsing SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Dr LAM Chik-suen Multi-serviceCentre for the Elderly
- 189 -Appendix 6.2
Day Care Centres for the Elderly(as at 31.3.1998)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
1. Central/Western Tung Wah Group of Hospitals TWGHs Anita Mui Day CareCentre for the Elderly
2. Eastern The Hong Kong Society for theAged
Eastern District Day Care Centrefor the Elderly
3. Eastern The Hong Kong Society for theAged
Yam Pak Charitable FoundationDay Care Centre for the Elderly
4. Eastern Methodist Epworth VillageCommunity Centre, Social Welfare
Siu Sai Wan Day Care Centre forthe Elderly
5. Wan Chai St James' Settlement Day Care Centre for the Elderly
6. Southern Po Leung Kuk 1982 Board of Directors Day CareCentre for the Elderly
7. Yau Tsim Mong Chung Sing Benevolent Society Chung Sing Benevolent Society TinKa Ping Day Care Centre for theElderly
8. Yau Tsim Mong Po Leung Kuk Chow Hung Piu Day Care Centrefor the Elderly
9. Sham Shui Po Caritas - Hong Kong West Kowloon Day Care Centre
10. Sham Shui Po HK Young Women's ChristianAssociation
Lam Woo Memorial Day CareCentre for the Elderly
11. Sham Shui Po SKH Diocesan Welfare Council LI Ka-shing Day Care Centre for theElderly
12. Kowloon City HK Lutheran Social Service,Lutheran Church - Hong KongSynod
Martha Boss Day Care Centre forthe Elderly
13. Kowloon City Sheng Kung Hui Diocesan WelfareCouncil
SKH Holy Carpenter Church DayCare Centre for the Elderly
14. Wong Tai Sin The Salvation Army Chuk Yuen Day Care Centre for theElderly
15. Wong Tai Sin Chi Lin Nunnery Chi Lin Day Care Centre for theElderly
16. Wong Tai Sin Christian Family Service Centre Wang Tau Hom Day Care Centrefor the Elderly
- 190 -Appendix 6.2
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
17. Wong Tai Sin/Sai Kung
Haven of Hope Christian Service Haven of Hope Christian ServiceTsui Lam Day Care Centre for theElderly
18. Kwun Tong Christian Family Service Centre Kwun Tong Day Care Centre forthe Elderly
19. Kwun Tong SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Lok Wah Day Care Centre for theElderly
20. Kwun Tong Christian Family Service Centre Tsui Ping Road Day Care Centre forthe Elderly
21. Kwai Chung/Tsing Yi
The Hong Kong Society for theAged
Sun Kwai Hing Gardens Day CareCentre for the Elderly
22. Kwai Chung/Tsing Yi
Chung Sing Benevolent Society Choy Yue-fai Day Care Centre forthe Elderly
23. Tsuen Wan Caritas - Hong Kong Tsuen Wan Day Care Centre for theElderly
24. Tuen Mun Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Tai Tung Pui Day Care Centre forthe Elderly
25. Shatin Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Shatin Day Care Centre for theElderly
26. Shatin Yan Chai Hospital Wan Shing Memorial Day CareCentre for the Elderly
27. Tai Po The Salvation Army Bradbury Day Care Centre for theElderly
28. Yuen Long Pok Oi Hospital Chan Au Yeung Lai Sim MemorialDay Care Centre for the Elderly
- 191 -Appendix 6.3
Social Centres for the Elderly(Government and Subvented)
(as at 31.3.1998)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
1. Eastern Methodist Epworth VillageCommunity Centre
Methodist Hing Wah Social ServiceCentre for the Elderly
2. Eastern SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Holy Nativity Church SocialService Centre for the Elderly
3. Eastern Hong Kong Christian MutualImprovement Society
Chuang Chung Wen Social Centre forthe Elderly
4. Eastern Methodist Epworth VillageCommunity Centre, Social Welfare
Methodist Epworth Social ServiceCentre for the Elderly
5. Eastern The Endeavourers, Hong Kong Bert James Young Social Centre for theElderly
6. Eastern Hong Kong Society for the Aged Fong Shu Chuen Social Centre for theElderly (Causeway Bay)
7. Eastern Project Care Social Centre for the Elderly(Causeway Bay)
8. Eastern HK - Macao Conference of 7th-DayAdventists
Siu Sai Wan Social Centre for theElderly
9. Eastern The Endeavourers, Hong Kong Wu Ki Lim Social Centre for theElderly
10. Eastern SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Holy Nativity Church Ming WahSocial Centre for the Elderly
11. Eastern Women's Welfare Club (EasternDistrict) Hong Kong
Young Shu Cheung Social Centre forthe Elderly
12. Eastern Women's Welfare Club WesternDistrict H.K.
Kwan Kai Ming Memorial Chung HokElderly Centre
13. Eastern Hongkong & Kowloon KaifongWomen’s Association
Tsang Hui Yuk Wan Social Centre forthe Elderly
14. Eastern Hop Yat Church The Church of Christin China
Hop Yat Church, The Church of Christin China, Social Centre for the Elderly
15. Eastem Heung Hoi Ching Kok Lin Association Buddhist Ho Lee Foon Tak ElderlySocial Centre
16. Eastern HK Lutheran Social Service, LutheranChurch - HK Synod
Harmony Garden Lutheran Centre forthe Elderly
17. Eastern Christian & Missionary AllianceChurch Union of Hong Kong
Tsui Wan Social Centre for the Elderly
- 192 -Appendix 6.3
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
18. Wanchai Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Baptist Oi Kwan Social Centre for theElderly
19. Wanchai Methodist Centre Methodist Southorn Centre for theElderly
20. Wanchai Lok Sin Tong Benevolent Society,Kowloon
Chan Lai Jeong Kiu Social Centre forthe Elderly
21. Wanchai The Hong Kong Buddhist Association Buddhist Cheung Miu Yuen SocialCentre for the Elderly
22. Wanchai The Hong Kong Buddhist Association Buddhist Ho Poon Yuet Ping SocialCentre for the Elderly
23. Wanchai Yan Oi Tong Yan Oi Tong Tin Ka Ping CausewayBay Elderly Centre
24. Wanchai Hong Kong PHAB Association Wun Sha Social Centre for the Elderly
25. Central/Western Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly -Caine Road
26. Central/Western Women's Welfare Club - WesternDistrict Hong Kong
Chung Hok Social Centre for theElderly
27. Central/Western SKH Diocesan Welfare Council St Luke's Settlement Social Centre forthe Elderly
28. Central/Western SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH St Matthew's Church SeniorCitizens' Club
29. Central/Western HK Young Women's ChristianAssociation
Sai Wan Social Centre for the Elderly
30. Central/Western Agency for Volunteer Service Agency for Volunteer Service SocialCentre for the Elderly
31. Central/Western Hong Kong West Point BaptistChurch
Hong Kong West Point Baptist ChurchElderly Centre
32. Central/Western The Neighbourhood Advice - ActionCouncil
NAAC Nga Yin Association SocialCentre of the Elderly
33. Central/Western Hong Kong Women Foundation Ltd Hong Kong Women Foundation LtdHO KWOK Pui-chun Social Centre forthe Elderly
34. Southern The Chinese Rhenish Church - HKSynod
Mrs Mann Tai Po Social Centre for theElderly
35. Southern Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly -Aberdeen
- 193 -Appendix 6.3
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
36. Southern The Salvation Army Wah Fu Social Centre for the Elderly
37. Southern Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Wong Shiu Ching Social Centre for theElderly
38. Southern The Christian and Missionary AllianceChurch Union of Hong Kong
Lei Fook Church Social Centre for theElderly
39. Southern The Neighbourhood Advice-ActionCouncil
Lei Tung Social Centre for the Elderly
40. Southern Aberdeen Kaifong WelfareAssociation Social Service Centre
Fong Wong Woon Tei Social Centre forthe Elderly
41. Southern Hong Kong PHAB Association Hong Kong PHAB Association StanleySocial Centre for the Elderly
42. Yau Tsim Mong Yang Memorial Methodist SocialService
Yau Ma Tei / Mongkok Elderly ServiceCentre
43. Yau Tsim Mong Hong Kong Christian Service Tsimshatsui Social Centre for theElderly
44. Yau Tsim Mong Asia Women's League Ltd. Yaumatei Social Centre for the Elderly
45. Yau Tsim Mong International Women's League Ltd International Women's Leaque LtdSocial Centre for the Elderly
46. Yau Tsim Mong Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Jordan Social Centre for the Elderly
47. Yau Tsim Mong Tsim Sha Tsui District Kai FongWelfare Association
Tsim Sha Tsui District Kai FongWelfare Association Activities Centrefor the Elderly
48. Yau Tsim Mong Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Fong Shu Chuen Social Centre for theElderly
49. Yau Tsim Mong Asian Outreach Hong Kong Ltd Centre of Glorious Light
50. Yau Tsim Mong Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Chan Tak Sang Memorial ElderlyCentre
51. Yau Tsim Mong Sik Sik Yuen Ho Wong Social Centre for SeniorCitizens
52. Yau Tsim Mong Chinese YMCA of Hong Kong Mongkok Social Centre for the Elderly
53. Yau Tsim Mong Po Leung Kuk Po Leung Kuk Lo Yau Yuk SheungSocial Centre for the Elderly
54. Sham Shui Po Hong Kong Christian Service So Uk Social Centre for the Elderly
- 194 -Appendix 6.3
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
55. Sham Shui Po Neighbourhood Advice-ActionCouncil
Pak Tin Social Centre for the Elderly
56. Sham Shui Po Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly -Lai Kok
57. Sham Shui Po The Salvation Army Nam Tai Social Centre for the Elderly
58. Sham Shui Po China Peniel Missionary Society Inc. Peniel Shek Kip Mei Social Centre,Elderly
59. Sham Shui Po Sham Shui Po Kai Fong WelfareAdvancement Association
Chan Kwan Tung Social Centre for theElderly
60. Sham Shui Po Chung Sing Benevolent Society Gan Low Khoon Choo Social Centrefor the Elderly
61. Sham Shui Po Sik Sik Yuen Ho Chak Social Centre for SeniorCitizens
62. Sham Shui Po SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Kei Oi Social Service Centre - ElderlyCentre
63. Sham Shui Po Hong Kong Christian Service Lotus Social Centre for the Elderly
64. Sham Shui Po Assn of Baptists for WorldEvangelism, Inc
Un Chau Estate Baptist Church ElderlyCentre
65. Sham Shui Po Pok Oi Hospital Lai Wan Mei Foo Social Centre for theElderly
66. Sham Shui Po Yan Chai Hospital Tang Bik Wan Memorial Social Centrefor the Elderly
67. Sham Shui Po Young Women's Christian Association YWCA Chi Po Social Centre for theElderly
68. Sham Shui Po The Association of Evangelical FreeChurches of Hong Kong
E.F.C.C. - Mei Foo Social Centre forthe Elderly
69. Kowloon City SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Holy Carpenter Social Service Centrefor the Elderly
70. Kowloon City Yang Memorial Social Service Centre Oi Man Elderly Centre
71. Kowloon City HK Lutheran Social Service, LutheranChurch - HK Synod
The Peninsula Lions Club JubileeCentre for the Elderly
72. Kowloon City New Life Church of Christ Homantin Social Centre for the Elderly
73. Kowloon City HK Mutual EncouragementAssociation Ltd
Cheng Yu Tung Social Centre for theElderly
- 195 -Appendix 6.3
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
74. Kowloon City HK Lutheran Social Service, LutheranChurch - HK Synod
Ma Tau Wai Lutheran Centre for theElderly
75. Kowloon City Yan Chai Hospital Yan Chai Hospital Ng Wong Yee ManSocial Centre for the Elderly
76. Kowloon City Heung Hoi Ching Kok Lin Association Buddhist Ho Wong Cheong Po ElderlySocial Centre sponsored by Heung HoiChing Kok Lin Association
77. Kowloon City Chung Sing Benevolent Society Chung Sing Benevolent Society TanSiu Lin Social Centre for the Elderly
78. Kowloon City Hong Kong Family Welfare Society Hong Kong Family Welfare Society(Kowloon City) Senior Citizen Centre
79. Kowloon City Yan Tin Baptist Church Yan Tin Baptist Church Social Centrefor the Elderly
80. Kowloon City Asia Women‘s League Ltd. Ho Leung Kit Ting Care and AttentionHome cum Social Centre for the Elderly
81. Wong Tai Sin HK Lutheran Social Service, LutheranChurch - HK Synod
Choi Hung Lutheran Centre for theElderly
82. Wong Tai Sin Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly -Tung Tau
83. Wong Tai Sin Mutual Encouragement Association ofHong Kong
Jane Shu Tsao Social Centre for theElderly
84. Wong Tai Sin HK Young Women's ChristianAssociation
Wang Tau Hom Social Centre for theElderly
85. Wong Tai Sin The Free Methodist Church of HongKong
Free Methodist Church BradburyChung Sum Social Centre for theElderly
86. Wong Tai Sin Sik Sik Yuen Ho Hing Social Centre for SeniorCitizens
87. Wong Tai Sin The Salvation Army Chuk Yuen Social Centre for theElderly
88. Wong Tai Sin Sik Sik Yuen Ho Yee Social Centre for SeniorCitizens
89. Wong Tai Sin Pentecostal Church of HK Ltd. Fung Tak Social Centre for the Elderly
90. Wong Tai Sin SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Kindly Light Church Social ServiceCentre for the Elderly
- 196 -Appendix 6.3
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
91. Wong Tai Sin The Upper Wong Tai Sin and FungWong Sun Tsuen Centre for theElderly (Sponsored by the MaryknollSisters)
The Upper Wong Tai Sin and FungWong Sun Tsuen Centre for the Elderly(Sponsored by the Maryknoll Sisters)
92. Wong Tai Sin Sik Sik Yuen Ho Fu Social Centre for Senior Citizens
93. Wong Tai Sin The Hong Kong Buddhist Association Buddhist Ching Hang Social Centre forthe Elderly
94. Wong Tai Sin Pentecostal Church of Hong Kong Ltd. Choi Wan Social Centre for the Elderly
95. Wong Tai Sin Kowloon City Baptist Church Lok Fu Social Centre for the Elderly
96. Wong Tai Sin The Salvation Army Tung Tau Social Centre for the Elderly
97. Wong Tai Sin Pentecostal Church of Hong Kong Tsz Fung Hong Lok Elderly Centre
98. Wong Tai Sin Hong Kong - Macao Conference ofSeventh - Day Adventists
San Po Kong Social Centre for theElderly
99. Kwun Tong Lam Tin Kaifong Welfare Association Lam Tin Kaifong Welfare AssociationSocial Centre for the Elderly
100. Kwun Tong Jordan Valley Kaifong WelfareAssociation
Choi Ha Social Centre for the Elderly
101. Kwun Tong Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly -Kwun Tong
102. Kwun Tong Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly -Ngau Tau Kok
103. Kwun Tong Chung Sing Benevolent Society Mrs FONG WONG Woon Tei SocialCentre for the Elderly
104. Kwun Tong Hong Kong Society for the Aged Kai Yip Social Centre for the Elderly
105. Kwun Tong Neighbourhood Advice-ActionCouncil
Martha Baker Social Centre for theElderly
106. Kwun Tong Hong Kong Christian Service Shun Lee Social Centre for the Elderly
107. Kwun Tong Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Pong Wing Shiu Social Centre for theElderly
108. Kwun Tong Christian and Missionary AllianceChurch Union
Lam Tin Alliance Church Social Centrefor the Elderly
109. Kwun Tong Sik Sik Yuen Ho Ping Social Centre for the SeniorCitizens
- 197 -Appendix 6.3
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
110. Kwun Tong Kowloon City Swatow ChristianChurch
Lok Wah Social Centre for the Elderly
111. Kwun Tong Po Leung Kuk Lok Wah Social Centre for the Elderly
112. Kwun Tong The Association of Evangelical FreeChurches of Hong Kong
E.F.C.C. -Hing Tin Wendell MemorialChurch Alison Lam Social Centre forthe Elderly
113. Kwun Tong Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Fong Shiu Yee Social Centre for theElderly
114. Kwun Tong Pentecostal Church of Hong Kong Ltd Ngau Tau Kok Elderly Centre
115. Kwun Tong Chung Sing Benevolent Society Mrs AW Boon Haw Social Centre forthe Elderly
116. Kwun Tong The Salvation Army Kwun Tong Social Centre for theElderly
117. Kwun Tong Free Methodist Church Bradbury Tak Tin Social Centre for the Elderly
118. Kwun Tong HK Lutheran Social Service, LutheranChurch - HK Synod
Sai Cho Wan Lutheran Centre for theElderly
119. Kwun Tong Hong Kong Christian MutualImprovement Society
Ko Chiu Road Centre of Christ Lovefor the Aged
120. Kwun Tong HK & Macau Lutheran Church HK & Macau Lutheran Church KeiFuk Elderly Centre
121. Kwun Tong Kwun Tong Methodist Social Service Kwun Tong Methodist Social ServiceLam Tin Elderly Centre
122. Kwun Tong Sik Sik Yuen Ho Wing Social Centre for SeniorCitizens
123. Kwun Tong Po Leung Kuk Fong Tam Yuen Leung Social Centrefor the Elderly
124. Sai Kung Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly -Sai Kung
125. Sai Kung Association of Baptist for WorldEvangelism
Po Lam Bradbury Elderly Centre
126. Sai Kung Hong Kong Society for the Aged Tsui Lam Social Centre for the Elderly
127. Sai Kung Christian & Missionary AllianceChurch Union
Bradbury King Lam Elderly Centre
128. Sai Kung Haven of Hope Christian Service Hau Tak Social Centre for the Elderly
- 198 -Appendix 6.3
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
129. Sai Kung Po Leung Kuk Po Leung Kuk Vicwood K.T. ChongSocial Centre for the Elderly
130. Sha Tin Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly -Shatin
131. Sha Tin New Life Church of Christ Sun Tin Wai Social Centre for theElderly
132. Sha Tin Chinese Rhenish Church - HK Synod Wo Che Social Centre for the Elderly
133. Sha Tin The Association of Evangelical FreeChurches of Hong Kong
Hong Fuk Church Social Centre for theElderly
134. Sha Tin International Church of Four SquareGospel
Lung Hang Social Centre for theElderly.
135. Sha Tin HK Lutheran Social Service, LutheranChurch - HK Synod
Sun Chui Lutheran Centre for theElderly
136. Sha Tin HK Chiu Chow Po Hing BuddhismAssociation Ltd.
Lek Yuen Estate Social Centre for theElderly
137. Sha Tin HK-Macao Conference of SeventhDay Adventists Church
Heng On Social Centre for the Elderly
138. Sha Tin Hong Kong Society for the Aged Hin Keng Social Centre for the Elderly
139. Sha Tin Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Fong Yun Wah Social Centre for theElderly
140. Sha Tin The Mission Convenant Church Yiu On Tong Social Centre for theElderly
141. Sha Tin Sik Sik Yuen Ho Tai Social Centre for SeniorCitizens
142. Sha Tin Yan Oi Tong Yan Oi Tong HK Toi Shan AssociationElderly Centre
143. Sha Tin Neighbourhood Advice-ActionCouncil
The Neighbourhood Advice - ActionCouncil Ma On Shan Social Centre forthe Elderly
144. Sha Tin Yan Oi Tong Yan Oi Tong Hong Kong Toi ShanAssociation No.2 Elderly Centre
145. Sha Tin Social Welfare Department Shatin Social Centre for the Elderly
146. Tai Po Sik Sik Yuen Ho Hong Social Centre for SeniorCitizens
147. Tai Po Tsung Tsin Mission of Hong Kong Fuk Hong Social Centre for the Elderly
- 199 -Appendix 6.3
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
148. Tai Po SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Tai Wo Social Centre for the Elderly
149. Tai Po Christian Nationals' EvangelismCommission
CNEC Aged People Centre
150. Tai Po Tai Po Baptist Church Baptist OiKwan
Au Cheung Sau Fong Elderly Centre
151. Tai Po Yan Oi Tong Pang Hung Cheung Social Centre forthe Elderly
152. Tai Po Fung Ying Seen Koon Fung Ying Seen Koon Tai Po SocialCentre for the Elderly
153. North Women's Welfare Club EasternDistrict
Leung Lee Sau Yu Recreation Centrefor the Elderly
154. North Fung Ying Seen Koon Cheung Wah Social Centre for theElderly
155 North Chinese Young Men's ChristianAssociation of Hong Kong
Tin Ping Social Centre for the Elderly
156. North Yuen Yuen Institute Yuen Yuen Elderly Centre (Ka FukEstate)
157. North Tsung Tsin Mission of Hong Kong Tsung Tsin Mission of Hong Kong 150Jubilee Social Centre for the Elderly
158. Yuen Long Yan Oi Tong Tin Ka Ping Social Centre for theElderly
159. Yuen Long Pok Oi Hospital Chan Ping Memorial Social Centre forthe Elderly
160. Yuen Long Yuen Long Town Hall ManagementCommittee Ltd
Mrs Leung Hok Chiu Social Centre forthe Elderly
161. Yuen Long Yan Chai Hospital Wan Shing Memorial Social Centre forthe Elderly
162. Yuen Long Yuen Long Town Hall ManagementCommittee
Mr Chan Ying Tseung Memorial SocialCentre for the Elderly
163. Yuen Long Neighbourhood Advice-ActionCouncil
Tin Shui Social Centre for the Elderly
164. Yuen Long N.T. Women & Juvenile WelfareAssociation
Watt Pak U Memorial Social Centre forthe Elderly
165. Yuen Long Ching Chung Taoist Association ofHong Kong Limited
Ching Chung Taoist Association ofHong Kong Limited Rev. Hau Po WunSoical Centre for the Elderly
- 200 -Appendix 6.3
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
166. Tuen Mun HK Evangelical Church Tai Hing Bradbury Elderly Centre
167. Tuen Mun Evangelical Lutheran Church SocialService H.K.
Shan King Estate Social Centre for theElderly
168. Tuen Mun Butterfly Bay Baptist Church Butterfly Bay Baptist Church SocialCentre for the Elderly
169. Tuen Mun HK Lutheran Social Service, LutheranChurch - HK Synod
Yau On Lutheran Centre for the Elderly
170. Tuen Mun SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Tuen Mun Social Service Centre(Elderly)
171. Tuen Mun Yan Chai Hospital Mrs Tsang Wing Social Centre for theElderly
172. Tuen Mun International Church of Four-SquareGospel
Kin Sang Church Elderly Centre
173. Tuen Mun The Association of Baptist for WorldEvangelism
Tin Yue Baptist Church Social Centrefor the Elderly
174. Tuen Mun Pok Oi Hospital Wong Muk Fung Memorial SocialCentre for the Elderly
175. Tuen Mun Yan Oi Tong Ng Kam Yuk Memorial Social Centrefor the Elderly
176. Tsuen Wan Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly -Lei Muk Shue
177. Tsuen Wan Hong Kong Society for the Aged Rotary Club of Hong Kong NorthwestSocial Centre for the Elderly
178. Tsuen Wan The Association of Baptist for WorldEvangelism
Luk Yeung Baptist Elderly Centre
179. Tsuen Wan Project Care Project Care Social Centre for theElderly
180. Tsuen Wan Lok Sin Tong Benevolent Society Wan Lap Keung Social Centre for theElderly
181. Tsuen Wan Christian & Missionary AllianceChurch Union
Riviera Gardens Social Centre for theElderly
182. Tsuen Wan Yuen Yuen Institute Yuen Yuen Elderly Centre (ShamTseng)
183. Tsuen Wan Tung Wah Group of Hospitals TWGHs Mrs. Wang Li Ming TszunTsuen Wan Social Centre for theElderly
- 201 -Appendix 6.3
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
184. Tsuen Wan Yan Chai Hospital Yan Chai Hospital Fong Yock YeeSocial Centre for the Elderly
185. Kwai Tsing Asbury Village Community Centre ofthe Methodist Church
Asbury Methodist Social Service -Social Centre for the Elderly
186. Kwai Tsing Hong Kong Society for the Aged Kwai Hing Social Centre for the Elderly
187. Kwai Tsing The Salvation Army Tai Wo Hau Social Centre for theElderly
188. Kwai Tsing HK Young Women's ChristianAssociation
Cheung Ching Social Centre for theElderly
189. Kwai Tsing Association of Baptist for WorldEvangelism Lai King Baptist Church
Lai King Baptist ChurchBradbury Social Centre for the Elderly
190. Kwai Tsing Sik Sik Yuen Ho Ning Centre for Senior Citizens
191. Kwai Tsing Association of Baptist for WorldEvangelism
Cheung Hong Baptist Church SocialCentre for the Elderly
192. Kwai Tsing The Association of the EvangelicalFree Churches of HK
E.F.C.C. - Fook On Church SocialCentre for the Elderly
193. Kwai Tsing Evangelical Lutheran Church SocialService
Kwai Chung Elderly Service Centre
194. Kwai Tsing Po Leung Kuk Mrs CHAO King Lin Social Centre forthe Elderly
195. Kwai Tsing Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service TsingYi Social Centre for the Elderly
196. Kwai Tsing Christian & Missionary AllianceChurch Union
Cheung Hang Social Centre for theElderly
197. Kwai Tsing Yan Chai Hospital Mr & Mrs Yeung Wan MemorialSocial Service Centre for the Elderly
198. Kwai Tsing Yan Chai Hospital Mrs Annie CHAN Social Centre for theElderly
199. Kwai Tsing HK Buddhist Association Buddhist Foo Wong Hop Social Centrefor the Elderly
200. Kwai Tsing Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Lai Yiu Social Centre for the Elderly
201. Kwai Tsing Light & Love Home Light and Love Social Centre for theElderly
202 Islands Chung Shak Hei (Cheung Chau)Home for the Aged Ltd
Wan Ho Kan Elderly Centre
- 202 -Appendix 6.3
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
203. Islands Pok Oi Hospital Pok Oi Hospital Chan Shi SauMemorial Social Service Centre
204. Islands Hong Kong PHAB Association Hong Kong PHAB Association PengChau Social Centre for the Elderly
205. Islands Sheng Kung Hui Diocesan WelfareCouncil
SKH Tung Chung Integrated Services
- 203 -Appendix 6.3
(Cont’d)
Social Centres for the Elderly (Non-subvented)(as at 31.3.1998)
District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit
Kowloon City (1) Hong Kong BaptistHospital
Au Shue Hung Health Centre - Pui HongCentre
Sham Shui Po (2) Pak Tin Baptist Church Pak Tin Social Centre for the Elderly
- 204 -Appendix 6.4
Residential Services for the Elderly(Government and Subvented Homes)
(as at 31.3.1998)
District Name of Agency Name of Home Capacity
Hostel H/A C&A
Eastern 1) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Lee See Ping Hostel for theElderly
0 76 0
2) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Lui’s Brothers Hostel for theElderly
55 86 0
3) Hong Kong LutheranSocial Service, LutheranChurch - Hong KongSynod
Mr & Mrs Lawrence WongLutheran Home for the Elderly
0 114 45
4) Women’s Welfare Club(Eastern District) HK
Ng Siu Mui Home Cum C&AUnit for the Elderly
0 22 83
Wan Chai 5) Heung Hoi Ching KokLin Association
Buddhist Li Ka Shing C&AHome for the Elderly
0 0 252
6) Heung Hoi Ching KokLin Association
Buddhist Po Ching Home forthe Aged Women
0 108 0
Central &Western
7) Po Leung Kuk Chan Au Big Yan Home forthe Elderly
0 42 45
8) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Hui Mok Tak Yu C&A Home 0 0 153
Southern 9) Chuk Lam Ming TongLtd
Chuk Lam Ming Tong Care &Attention Home for the Aged
0 60 120
10) Hong Kong ChristianService
Wah Hong Hostel for theElderly
28 84 0
11) Hong Kong & MacauLutheran Church
Wai Kei Hostel for the Elderly 0 58 44
12) The Hong Kong Societyfor the Aged
Bradbury Home for the Elderly 0 0 196
- 205 -Appendix 6.4
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Home Capacity
Hostel H/A C&A
13) The Hong Kong Societyfor the Aged
Quan Chuen Home for theElderly
0 0 196
14) The Hong Kong Societyfor the Aged
Madam Ho Sin Hang Homefor the Elderly
0 0 184
15) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
David Trench Home for theAged
0 97 106
16) H.K. Young Women’sChristian Association
Cheng Pon Hing Hostel for theElderly
0 150 0
17) Po Leung Kuk Po Leung Kuk 1984 Care &Attention Home cum MadamAW Tan Kyi Kyi Home for theAged
0 100 50
18) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Yu Chun Keung MemorialC&A Home
0 0 200
Sham Shui Po 19) Caritas - Hong Kong Lai Kok Home 0 40 48
20) Helping Hand Chak On Jockey Club CareHome
0 0 69
21) The Salvation Army Nam Ming Haven for Women 0 42 0
22) The Salvation Army Nam Shan Hostel for theElderly
75 75 0
23) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Ma Cheng Shuk Ying Hostelfor the Elderly
63 99 0
24) Hong Kong YoungWomen’s ChristianAssociation
Wan Wah Care and AttentionHome for the Elderly
0 0 126
25) SKH Diocesan WelfareCouncil
Li Ka Shing Care andAttention Home for the Elderly
0 0 250
Kowloon City 26) Asia Women’s LeagueLtd.
Chan Kwun Tung C&A Homefor the Elderly
0 20 130
- 206 -Appendix 6.4
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Home Capacity
Hostel H/A C&A
27) Asia Women‘s LeagueLtd.
Ho Leung Kit Ting Care andAttention Home
0 0 120
Wong Tai Sin 28) Lok Sin Tong BenevolentSociety
Leung Kau Kui Hostel for theElderly
0 162 0
29) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Ho Tung Hostel for the Elderly 20 106 0
30) HK Lutheran SocialService - LutheranChurch - Hong KongSynod
Fung Tak Lutheran Home forthe Elderly
0 100 51
31) Chi Lin Nunnery Chi Lin Care and AttentionHome
0 34 250
32) Helping Hand Hong Kong Bank FoundationLok Fu Care Home
0 0 72
33) Pok Oi Hospital Chan Feng Men Ling Care andAttention Home
0 0 127
34) Sik Sik Yuen Ho Yam Care and AttentionHome
0 0 250
Kwun Tong 35) Hong Kong ChineseWomen’s Club
Madam Wong Chan SookYing Memorial C&A Homefor the Aged
0 100 152
36) Hong Kong ChristianService
Shun Lee Hostel 56 94 0
37) The Hong Kong Societyfor the Aged
Kai Yip Hostel for the Elderly 0 89 0
38) The Hong Kong Societyfor the Aged
Mrs Fung Yiu King Hostel forthe Elderly
0 125 0
39) The Kowloon Women’sWelfare Club
Wong Cheung Kin MemorialHostel for the Elderly
0 100 50
40) The Salvation Army Tak Tin Home for the Elderly 0 30 44
- 207 -Appendix 6.4
(Cont'd)
District Name of Agency Name of Home Capacity
Hostel H/A C&A
41) SKH Diocesan WelfareCouncil
Good Shepherd Home for theElderly
0 86 44
42) Hong Kong BuddhistAssociation
Buddhist Sum Ma Shui YingC&A Home for the Elderly
0 80 168
43) Po Leung Kuk Siu Ming Memorial Home cumC&A Unit
0 102 44
Sai Kung 44) Christian Family ServiceCentre
Yam Pak CharitableFoundation King Lam Homefor the Elderly
0 80 45
45) Christian Family ServiceCentre
Yang Chen House 0 94 40
46) The Hong Kong Societyfor the Aged
Tsui Lam Hostel for theElderly
40 110 0
47) The Salvation Army Po Lam Home for the Elderly 0 90 51
48) Tung Sin Tan Ltd Tung Sin Tan Home for theAged
0 81 0
Sha Tin 49) The Chinese RhenishChurch- HK Synod
Wong Siu Ching Hostel for theElderly
42 108 0
50) The Hong Kong Societyfor the Aged
Mrs Wong Wha San Hostel forthe Elderly
54 96 0
51) The Hong Kong Societyfor the Aged
Kwan Fong Nim Chee Homefor the Eldelry
0 0 198
52) The Salvation Army Bradbury Home for LovingKindness
0 0 124
53) The Salvation Army Lung Hang Hostel for theElderly
45 110 0
54) SKH Diocesan WelfareCouncil
SKH St Paul’s Home for theElderly
0 85 0
55) Sik Sik Yuen Ho Shing Home for the Elderly 0 80 45
- 208 -Appendix 6.4
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Home Capacity
Hostel H/A C&A
56) Social WelfareDepartment
Ho’s Clansman AssociationHostel for the Elderly
69 88 0
57) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Chan Han Home for theElderly
0 80 45
58) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Lo Man Huen Hostel for theElderly
33 76 0
59) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Ma Hing Chau Hostel for theElderly
41 100 0
60) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Mok Wong Fung Yee Hostelfor the Elderly
33 124 0
61) Yan Chai Hospital Li Chan Yuk Sim Hostel forthe Elderly
42 110 0
62) Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Harold H.W. Lee C&AHome
0 0 200
Tai Po 63) Lok Sin Tong BenevolentSociety
Chu Ting Cheong Home forthe Aged
0 124 126
64) SKH Diocesan WelfareCouncil
SKH Home of Loving Care forthe Elderly
0 80 45
65) Sik Sik Yuen Ho Shin Home for the Elderly 0 89 51
66) Tsung Tsin Mission ofHong Kong
Kwong Fuk Hostel for theElderly
39 113 0
67) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Hui Lai Kuen Hostel for theElderly
0 56 44
68) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Pao Siu Loong C&A Home 0 0 188
69) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Wu York Yu C&A Home 0 0 248
70) Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Fu Heng Home - TaiPo
0 80 45
- 209 -Appendix 6.4
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Home CapacityHostel H/A C&A
North 71) Chinese Young Men’sChristian Association
Tin Ping Hostel for the Elderly 43 115 0
72) Heung Hoi Ching KokLin Association
Buddhist Po Ching C&A Homefor the Aged Women
0 0 117
73) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Fong Wong Woon Tei Hostelfor the Elderly
30 120 0
74) Women’s Welfare Club(Eastern District) HK
Wong Fung Ting Hostel for theElderly
0 112 0
75) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Po Chung Chuen Ying Home forthe Elderly
0 80 45
76) Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Fung Wong Fung TingHome
0 0 100
Yuen Long 77) Pok Oi Hospital Yeung Chun Pui C&A Home 0 0 140
78) Caritas - Hong Kong Ying Shui Home 0 55 42
79) Ching Chung TaoistAssociation of HongKong Ltd
Ching Chung C&A Home forthe Aged
0 0 103
80) Yan Oi Tong Tin Ka Ping Hostel for theElderly
0 152 0
81) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Y.C. Liang Memorial Home forthe Elderly
0 80 45
82) Pok Oi Hospital Tai Kwan C&A Home 0 0 105
83) Pok Oi Hospital Jockey Club C&A Home 0 0 165
Tuen Mun 84) Ching Chung TaoistAssociation of HongKong Ltd
Ching Chung Home for theAged
0 120 0
85) The Evangelical LutheranChurch of Hong Kong
Shan King Estate Hostel for theElderly
0 88 45
- 210 -Appendix 6.4
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Home CapacityHostel H/A C&A
86) Kiangsu ChekiangResidents’ (HK)Association
Tuen Mun Hostel for the Elderly 0 192 0
87) Yan Chai Hospital Yau Oi Hostel for the Elderly 27 65 0
88) Sik Sik Yuen Ho Cheung Home for the Elderly 0 80 45
89) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Tai Tung Pui C&A Home 0 0 170
90) Caritas - Hong Kong Li Ka Shing C&A Home 0 0 248
Tsuen Wan 91) The Hong Kong Societyfor the Aged
Shek Wai Kok Home for theElderly
0 92 45
92) Tung Lum Nieh FahTong Ltd
Tung Lum Buddhist Aged Home 0 44 40
93) Yuen Yuen Institute Yuen Yuen Home for the Aged 0 120 0
94) Yuen Yuen Institute Yuen Yuen C&A Home for Aged 0 0 150
Kwai Tsing 95) The Chinese RhenishChurch- HK Synod
Sze Tian Hostel for the Elderly 49 107 0
96) Chung Sing BenevolentSociety
Lau Mui Hin Home for theElderly
0 80 45
97) Helping Hand Kwai Shing West Care Home 0 0 65
98) Helping Hand Lai Yiu Bradbury Care Home 0 0 59
99) Helping Hand Tai Wo Hau Christa TisdallJockey Club Care Home
0 0 40
100) Hong Kong ChristianService
Cheung Fat Home 0 79 45
101) HK Lutheran SocialService - HK Synod
Mrs Leung Kwai Yee LutheranHome for the Elderly
0 80 45
- 211 -Appendix 6.4
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Home Capacity
Hostel H/A C&A
102) Kiangsu & ChekiangResidents’ (HK)Association
Kwai Tsing Hostel for theElderly
0 154 0
103) Yan Chai Hospital Hong Kong Peninsula LionsClub Hostel for the Elderly
41 118 0
104) Yan Chai Hospital Mrs Kwok Yuk Cheung C&AHome
0 0 246
105) Yan Chai Hospital Artiste Training AlumniAssociation Care andAttention Home
0 0 126
106) SKH Diocesan WelfareCouncil
SKH Lam Woo Home for theElderly
0 0 126
107) Yan Chai Hospital Chinachem C&A Home 0 0 250
108) Sik Sik Yuen Ho On Hostel for the Elderly 0 60 40
Islands 109) Chung Shak Hei(Cheung Chau) Home forthe Aged Limited
Chung Shak Hei (CheungChau) Home for the Aged
0 75 55
110) Chung Shak Hei (CheungChau) Home for theAged Limited
Wan Ho Kan Care andAttention Home
0 0 100
111) Caritas - Hong Kong Lung Tin Home (Aged Home) 0 40 0
Total: 925 6,843 8,011
- 212 -Appendix 6.4
(Cont’d)
Residential Services for the Elderly(Self-financing Homes)
(as at 31.3.1998)
District Name of Agency Name of Home Capacity
Hostel H/A C&A
Wan Chai 1) Sister of St Paul DeChartres
St Paul’s Home for Girls 0 12 0
2) St. James’ Settlement Li Chit Street Home for theAged
0 0 43
Central &Western
3) Chee Sing Kok Centre ofthe Humanity Love
Chee Sing Kok Centre of theHumanity Love
0 45 0
4) St James’ Settlement Madam Hui Mok Tak YuHome for the Aged
0 0 49
Southern 5) Little Sisters of the Poor St Mary’s Home for the Aged 0 170 0
6) Tung Wah Group ofHospitals
Jockey Club Care-and-attention Home
0 0 68
Yau Tsim Mong 7) Friends of the Shui YingCentres for the Aged
Shui Ying Home for the Aged(Main Home)
0 7 0
8) Friends of the Shui YingCentres for the Aged
Shui Ying Home for the Aged(Branch Home)
0 6 0
Sham Shui Po 9) Helping Hand Chak On Care Home for theElderly I & II
0 0 23
Kowloon City 10) China Coast CommunityLimited
China Coast CommunityHome for the Elderly
0 0 40
11) The Hong KongBuddhist Association
Chi Wo Home for the Aged 0 51 0
12) Beautiful Gate BaptistChurch Limited
House of Dawn 0 37 13
13) Asid Women‘s LeagueLtd
Ho Leung Kit Ting C&AHome
0 0 66
- 213 -Appendix 6.4
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Home Capacity
Hostel H/A C&A
14) Y.C.Ho Home for theElderly
Y.C.Ho Home for the Elderly 0 36 0
Wong Tai Sin 15) Chi Lin Nunnery Chi Lin Care and AttentionHome
0 0 68
16) Helping Hand Lok Fu Care Home 0 0 55
17) Hong Kong ChineseChristian Churches Union
Diamond Hill Kwong YumHome for the Aged
0 280 0
18) Little Sisters of the Poor St Joseph’s Home for the Aged 0 100 20
Kwun Tong 19) Hong Kong ChineseChristian Churches Union
Kwun Tong Kwong YumHome for the Aged
0 325 0
Sai Kung 20) Cham Shan Monastery Tz’u Te Home for the Aged 0 37 31
21) HK - Macau Conferenceof 7th Day Adventists
Eden Villa Adventist Home 16 0 0
Sha Tin 22) Poh Yea Ching Shea Ltd Buddhist Poh Yea Home forthe Aged
0 86 0
23) Sin Tin Tao Sin Tin Tao Home for theAged
0 0 85
24) Caritas - Hong Kong Harold H.W.Lee C&A Home 0 0 56
Yuen Long 25) Assemblies of God HolyLight Church
Assemblies of God Holy LightChurch Home for the Elderly
0 40 20
26) Beautiful Gate BaptistChurch Ltd
House of Dawn 26 50 10
27) Pok Oi Hospital Jockey Club C&A Home 0 0 44
Tuen Mun 28) King Lo Lok Yuen King Lo Lok Yuen 0 0 50
29) Light & Love Home Light & Love Elderly Hostel 0 15 45
- 214 -Appendix 6.4
(Cont’d)
District Name of Agency Name of Home Capacity
Hostel H/A C&A
30) The United MuslimAssociation of HongKong
Haji Omar Ramju Sadick Careand Attention Home
0 10 41
31) Lord Grace Home for theAged
Lord Grace Home for theAged
0 10 0
32) Ching Yan Elderly Home Ching Yan Elderly Home 0 0 10
Kwai Tsing 33) Helping Hand Lai Yiu Bradbury Care Home 0 0 14
34) Helping Hand Kwai Shing West Care Home 0 0 4
Tsuen Wan 35) Helping Hand Tai Wo Hau Christa TisdallJockey Club Care Home
0 0 15
Total: 42 1,317 870
- 215 -Appendix 6.5
Services for the Elderly
Staffing Standards
Type of service Staff provision Remarks
Social Centre for the SSWA 1/6Elderly SWA 1
WW 1WM II 1CA 1
Day Care Centre for the RN 1Elderly EN 1
CA 1/2PCW 6Driver 2Cook 1WM II 2PT II 1/4
Multi-service Centre forthe Elderly
A) Administration & OtherComponents
A multi-service centrecomprises the following maincomponents :
SWO 1ASWO 1 a) administration and otherSSWA 1 components whichACO 1 include canteen service,Cook 1 community education,WM II 2 counselling, bathing and
laundry services;B) Social and Recreational
Activities b) social and recreationalactivities;
SSWA 1SWW 1 c) home help service;WW 1WM II 1 d) any other programme to
serve the mode of theC) Home Help (on centralised- district.
kitchen model)An additional 0.2 CA has been
SWA 1 provided to each of the existingWW 1 multi-service centres sinceCA 1 April 96.Home Helpers 7Cook 1Driver 1WM II 1(Laundry Amah)
- 216 -Appendix 6.5
(Cont’d)
Type of service Staff provision Remarks
Care-and-attention A) Capacity : 40 places In general, EN is provided at aHome ratio of 1:14 residents.
SSWA 1RN 1 * The ratio for PCW isWW 1 supported to be 1:4.5 C&AEN 1:14 residents residents. Due toPCW* 1:4.5 residents limited funds, only theACO 1 ratios of 1:4.75 C&ADriver 1 residents (for homes alreadyCook 2 1/2 in existence in 1994/95) andWM II 1:15 residents 1: 5 C&A residents (forPT II 1:150 residents homes which commenced
operation in 1995/96 andB) Capacity : 100-149 places thereafter) were
implemented as fromASWO 1 1.10.1994.RN 2WW 1EN 1:14 residentsPCW* 1:4.5 residentsACO 1Driver 1Cook 3WM II 1:15 residentsPT II 1:150 residents
C) Capacity : 150-199 places
SWO 1RN 2WW 2EN 1:14 residentsPCW* 1:4.5 residentsACO 1Driver 1Cook 4WM II 1:15 residentsPT II 1:150 residents
- 217 -Appendix 6.5
(Cont’d)
Type of service Staff provision Remarks
D) Capacity : 200-249 places
SWO 1RN 3WW 3EN 1:14 residentsPCW 1:4.5 residentsACO 1CA 1Driver 1Cook 5WM II 1:15 residentsPT II 1:150 residents
E) Capacity : 250 places &over
SWO 1RN 4WW 3EN 1:14 residentsPCW 1:4.5 residentsACO 1CA 2Driver 1Cook 6WM II 1:15 residentsPT II 1:150 residents
Note : The staffing provisions for care-and-attention homes mainly serve as a guide sincethere are variations in the capacity of such homes.
- 218 -Appendix 6.5
(Cont’d)
Type of service Staff provision Remarks
Home for the Aged A) Capacity : below 70 places i) Superintendent of homeswith 150 or more places
SWA 1 is provided at CSWAWW 3 rank.EN 1ACO 1 ii) A minimum of 3 WWs toWM II 1:20 residents maintain round the clockCook 3 service.
B) Capacity : 70-150 places iii) WM II is calculated at theratio of 1:20 residents.
SSWA 1SWW 1 iv) Additional EN andWW 1:30 residents WM II will be providedEN 1 for homes with 25 orACO 1 more frail residentsWM II 1:20 residents waitlisted for admissionCook 3 to C&A homes.
C) Capacity : 151 & over v) Supernumery PCW willbe provided to look offer
CSWA 1 frail residents waitlistedSWW 1 for admission to C&AWW 1:30 residents homes.EN 2ACO 1CA 1WM II 1:20 residentsCook 4
Hostel for the Elderly SSWA 1 i) Superintendent of homesSWW 1 with 150 or more placesWW 3-4 is provided at CSWAACO 1 rank.EN 1Cook 2-3 ii) A minimum of 3 WWsWM II 1:25 - 30 are required to provide
residents 24-hour coverage.Hostels with capacitiesof 140 places or moreare entitled to anadditional WW.
- 219 -Appendix 6.5
(Cont’d)
Type of service Staff provision Remarks
iii) A minimum of 2 cookswill be provided.Hostels accommodating70 H/A places or morewill be provided with 3cooks.
iv) Additional EN and WM IIwill be provided forhostels with 25 or morefrail residents waitlistedfor admission to C&Ahomes.
v) Supernumerary PCWwill be provided to lookafter frail residentswaitlisted for admissionto C&A homes.
Home cum Care-and- ASWO 1 i) The number of staff isAttention Unit in RN 1 calculated on the basispublic housing estate SWA 1 of a home with capacity
WW 4 of 45 C&A places and 80EN 4 H/A places.PCW 9WM II 7 ii) EN is calculated at theCook 3 ratio of 1:14 C&A placesDriver 1 and 1 EN for H/AACO 1 section.PT II 1/4
iii) PCW is calculated at theratio of 1:4.5 C&Aplaces.
iv) WW is calculated at theratio of 1:40 C&A placesand 1:30 H/A places.
- 220 -Appendix 6.5
(Cont’d)
Type of service Staff provision Remarks
v) WM II is calculated atthe ratio of 1:15 C&Aplaces and 1:20 H/Aplaces.
Infirmary Unit in RN 1 In addition to the staff alreadyCare-and-attention EN 4 provided in care-and-attentionHome home.
Note : 1. The supervisory ratio of 1 SWO : 5 day care centres is supported by policy and theimplementation is pending funds available.
2. The supervisory ratio is supported to be 1 SWO : 5 homes with superintendents atthe rank of ASWO or below. Due to limited funds available, only the ratio of 0.75SWO : 5 homes was implemented as from 1.10.1994.
- 221 -Appendix 6.6
Services for the ElderlyPlanned Provision for 1998/99
Type of Service District Name of Agency/Centre
(A) Multi-service Centre for theElderly
Wanchai (1) NGO (to be nominated) - atWanchai
Eastern (2) Hong Kong Young Women’sChristian Association - atTai Hong Street/Lei KingRoad Site
Kwun Tong (3) Hong Kong Christian Service -at Wan Hon Estate
Shamshuipo (4) Neighbourhood Advice ActionCouncil - at NAAC Pak TinEstate Redevelopment Phase II
(B) Day Care Centre for the Elderly North (1) Fung Kai Public School - atFanling Area 6a
Southern (2) Aberdeen Kai-fong WelfareAssociation Soical ServiceCentre - at Wah Kwai EstateInfill Site
(C) Social Centre for the Elderly Kowloon City (1) NGO (to be nominated) - atKowloon City
Sai Kung (2) Haven of Hope ChristianService - at Tseung Kwan OArea 59 S/E Phase III
North (3) Fung Kai Public School -at Fanling Area 6a
Yau Tsim Mong (4) Mongkok Kai-fongAssociation Ltd - at MongkokKCRC Redevelopment
- 222 -Appendix 6.6
(Cont’d)
Type of District Project CapacityService Hostel H/A C&A
(D) Home forthe Aged
Sai Kung (1) Hong Kong Lutheran Social ServiceLutheran Church - HK Synod Home forthe Aged at Sheung Tak Estate, Phase 3
128
Kwai Tsing (2) Chinese Rhenish Church - Home for theAged at Kwai Shing EstateRedevelopment, Phase 4
128
(E) Home cumcare-and-attentionUnit
Islands (3) Caritas Home cum C&A Unit at TungChung Area 10, Phase 1
59 66
(F) CombinedHome
Wanchai (4) St. James’ Settlement Kat On StreetHome for the Aged(non-subvented places)
20 105
North (5) Heung Hoi Ching Kok Lin AssociationBuddhist Po Ching Home for the AgedWomen (Redevelopment and extension)
6 150
(6) Fung Kai Public School Home for theElderly(including 112 non-subvented C&Aplaces)
158 112
(G) Care-and-AttentionHome
Sai Kung (7) Haven of Hope Woo Ping Memorial Careand Attention Home(non-subvented places)
321
Tsuen Wan (8) Hong Kong Bodhi Siksa Society Ltd Careand Attention Home
100
(9) Yan Chai Hospital Care and AttentionHome (non-subvented places)
60
Conversion programme from Hostel to Homefor the Aged places
-27 26
Total : -27 525 914
- 223 -Appendix 6.7
Services for the ElderlyPlanned Provision for 1999/2000
Type of Service District Name of Agency/Centre
(A) Multi-service Centre for theElderly
Eastern (1) Tung Wah Group of Hospitalsat Po Man Street
Wong Tai Sin (2) NGO (to be nominated) - at TszOn Estate Phase II
Kowloon City (3) Tung Wah Group of Hospitalsat Sheung Shing Street
(B) Day Care Centre for the Elderly Eastern (1) Tung Wah Group of Hospitalsat Po Man Street
Kowloon City (2) Tung Wah Group of Hospitalsat Sheung Shing Street
Kwun Tong (3) NGO (to be nominated) - atSam Ka Tsuen UC Complex
Yuen Long (4) Yan Oi Tong - Shui Pin WaiEstate
(C) Social Centre for the Elderly Eastern (1) NGO (to be nominated) - atWan Tsui EstateRedevelopment
Eastern (2) NGO (to be nominated) - atChai Wan UC Complex
Southern (3) NGO (to be nominated) -Location to be identified
Mongkok (4) NGO (to be nominated) - atWest Kowloon ReclamationMongkok West PHE
Mongkok (5) NGO (to be nominated) - atWest Kowloon ReclamationTai Kok Tsui Airport RailwayStation
- 224 -Appendix 6.7
(Cont’d)
Type of Service District Name of Agency/Centre
Shamshuipo (6) NGO (to be nominated) - atForture Street Public RentalHousing and HOS
Wong Tai Sin (7) Po Leung Kuk - at Lung PoonStreet Sandwich ClassHousing, Diamond Hill
- 225 -Appendix 6.7
(Cont’d)
CapacityType of Service District ProjectHostel H/A C&A
(D) Home forthe Aged
Mongkok (1) Mongkok West PHE 100
(E) CombinedHome
Wanchai (2) Hong Kong Tuberculosis, Chest andHeart Diseases Association - FreniHome at Shiu Fai Terrace
(including 56 non-subvented C&Aplaces)
80 176
(F) Care-and-attentionHome
Homantin (3) Neighbourhood Advice-ActionCouncil - Care-and-attention Home atHomantin South, Phase 1
125
(4) Tung Wah Group of Hospitals - Care-and-attention Home in Wong ChoTong Social Service Building
252
Mongkok (5) NGO (to be nominated ) - at Mongkok West PHE, Phase 3
125
Shamshuipo (6) Baptist Swatow Shamshuipo Church -Care-and-attention Home
(non-subvented places)
113
Shaukeiwan (7) Tung Wah Group of Hospitals - Care-and-attention Home in Fong ShuChuen Social Service Building
170
Southern (8) Tung Wah Group of Hospitals -Extension to Jockey Club Care-and-attetnion Home
(non-subvented places)
67
(9) Conversion programme from Hostel toHome for the Aged Places
-145 145
Total : -145 325 1,028
- 226 -Appendix 8.1
Planned Rehabilitation Services (1998/99)
Type of services : Day Activity Centre (DAC)
District Project Capacity
Tung Chung Spastics Association of Hong Kong (SAHK) 50 Fu Tung Day Activity Centre
Southern Tung Wah Group of Hospitals (TWGHs) 50 Tsin Cheung Day Activity Centre
Type of services : Sheltered Workshop (SW)
District Project Capacity
- Non-government Organizations (NGOs) Expansion of existing services
140
Type of services : Hostel for Severely Mentally Handicapped (H/SMH) Persons
District Project Capacity
Tung Chung Spastics Association of Hong Kong (SAHK) 50 Fu Tung Hostel
Southern Tung Wah Group of Hospitals (TWGHs) 50 Tsin Cheung Hostel
Type of services : Halfway House (HWH)
District Project Capacity
Wong Tai Sin/Sai Kung
Richmond Fellowship of Hong Kong (RF) Tseung Kwan O Area 59
40
- Non-governmental Organization (NGO) Premises to be confirmed
40
- 227 -Appendix 8.1
(Cont’d)
Planned Rehabilitation Services (1998/99)
Type of services : Early Education and Training Centre (EETC)
District Project Capacity
Sai Kung Haven of Hope Christian Service (HHCS) 60 Po Lam EETC
Wong Tai Sin Spastics Association of Hong Kong (SAHK) 60 Tak Tin EETC
- Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) Expansion of existing centres
60
Type of services : Integrated Programme (IP)
District Project Capacity
- Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) 48
Type of services : Autistic Children Programme in Special Child Care Centre
District Project Capacity
- Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) 36
Type of services: Supported Employment
District Project Capacity
- Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) 60 To expand supported employment service by 60 places in 1998/99 (operation)
- 228 -
Appendix 9.1
Community Development
Staffing Standards
Type of Service Staff Provision Remarks
Community Centresoperated by non-governmentalOrganization
Administration
1 SWO1 SWW1 ACO1 CA1 Typist2 Watchmen2 OAs7 Workmen II
Community Work Unit
1 ASWO1 SSWA1 SWA
Group Work Unit
1 ASWO1 SSWA2 SWAs4 WWs
Study/Reading Room
1 SWA1 WW1 CA
This staffing standard applies tofull-fledge community centres,providing both group andcommunity work service.
Group Work Unit operatedby Social WelfareDepartment
(i) in DistrictCommunityCentre
(ii) in EstateCommunityCentre
1 SWO1 ASWO1 SSWA3 SWA1 SWW4 WW1 ACO2 CA1 Typist1 OA2 Workmen II
1 ASWO1 SWA1 WW1 CA1 Workman II
Group Work Units in Governmentrun community centre mainlyprovide Group Work Service.
Neighbourhood LevelCommunity DevelopmentProject
1/5 SWO1 ASWO2 SWAs1 CA
A half time Workman II is to beprovided to NLCDP teams withindependent premises.
Youth Office 1 SWO1 SWA1 CA1 WMII
- 229 -
Appendix 9.2
Community Development
Standard Schedule of Accommodation forDistrict Community Centres, Area Community Centres
and Neighbourhood Community Centres
FacilitiesType of Community Centres
(Floor Area in sq.m.)
DistrictCommunityCentres
AreaCommunityCentres
NeighbourhoodCommunity Centres
I. Standard Items:
1. Multi-purpose Hall and Stage 2. Administration, Conference Room
3. Open Basketball Court/ Outdoor Activities Area 4. Group Activities - Children
5. Group Activities - Youth
6. Group Activities - Adult
7. Study/Reading Room
8. Day Nursery for Children aged 2 - 6 years
Sub-total
II. Optional Items:
(To be selected in accordance with local needs and submitted to SAVC* for approval prior to the formal inclusion)
1. Social Security Field Unit
2. Probation Office
3. Special Child Care Centre
451
135
448
228
242
112
130
336 2,028
))))))))))
393
104
N.A.
208
253
93
130
336 1,517
279
102
N.A.
208
253
N.A.
130
336 1,308
- 230 -
Appendix 9.2 (Cont'd)
FacilitiesType of Community Centres
(Floor Area in sq.m.)
DistrictCommunityCentres
AreaCommunityCentres
NeighbourhoodCommunity Centres
4. Day Work Activity Centre for the Severely Mentally Handicapped (Now renamed as Day Activity Centre)
5. Social/Recreation Centre for the Disabled
6. Family Service Centre
7. Home Help Team
8. Multi-service Centre for the Elderly
9. Social Centre for the Elderly 10. CABO**/Sub-office
11. Public Enquiry Centre Total
III. Miscellaneous Facilities:
1. Toilets
2. Caretaker's Quarters
3. Carpark for Staff
))Not exceeding)a total)floor)area of)800 sq.m.))))))))))))) 2,882
))) As)
Notexceedinga totalfloorarea of550 sq.m.
2,067
Appropriate
Notexceedinga totalfloorarea of350 sq.m.
1,658
*SAVC : Schedule of Accommodation Vetting Committee
**CABO : Community Affairs Branch Office, now renamed as Home Affairs Department Enquiry Office.
- 231 -
Appendix 9.3
Criteria for Selecting Priority Area forNeighbourhood Level Community Development Project
The first three criteria and one or more of the remaining criteria must be fulfilled foran area to be selected as a project area:
(a) A population between 3,000 and 15,000.
(b) The area would not be cleared within 3 years.
(c) Low income areas.
(d) Geographically isolated communities being remote from the town centre and notaccessible to welfare services.
(e) New settlement with inadequate welfare services.
(f) Heterogeneous communities with groups of conflicting interests, different ethnicgroups or social classes.
(g) Areas with long-standing environmental/social problems.
- 232 -Appendix 9.4
Community DevelopmentDistribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.1998
Neighbourhood Level Community Development Projects
Type ofService District
Name ofAgency
Name ofProject Priority Areas
NeighbourhoodLevel CommunityDevelopmentProject
Eastern NeighbourhoodAdvice-ActionCouncil
1. Chai Wan Centre
1. Chai Wan Estate (Blk 13-15)
Islands YoungWomen’sChristianAssociation
2. Tai O 2. Tai O squatter areas (Wing On Street, etc.)
3. Tai O - other area (Shek Tsai Po Street, etc. )
Caritas -Hong Kong
3. Cheung Chau Sai Wan
4. Cheung Chau Sai Wan (Round Table 1, 2, 3 Villages, Care Village, Lutheran Village)
Southern AberdeenKaifongWelfareAssociationSocial ServiceCentre
4. Shek Pai Wan
5. Wong Chuk Hang San Wai Village
6. Wong Chuk Hang Kau Wai Village
7. Shek Pai Wan Estate (Blk 1, 3-7)
Caritas -Hong Kong
5. Pokfulam 8. Pofulam Village
Kwun Tong NeighbourhoodAdvice-ActionCouncil
6. Cha Kwo Ling Squatters
9. Cha Kwo Ling Squatters
10. Fan Wah Street
Young Women’sChristianAssociation
7. Kai Lok THA
11. Kai Lok THA
12. Kai Wo THA
13. Kai Yiu THA
NeighbourhoodAdvice-ActionCouncil
8. Lam Tin (II) Estate
14. Lam Tin Estate (Blk 1-4)
9. Lam Tin (III) Estate
15. Lam Tin (III) Estate Blk 5-8, 10)
- 233 -Appendix 9.4
(Cont’d)
Type ofService District
Name ofAgency
Name ofProject Priority Areas
NeighbourhoodLevelCommunityDevelopmentProject
Kwun Tong ChristianFamilyService Centre
10. Lei Yu Mun
16. Lei Yue Mun Village
17. Ma Pui Village
Hong KongChristianService
11. Sau Mau Ping Estate
12. Sau Mau Ping Estate (Team II)
18. Sau Mau Ping Estate (Blk 21-25)
19. Sau Mau Ping Estate (Blk 19-20 & 37-41)
Wong TaiSin
SalvationArmy
13. Upper Wong Tai Sin Estate
20. Upper Wong Tai Sin Estate
NeighbourhoodAdvice-ActionCouncil
14. Wong Tai Sin Bradbury Centre
21. Tai Hom Village
22. Ha Yuen Leng
Sai Kung Caritas -Hong Kong
15. Sai Kung 23. Sai Kung Squatters (Tui Min Hoi Housing Est, Man Yi Fishermen’s Estate, Tai Ping Village, Chung Mei Tuk)
16. Sha Kok Mei THA
24. Sha Kok Mei THA
KowloonCity
NeighbourhoodAdvice-ActionCouncil
17. Valley RoadEstate
25. Valley Road Estate (Blk 6-11)
26. Hung Hom Estate (Blk 1-2)
27. Valley Road Estate (Blk. 1-5, 12, 14-17)
- 234 -Appendix 9.4
(Cont’d)
Type ofService District
Name ofAgency
Name ofProject Priority Areas
NeighbourboodLevelCommunityDevelopmentProject
EvangelicalLutheranChurchSocial Service
18. HomantinEstate (I)
19. HomantinEstate (II)
28. Homantin Estate (Blk 3-6)
29. Homantin Estate (Blk 1, 2, 7, 8)
Caritas -Hong Kong
20. Tung TauEstate
30. Tung Tau Estate (Blk. 23)
Shamshuipo Hong KongChristian Service
SKH Kei OiSocial ServiceCentre
Hong KongChristian Service
21. Fat Tseung Street THA
22. Pak Tin
23. Shek Kip Mei
31. Fat Tseung St. THA
32. Pak Tin Estate (Blk 4-6)
33. Tai Hang Tung Estate (Tung Fu, Wing, Wan, Wo & San)
34. Shek Kip Mei Estate (Blks. 10-11, 35-41)
NeighbourhoodAdvice-ActionCouncil
24. Shamshuipo Centre
35. Lung Ping Road THA
36. Yen Chow Street THA (Blk 1-10)
37. Wai Man Village
38. Butterfly Village
Hong KongChristianService
25. Cheung Sha Wan
39. Cheung Sha Wan Estate (Blk 1-12, 14)
SalvationArmy
26. Un Chau Street Estate
40. Un Chau Street Estate (Blk 4-7)
NeighbourhoodAdvice-ActionCouncil
27. Shek Kip Mei Centre
41. Shek Kip Mei Estate (Blk 1-7, 8-9, 12-13)
Society forCommunityOrganization
28. Nam Cheong Old Urban Area
42. Nam Cheong Old Urban Area
- 235 -Appendix 9.4
(Cont’d)
Type ofService District
Name ofAgency
Name ofProject Priority Areas
NeighbourhoodLevelCommunityDevelopmentProject
Yau Mong
Shatin
Caritas -Hong Kong
Hong KongChristianService
29. MongkokSouth
30. Pak Tin Tsuen/Shatin Tau THA
43. Mongkok South
44. Pak Tin Village
Tai Po SalvationArmy
31. Sam Mun Tsai
45. Sam Mun Tsai New Village
46. Other Villages (Care Village, Luen Yick Village, Sha Lan Village, Chan Village, Lei Village)
North Caritas -Hong Kong
Hong KongLutheranChurch SocialService
32. Lung Yeuk Tau.
33. Wo Hop Shek Village, Wo Hing Tsuen
47. Lung Yeuk Tau
48. Wo Hing Village
49. Wo Hop Shek Village
34. Shek Wu
50. Shek Wu San Tsuen
51. Ling Shan Tsuen
52. Ma Sze Po
Yuen Long Caritas -Hong Kong
35. Yuen Long Rural
53. Ng Ka Tsuen
54. Kam Tsin Wai
55. Tin Sam San Tsuen
56. Shek Wu Tong
57. Yuen Kong
58. Yuen Kong San Tsuen
EvangelicalLutheran ChurchSocial Service
36. Yuen Long 59. Yuen Long Estate (Blk 1-5)
- 236 -Appendix 9.4
(Cont’d)
Type ofService District
Name ofAgency
Name ofProject Priority Area
NeighbourhoodLevelCommunityDevelopmentProject
SalvationArmy
37. Ngau Tam Mei
60. Chuk Yuen Tsuen
61. San Wai Tsuen
62. Ngau Tam Mei (including Wai Tsai Village)
TsuenWan
Caritas -Hong Kong
38. Hing Shing/ Hon Man
63. Hing Shing THA
64. Hon Man Village
65. Sham Tseng Village
66. Tsing Lung Tau Village
Hong KongYoung Women’sChristianAssociation
39. Lei Muk Shue
67. Lei Muk Shue Estate
SKH LadyMacLehoseCentre
40. Lo Wai/San Tsuen/Fu Yung Shan
68. Lo Wai
69. San Tsuen
70. Fu Yung Shan
71. Tai Wo Chuen
72. Yi Pei Chun
73. Tung Kwu Shek
74. Sam Dip Tam
- 237 -Appendix 9.4
(Cont’d)
Type ofService District
Name ofAgency
Name ofProject Priority Areas
NeighbourhoodLevelCommunityDevelopmentProject
Kwai Tsing SKH LadyMacLehoseCentre
41. Kwai Fong 75. Tam Tang San Tsuen
76. Tso Kung Tam Village
77. Kwong Pan Tin Village (Upper and Lower Village)
78. Pak Tin Pa Village 79. Kwai Fong Est. Blk 3, 6
80. Tai Wo Hau Est (Blk. 20)
81. Kwai Shun THA
82. Kwai Lok THA
NeighbourhoodAdvice-ActionCouncil
42. Kwai Chung Centre
83. Kwai Chung Estate (Blk. 14-18,19-26,27,28, 32-35)
ChristianFamily ServiceCentre
43. Kwai Chung Estate
84. Kwai Chung Estate (Blk. 1-13)
Hong KongYoung WomenChristianAssociation
44. Shek Yam 85. Shek Yam Estate (Blk. 4-5)
45. Shek Lei 86. Shek Lei Estate (Blk 1-3, 8-9)
87. Kwun Lung Lau (Designated Area) (Blk A - G)
46. Shek Lei 88. Shek Lei Estate (Blk 12, 16)
47. Tsing Kin & Tsing On
89. Tsing On THA
90. San Fat Estate (Blk. 1-4)
- 238 -Appendix 9.4
(Cont’d)
Type ofService District
Name ofAgency
Name ofProject Priority Areas
NeighbourhoodLevelCommunityProject
Kwai Tsing Hong KongLutheranSocial ServiceCentre
48. Tsing Yan 91. Tsing Yan THA
Tuen Mun Caritas -Hong Kong
49. Hung Shui Kiu
92. Chung Uk Tsuen
93. Wo Ping San Tsuen
94. Tan Kwai Tsuen
95. Long Bin THA(Yuen Long)
Yan Oi TongLimited
50. Tuen Tsz Wai/San Hing Tsuen/ Tsing Chuen Wai Rural
96. Tuen Tsz Wai
97. San Hing Tsuen
98. Tsing Chuen Wai
NeighbourhoodAdvice-ActionCouncil
51. Yick Yuen 99. Yick Yuen Village
100. Tin Sam Village
101. Kiu Tau Wai
102. Shek Po Tsuen
103. San Lee Uk Tsuen
104. Hung Shui Kiu
105. Hung Uk Tsuen
- 239 -Appendix 9.5
Community DevelopmentDistribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.1998
Community Centre Facilities
Name of Community Centre
Type of
Service District Name of Agency
District CommunityCentre/Community
Centre
Area CommunityCentre/Estate
Community Centre
NeighbourhoodCommunity
Centre/CommunityHall
CommunityCentre
Central,Westernand Islands
East andWanchai
Southern
Kwun Tong
Government
Caritas -Hong Kong
Government
St. James'Settlement
Government
Caritas -Hong Kong
AberdeenKaifongWelfareAssociationCommunityCentre
Government
1. Western District CC 2. Kennedy Town CC
3. Caine Road CC
4. Chai Wan CC
5. Causeway Bay DCC
6. St. James' Settlement CC
7. Aberdeen CC
8. Aberdeen Kaifong Welfare Assocition CC
9. Kwun Tong CC 1. Lok Wah ECC
2. Sau Mau Ping (South) ECC
3. Sau Mau Ping (Central) ECC
1. Hing Wah CH
2. Yue Wan CH
3. Ap Lei Chau CH
4. Lei Tung CH
5. Wah Kwai NCC
6. South Horizons NCC
7. Kai Yip CH
8. Sai Tso Wan NCC
- 240 -Appendix 9.5
(Cont'd)
Name of Community Centre
Type of
Service District Name of Agency
District CommunityCentre/Community
Centre
Area CommunityCentre/Estate
Community Centre
NeighbourhoodCommunity
Centre/Community Hall
CommunityCentre
Wong TaiSin andSai Kung
KowloonCity
Sham ShuiPo
Yau TsimMong
Caritas -Hong Kong
Government
Caritas -Hong Kong
Hong KongLutheranSocialService
Government
Government
MongkokKaifongAssociationLtd.
10. Ngau Tau Kok CC
11. Wong Tai Sin CC
12. Kowloon CC
13. Martha Boss CC
14. Tai Hang Tung CC
15. Cheung Sha Wan CC 16. Nam Cheong DCC
17. Henry G Leong Yaumatei CC
18. Chan Hing Social Service Centre (CC)
4. Lam Tin(East) ECC
5. Lam Tin (West) ECC
6. Shun Lee ECC
7. Tsz Wan Shan (South) ECC
8. Choi Wan ECC
9. Chuk Yuen ECC
10. Fung Tak ACC
9. Sai Kung Town Hall (CH)
10. Tsui Lam CH
11. King Lam NCC
12. Pak Tin CH
13. Lai Kok CH
14. Shek Kip Mei CH
- 241 -Appendix 9.5
(Cont’d)
Name of Community Centre
Type of
Service District Name ofAgency
District CommunityCentre/Community
Centre
Area CommunityCentre/Estate
Community Centre
NeighbourhoodCommunity
Centre/Community Hall
CommunityCentre
Sha Tin
Tai Poand North
Yuen Long
Government
Government
Government
Yuen LongTown HallManagementCompany Ltd.
19. Tai Po CC
20. North District CC
21. Yuen Long Town Hall (CC)
11. Lung Hang ECC
12. Heng On ECC
13. Tin Yiu ECC
15. Lek Yuen CH
16. Wo Che CH
17. Sha Kok CH
18. Sun Tin Wai CH
19. Chun Shek CH
20. Pok Hong CH
21. Kwong Yuen CH
22. Shatin Area Hin Keng NCC
23. Tai Yuen CH
24. Kwong Fuk CH
25. Fu Shin CH
26. Wan Tau Tong NCC
27. Tai Wo NCC
28. Fi Heng NCC
29. Cheung Wah CH
30. Sha Tau Kok CH
31. Ta Kwu Ling CH
32. Long Ping CH
33. Tin Shui Estate NCC
- 242 -Appendix 9.5
(Cont'd)
Name of Community Centre
Type of
Service District Name ofAgency
District CommunityCentre/Community
Centre
Area CommunityCentre/Estate
Community Centre
NeighbourhoodCommunity
Centre/Community Hall
CommunityCentre
Tsuen Wanand KwaiTsing
Government
Caritas- Hong Kong
DiocesanWelfareCouncil
22. Princess Alexandra CC
23. Tsuen Wan CC
24. S.K.H. Lady MacLehose CC
14. Tai Woo Hau ECC
15. Shek Lei ECC
16. Cheung Ching ECC
17. Cheung Fat ECC
34. Shek Wai Kok CH
35. Lek Muk Shue CH
36. Lai King CH
37. Kwai Shing CH
38. Shek Yam CH
39. Kwai Fong CH
40. Tsing Yi Estate CH
41. Cheung Hang CH
Tuen Mun Government
Yan Oi TongLtd.
25. On Ting/Tau Oi CC
26. Yan Oi Tong Community and Indoor Sports Centre
18. Butterfly Bay ECC
19. Leung King
ECC
42. Tuen Mun Town Centre CH
43. Tai Hing CH
44. Shan King CH
45. Kin Shan CH
- 243 -Appendix 10.1
Eligibility Criteria of the Social Security Schemes
I. COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL SECURITY ASSISTANCE SCHEME
1.1 A person is eligible for Comprehensive Social Security Assistance if he :
(a) has insufficient income or other resources to cover basic and special needs;and
(b) has resided in Hong Kong for at least one year prior to application (excludingany person whose presence in Hong Kong is unlawful or any person admittedto Hong Kong for a purpose other than residence, for example, importedworkers, visitors) [see Note (1)], and continues to reside in Hong Kong [seeNote (2)].
1.2 In addition to the above, an applicant, aged between 15 and 59, has to further meetone of the following criteria:
(a) he is in ill health or having physical or mental disability; or
(b) he has a demonstrated need to remain at home to look after young children orsick or disabled family members; or
(c) he is receiving full-time education or vocational training (normally applicableto persons aged under 22); or
(d) he is in gainful employment; or
(e) if he is unemployed or is not earning a reasonable income as defined by theDepartment, he has registered with the Labour Department for employmentassistance and has not declined an offer of a job without an acceptablereason.
Note (1): In exceptional circumstances of a case, the Director of Social Welfare may, athis discretion, grant assistance to an applicant who does not satisfy theabove-mentioned residence requirement.
Note (2) : Temporary absence from Hong Kong not exceeding the permissible limits asspecified below will not affect the amount of assistance payable to therecipients :
Elderly and disabled recipients - 180 days per year
Other recipients - 60 days per year (in exceptional circumstances of a case,this limit can be extended up to a maximum of 90 days a year)
- 244 -Appendix 10.1
(Cont’d)
1.3 With effect from 1 April 1997, elderly persons aged 60 or above are eligible toreceive the portable comprehensive social security assistance should they choose totake up permanent residence in Guangdong, provided that the applicant meets thefollowing criteria:
(a) he must be a permanent resident of Hong Kong and has resided in HongKong for at least seven years; and
(b) he must have received comprehensive social security assistancecontinuously for three years before application.
II. SOCIAL SECURITY ALLOWANCE SCHEME
Normal Old Age Allowance
2.1 Any person aged between 65-69 is eligible for normal old age allowance if he :
(a) has resided in Hong Kong for at least 1825 days (i.e. five years) sinceattaining the age of 60 [see Note (3)];
(b) continues to reside in Hong Kong [see Note (4)];
(c) is not in receipt of any other allowance under the Scheme;
(d) is not in receipt of assistance under the Comprehensive Social SecurityAssistance Scheme;
(e) is not imprisoned; and
(f) is not having an income or assets over the prescribed levels (see paragraph2.2 of Appendix 10.2).
Note (3): For determining whether an applicant meets the 1825-day residencerequirement, the applicant's absence from Hong Kong up to a maximum of280 days is treated as residence in Hong Kong.
Note (4): Temporary absence from Hong Kong is allowed for up to 180 days a year.At the discretion of the Director of Social Welfare, a longer period ofabsence may be permitted if the recipient needs to receive medical treatmentoutside Hong Kong. In any case, the recipient has to be resident in HongKong for at least 90 days a year or he will not be entitled to any absenceallowance.
Higher Old Age Allowance
2.2 Any person aged 70 or over is eligible for higher old age allowance provided thathe has satisfied the eligibility criteria set out in paragraph 2.1 (a) - (e) above fornormal old age allowance.
- 245 -Appendix 10.1
(Cont’d)
Normal Disability Allowance
2.3 Any person who is severely disabled, regardless of age, is eligible for normaldisability allowance if he :
(a) has been in continuous residence in Hong Kong for at least one yearimmediately before claiming the allowance (in the case of a child under oneyear of age, the child should have lived in Hong Kong continuously sincebirth) [see Note (5)];
(b) continues to reside in Hong Kong [see Note (6)];
(c) has been certified by the Director of Health or the Chief Executive, HospitalAuthority, or under exceptional circumstances by a registered medicalpractitioner of a private hospital, as severely disabled under the followingconditions within the meaning of the Scheme for at least six months asdefined below:
(i) Physically disabled, blind or other disabling condition
Being in a position broadly equivalent to a person with a 100% lossof earning capacity according to the criteria in the First Schedule ofthe Employees' Compensation Ordinance (Cap. 282), or sufferingfrom such a condition, which produces a degree of disability broadlyequivalent to a person with a 100% loss of earning capacity.
(ii) Profound deafness
Profound deafness is defined as perceptive or mixed deafness with ahearing loss of 85 decibels or more in the better ear for pure tonefrequencies of 500, 1,000 and 2,000 cycles per second, or 75 to 85decibels with other physical handicaps such as lack of speech anddistortion of hearing.
(d) is not in receipt of any other allowance under the Scheme;
(e) is not in receipt of assistance under the Comprehensive Social SecurityAssistance Scheme; and
(f) is not imprisoned.
Note (5): Absence from Hong Kong up to a maximum of 56 days in the year istreated as residence in Hong Kong.
- 246 -Appendix 10.1
(Cont’d)
Note (6): Temporary absence from Hong Kong is allowed for up to 180 days a year.At the discretion of the Director of Social Welfare, a longer period ofabsence may be permitted if the recipient needs to receive medical treatmentoutside Hong Kong. In any case, the recipient has to be resident in HongKong for at least 90 days a year or he will not be entitled to any absenceallowance.
Higher Disability Allowance
2.4 To qualify for higher disability allowance, in addition to meeting the criteria fornormal disability allowance, a person must :
(a) be certified by the Director of Health or the Chief Executive, HospitalAuthority, or under exceptional circumstances by a registered medicalpractitioner of a private hospital, to be in need of constant attendance; and
(b) not receiving residential care in a government or subvented institution or amedical institution under the Hospital Authority.
III. ACCIDENT COMPENSATION SCHEMES
Emergency Relief
3.1 Emergency relief is provided for victims of natural and other disasters such astempest, fire, typhoon, flooding, rainstorm, landslide, house collapse, boat capsize,shipwreck, explosion and eviction from a dangerous building under ClosureOrders.
Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation Scheme
3.2 Persons who are injured, disabled or killed as a result of a crime of violence, or whoare accidentally injured, disabled or killed by law enforcement officers in theexecution of their duties, are eligible for compensation under this Scheme(payments are made to their dependants in the case of death), subject to satisfyingthe Criminal Injuries Compensation or the Law Enforcement InjuriesCompensation Board that :
(a) the victim must be lawfully residing or temporarily staying in Hong Kong;
(b) the injuries were sustained in Hong Kong;
(c) the application must be made within 3 years from the date of the incident;
- 247 -Appendix 10.1
(Cont’d)
(d) for a re-application where the first claim for compensation had been madewithin 3 years of the date of the incident but the case was closed due toself-withdrawal or lost contact, the second or subsequent claim has beenmade either within 3 years of the date of the incident or within 1 year of thedate of self-withdrawal or lost contact, whichever is later;
(e) the circumstances of the injury have been the subject of criminalproceedings, or were reported to the Police without unreasonable delay;
(f) in the case of a victim and the offender living together at the time of incidentas members of the same family or as man and wife, the offender should havebeen prosecuted for the offence except where the Board considersotherwise;
(g) the injuries inflicted are sufficiently grave that sick leave of 3 days or morewas recommended by registered medical practitioners. This rule does notapply to cases where the victim was killed or sustained permanent disability,or where the victim sustained injury as a result of resisting or preventingcrime or making such attempts;
(h) for law enforcement injuries, the injury must have been inflicted by the useof a weapon by a law enforcement officer in the execution of his duties; and
(i) the applicant has given the Board all related information and reasonableassistance, particularly in relation to any medical reports which it mayrequire.
Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Scheme
3.3 Any person who is a victim of a traffic accident (or his dependants in the case of hisdeath) is eligible for cash assistance under this scheme without regard to the meansof the family or to the element of fault in causing the accident. The scheme coversonly traffic accidents as defined under the Traffic Accident Victims (AssistanceFund) Ordinance, Cap. 229. Eligibility criteria are as follows:
(a) the victim must be lawfully residing or temporarily staying in Hong Kong;
(b) the accident must have been reported to the Police;
(c) the application must be submitted within 6 months of the date of theaccident;
(d) the injuries sustained are sufficiently grave that sick leave of 3 days or moreis recommended by registered medical practitioners. This rule does notapply to cases where the victim was killed or sustained permanent disability;and
- 248 -Appendix 10.1
(Cont’d)
(e) the applicant must undertake to notify the Director of Social Welfare of anyother claim or the bringing of any legal proceedings by him in respect of theaccident, and to notify the person against whom the claim is made orproceedings instituted of the amount of money which has been received fromthe Director of Social Welfare.
- 249 -
Appendix 10.2
The Level of Assistance of the Various Social Security Schemes and the Standards Under Which They Are Operated
I. COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL SECURITY ASSISTANCE SCHEME
1.1 The Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme is means-tested andnon-contributory. The amount of assistance payable is calculated by taking intoaccount the family's resources against the family's 'recognized' needs in terms ofvarious types of payments which the family is entitled to under the Scheme(including standard rates, supplements and a wide range of special grants). Theamount of assistance payable is the amount by which the total 'recognised' needsexceed the family's resources (including earnings, contributions and regular freemeals received). In assessing the family's resources, the earnings of a person canbe disregarded up to a certain amount (see paragraph 1.6 below).
Standard rates
1.2 (a) The standard rates for different categories of comprehensive socialsecurity assistance recipients are, effective from 1 April 1997, as follows:
Category Standard rateSingle person$ per month
Family member$ per month
Elderly personaged 60 or above
2,060 1,920
Disabled adult
50% disabled100% disabledRequiring constantattendance
2,0602,5753,775
1,8752,2303,425
Disabled child
50% disabled100% disabledRequiring constantattendance
2,7503,2654,455
2,3952,9154,115
Able-bodied child 2,060 1,715
- 250 -
Appendix 10.2(Cont’d)
Able-bodied adult
Single parent or family carerOther adultAdult in ill-health
-1,7202,060
1,8751,5351,875
(b) The payment rates are reviewed regularly to take account of inflation asreflected in the movement of the Social Security Assistance Index ofPrices, to ensure that the true value of the cash assistance is maintained.The following inflationary adjustments in the payment rates have beenmade since 1992 :
Effective Date %
1.4.19921.4.19931.4.19941.4.19951.4.19961.4.1997
10.7 9.0 7.7 8.5 7.0 6.5
Social Security Assistance Index of Prices
1.3 The Social Security Assistance Index of Prices reflects the aggregate change inthe prices of the essential items in food, clothing, fuel, foot-wear, etc. everymonth. The relative importance of the items to the comprehensive social securityassistance households is taken into account by using a set of weights. Based onthe findings of the Household Expenditure Survey on Comprehensive SocialSecurity Assistance Recipients (1994-95), the weights are as follows :
Section of Commodity/ServicesWeights (in percentage)
1994/95-based(%)
FoodFuel & lightAlcoholic drinks and tobaccoClothing & footwearDurable goodsMiscellaneous goodsTransportMiscellaneous services
69.157.493.593.491.877.013.893.51
100.00
- 251 -
Appendix 10.2(Cont’d)
Long Term Supplement
1.4 An annual supplement is given to those who have been receiving comprehensivesocial security assistance continuously for 12 months to meet the extra costsincurred for the replacement of household and durable goods. The rates effectivefrom 1.4.1997 are $1,530 for a single person, $3,060 for a family with 2 - 4members, and $4,305 for a family with 5 or more members.
Single Parent Supplement
1.5 A monthly supplement of $245 is payable to single parent families to meet thespecial difficulties which single parents face in bringing up a family.
Disregarded Earnings
1.6 (a) For those aged 60 and above and those who are not required to registerwith the Labour Department as a condition of receiving comprehensivesocial security assistance, their first $430 and half of the next $2,580 oftheir earnings are disregarded. The maximum amount of earnings to bedisregarded is, therefore, $1,720 per month. Any earnings in excess of$3,010 per month are taken fully into account as assessable income.
(b) The disregarded earnings provision is also applicable to able-bodiedrecipients aged 15 - 59 in regular employment. An able-bodied adultearning no less than $3,100 and working no less than 120 hours per monthis considered to be in regular employment. The maximum level ofdisregarded earnings is also $1,720.
(c) To provide the elderly, the disabled and family carers with a greaterincentive to secure a full-time job with a view to achieving self sufficiency,their first month's income will be disregarded if they secure a full-time job.
Rent Allowance
1.7 (a) A rent allowance is payable under the Comprehensive Social SecurityAssistance Scheme. The amount of rent allowance is the actual rent paid orthe highest rent allowance under the Scheme, whichever is the less. Themaximum rent allowance payable with effect from 1.4.1997 are asfollows :
- 252 -
Appendix 10.2(Cont’d)
For single person
For a family of :
two eligible members
three eligible members
four eligible members
five eligible members
six and more eligible members
1,420
2,860
3,730
3,970
3,975
4,970
(b) Comprehensive social security assistance recipients who are in genuineneed of housing assistance can be referred to the Housing Department forcompassionate rehousing.
(c) Rent allowance above the maximum level can be considered for caseswaitlisted for compassionate rehousing or awaiting admission tosubvented residential institutions.
Special Grants
1.8 In addition to rent allowance, special grants are payable to meet other specialneeds arising from old age, disability, personal or family circumstances. Detailsare given in Appendix 10.3.
Free Medical Treatment
1.9 Each successful applicant is given a Certificate of Comprehensive Social SecurityAssistance Recipient (for Medical Waiver) which contains the particulars of theapplicant and other eligible members of the family, if any. With this Certificate,the applicant and any other eligible member of his/her family can obtain freemedical treatment at a public hospital or clinic.
Application Procedure
2.0 Applications for assistance can be made directly to a social security field unit bytelephone, by post or in person or through a referral by a non-governmentalorganization or another government department. For urgent cases, cash paymentmay be arranged to be paid to the applicant at the social security field unitimmediately after the investigation has been completed.
- 253 -
Appendix 10.2(Cont’d)
II. SOCIAL SECURITY ALLOWANCE SCHEME
2.1 This Scheme comprises normal old age allowance, higher old age allowance,normal disability allowance and higher disability allowance, all of which arenon-contributory. With the exception of the normal old age allowance,allowances payable under the Scheme are non-means-tested. The payment ratesof the allowances, as specified below, took effect on 1 April 1997.
Normal Old Age Allowance
2.2 The rate of the allowance is $595 per month. To qualify for the allowance,applicants are required to make a simple declaration that their income and assetsdo not exceed the following levels :
Income per month
Assets value
Single person
$5,200
$161,000
Married couple
$8,420
$242,000
Higher Old Age Allowance
2.3 The rate of the allowance is $675 per month.
Normal Disability Allowance
2.4 The rate of the allowance is $1,200 per month.
Higher Disability Allowance
2.5 The rate of the allowance is $2,400 per month, which is twice the amount of thenormal disability allowance.
III. EMERGENCY RELIEF
3.1 In carrying out this programme, the Department :
(a) registers and provides emergency relief in the form of hot meals or dryrations, blankets, ground mats, eating utensils, and toilet articles as soonas possible to all in need. Where circumstances justify, cash payment inlieu of food may be considered. The maximum period of emergencyfeeding is normally 14 days.
(b) liaises with the Housing Department and the Home Affairs Department toarrange temporary shelters; and
- 254 -
Appendix 10.2(Cont’d)
(c) arranges payments of burial grant, injury grant, interim maintenancegrant, disability grant and death grant as appropriate from the EmergencyRelief Fund as soon as practicable to families whose members suffereddeath or personal injuries as a result of the disaster. Grants are made fromthe Emergency Relief Fund established under the Emergency Relief FundOrdinance (Cap 1103).
3.2 A schedule of rates of cash payments under the Emergency Relief Fund is atAppendix 10.4.
IV. CRIMINAL AND LAW ENFORCEMENT INJURIES COMPENSATION SCHEME
4.1 Criminal Injuries Compensation Scheme
(a) This Scheme, which is non-means-tested and non-contributory, isadministered by a Board which assesses eligibility for compensation onthe same basis and at the same rates as those applicable under theEmergency Relief Fund for the disbursement of grants to assist victims ofnatural disasters (see paragraph 3.2 above).
(b) The Board has the power to refuse a claim, or to reduce the amount ofpayment, if the victim’s conduct or character and way of life wereconsidered to have contributed to his own injury. The Board has thediscretion to increase the award on the basis of the Emergency ReliefFund scale by up to 100% in excess of the scales, if the victim was killedor injured when taking positive steps to prevent crime or help in the arrestor prosecution of an offender or suspect, or the applicant was the victimof rape, or the victim was killed or injured by bullets not fired by a lawenforcement officer in a police-criminal shoot-out.
4.2 Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation Scheme
(a) This Scheme, non-means-tested and non-contributory, is administered bya Board which assesses the compensation payable to a person killed orinjured by a law enforcement officer using weapons in the execution of hisduty. Compensation is either the amount of compensation that wouldhave been payable under the Criminal Injuries Compensation Scheme, orthe amount he would have been awarded as damages at common law,whichever is the greater.
- 255 -
Appendix 10.2(Cont’d)
(b) The Board has the power to refuse a claim, or to reduce the amount ofpayment, if the victim's conduct or criminal activity contributed to hisown injury. The Board also has the discretion to increase the award onthe basis of the Emergency Relief Fund scale by up to 100% in excess ofthe scales if the victim was killed or injured when taking positive steps toprevent crime or help in the arrest or prosecution of an offender orsuspect.
V. TRAFFIC ACCIDENT VICTIMS ASSISTANCE SCHEME
5.1 The Scheme, set up in May 1979, is non-means-tested. It aims at providingspeedy financial help to traffic accident victims, or to their dependants in the caseof death, regardless of who is at fault in causing the accident. Payments are madeon the same basis and at the same rates as those applicable under the EmergencyRelief Fund for personal injury or death (see paragraph 3.2 above); damage toproperty is not included. Beneficiaries who receive other compensation inrespect of the same accident will be required to refund either the payments theyhave received from the Scheme or the amount of compensation awarded,whichever is the less.
5.2 Grants are made from the Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Fund governed bythe Traffic Accident Victims (Assistance Fund) Ordinance (Cap. 229). The Fundis financed by :-
(a) levies on vehicle licences;
(b) levies on driving licences; and
(c) contribution from general revenue.
VI. OTHER WELFARE NEEDS
6.1 Identification of other welfare needs is part of the administration of the socialsecurity schemes. Where there are other needs requiring attention, follow-upaction will be taken to ensure that these needs are also attended to.
- 256 -Appendix 10.3
Major Special Grants Payable to Recipients under theComprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme
Type of Grant Current rate
(I) Standard Special Grants
(a) Housing and related grants
(1) Rent allowance $1,420 to $4,970 per month (see paragraph 1.7 ofAppendix 10.2 for more details)
(2) Water/sewage chargeallowance
Up to a maximum of $20.3 per person per month
(3) Grant for rent deposit Up to two times of the appropriate maximum rentallowance
(4) Grant for electricity, waterand gas deposits foraccommodation in publichousing
Actual expenses
(5) Domestic removal grant Up to a maximum of $23,780 depending on thetype of housing and the size of the family
(6) Grant to cover telephoneinstallation fee and monthlytelephone charges
Actual fees charged (payable to familiesdemonstrating a genuine need for a telephone, e.g.families with school children or elderly/disabledpersons living alone)
(7) Grant to cover emergencyalarm system for elderlyrecipients
Installation fee : up to a maximum of $2,500; or
Monthly service charge : up to a maximum of$100 per month.
(8) Grant for renewal ofelectrical wiring
Actual expenses
(b) Family grant
(1) Grant for a new-born baby Up to a maximum of $1,370
(2) Burial grant Up to a maximum of 11,190
(3) Grant to cover fares tohospital/clinic and otheressential travelling expenses
Actual expenses (usually by the cheapest means ofavailable transport)
- 257 -Appendix 10.3
(Cont’d)
(4) Grant for a young person fortaking up a first job after leavingschool
Up to a maximum of $1,370
(5) Grant to cover fees charged byprivate elderly institutions
An amount to enable the customer to paymonthly fees up to $7,177 subject to theprescribed criteria being met
(6) Chinese New Year grant forelderly recipients
$210 per year (normally paid before ChineseNew Year)
(7) Grant for recreational and socialactivities for elderly recipients
$340 per year (normally paid in April or May)
(c) Medical and rehabilitation grants
(1) Extra diet allowance Higher rate : $760 per monthLower rate : $400 per month
(2) Grant to cover one-off andrecurrent costs of medical,rehabilitation, surgical appliancesand hygienic items
Actual expenses subject to medicalrecommendation
(3) Grants to cover costs of glassesand dental treatment
Actual expenses
(4) Care and attention allowance Up to a $3,915 per month (or more inexceptional cases) subject to medicalcertification and a social worker’srecommendation
(5) Grant to cover the charge forrespite service
Actual fees charged less a portion of thestandard rate
(6) Grant to cover the medicalexamination fee for admission toa subvented residential institution
Actual fees
(7) Grant to cover the annual medicalexamination fee for elderlyrecipients in residential carehomes
Up to a maximum of $200
(8) Grant to cover fees for home helpservice
Actual service charge (cost of mealsexcluded)
- 258 -Appendix 10.3
(Cont’d)
(d) Child-care grants
(1) Grant to cover baby-sittingcharges
Up to a general maximum of $2,610 permonth (or more in exceptional cases)
(2) Grant to cover fees forattending a day creche/daynursery
Creche : Up to a maximum of $4,260 permonth
Day Nursery : Up to a maximum of $2,500per month
(3) Grant to cover maintenancepayment to a relative or friendfor the provision of board andlodging for a child
Up to a maximum of $2,610 per month (thechild will be paid a miscellaneous expenserate instead of a standard rate)
(4) Grant to cover charges foroccasional child care servicesprovided by aided day nurserieson half-day of full-day basis
Actual fees
(5) Grant to cover after-school-care programme
Actual fees charged by non-profit-makingagencies with a social worker’srecommendation
(e) School grants
(1) Grant to cover school fees Actual fees except for kindergarten fees ofwhich the maximum levels are :
full-day kindergarten : $1,822 per monthhalf-day kindergarten : $894 per month
(2) Meal allowance for full-daystudents taking lunch awayfrom home
$210 per month
(3) Grant to cover fares to school Actual expenses(normally by the cheapestmeans of available transport)
(4) Grant to cover Hong KongCertificate of EducationExamination and Hong KongAdvanced Level Examinationfees
Actual fees
- 259 -Appendix 10.3
(Cont’d)
(5) Grant for selected items forschool related expenses (i.e.books, stationery, schooluniforms, miscellaneous andminor one-off expenses)
As from the 1996/97 school year, a flat-rategrant is payable to full time students up tothe upper secondary level for selected itemsof school related expenses. The rates for1997/98 school year are as follows :
Level ofeducation
Rateper student (per year)
Full grant ($)
Day nursery 1,290
Kindergarten 2,945
Primary 2,600
Lower secondary(secondary 1-3)
3,950
Upper secondary(includingtechnical/commercialinstitutes)
3,330
II. Discretionary Special Grant
Discretionary special grants are meant to cover any special needs not covered bystandard special grants or other provisions, which, in the opinion of the Director ofSocial Welfare, are essential and fully justified in a particular case (for example, adiscretionary special grant to meet the cost of essential household effects for a street-sleeper who is offered a public housing unit). These grants may be made only underexceptional circumstances on the merits of individual cases and at the discretion of theDirector of Social Welfare.
- 260 -Appendix 10.4
EMERGENCY RELIEF FUNDCHAPTER 1103 OF THE LAWS OF HONG KONG
PAYMENT OF GRANTS
(effective from 15 August 1997)
(1)Type of Payment
(2)Level of Grant
(3)Condition of Grant
A. Grants in respect ofDeath or Personal Injury
1. Burial Grant $11,190 per person. If the burial expenses werepaid whether in full or in partby Government (such asunder the ComprehensiveSocial Security AssistanceScheme) or by one of thecharitable funds, then theamount of Grant shall bereduced by the amount ofsuch payment.
2. Death Grant
a) Loss of the solewage earner wherethere are dependents
$92,700 for onedependent family memberplus $7,725 for eachadditional dependentfamily member, up to amaximum of $131,325.
If the beneficiary is an adultwho is mentally unsound orfound unconscious or is aminor without survivingparent or legal guardian,payments will be made onthe advice of the SocialWelfare Department.
b) Loss of a wageearner where thereare dependents andanother wage earnerremaining in thefamily
$46,350 for onedependent family memberplus $7,725 for eachadditional dependentfamily member, up to amaximum of $84,975.
c) Loss of a parent whowas not a wageearner where thereare children under15 years of age
$46,350 for one childunder 15 plus $7,725 foreach additional childunder 15, up to amaximum of $84,975.
- 261 -Appendix 10.4
(Cont’d)
(1)Type of Payment
(2)Level of Grant
(3)Condition of Grant
3. Disability Grant Up to a maximum of$111,240, abated to 2/3for persons aged 60 andover, discounted onaccount of degree ofdisability as provided forunder the Employees’Compensation Ordinance.
4. Injury Grant $538 up to a maximum of$44,570 depending ongravity of injury.
For cases where the injuryperiod is 7 days or morebefore death -
a) injury grant is payable;
b) it is payable to the victimor to his family after hisdeath as appropriate.
Injury grant should ceasefrom the date on which thevictim becomes eligible forthe disability grant, or uponthe death of the victim.
5. Interim MaintenanceGrant
Up to $7,725 per monthfor up to six months (onemonth is regarded as 30days).
In case of incapacity of awage earner or a non-wage-earning parent where thereare children under 15 yearsof age.
Payment of this grant shouldcease upon the death of thevictim.
B. Other Grants
Apart from the above mentioned grants, there are other grants investigated and paid byother agent departments, namely the Housing Department, the Marine Department, and theAgriculture and Fisheries Department. These grants include domestic re-accommodation, re-equipment, site formation and repair grants, and grant for extensive damage to householdappliances, grants for the repair or replacement of vessels and fishing gear, primary producergrants, and special grants.
- 262 -Appendix 11.1
Existing Services onModified Standard Cost Subvention
Family Welfare Family CaseworkFoster CareFamily Life EducationSmall Group HomeResidential Nursery/CrecheHome HelpChildren’s HomeBoy’s Home/Hostel & Girls’ HomeGirls’ HostelHalfway Home for Boys
Young People School Social WorkOutreaching Social WorkChildren CentreYouth CentreChildren Centre + Study/Reading RoomYouth Centre + Study/Reading RoomChildren and Youth Centre
Elderly Social Centre for the ElderlyDay Care Centre for the ElderlyMulti-service Centre for the ElderlyElderly Home/Hostel with meal placesPool Bus
Rehabilitation Special Child Care CentreResidential Special Child Care CentreHalfway House for Discharged Mental Patients
Community Development Community CentreNeighbourhood Level Community Development Project
Support Central Administration
- 263 -
Appendix 11.2
Subventions for Recurrent Expenditureby Programme Areas, 1995/96 and 1997/98
Programme area1995/96
expenditure($ Mn)
1996/97expenditure
($ Mn)
1997/98expenditure
($ Mn)
Family & child welfare 595.7 718.3 818.8
Elderly & medical social services 897.0 1,115.3 1,302.8
Young people 694.9 778.7 858.0
Offenders 28.8 33.2 36.9
Rehabilitation 804.2 1,010.2 1,218.1
Community development 137.4 150.9 159.6
Support 167.2 183.6 203.5
Social Security 0.3 0.4 0.4
Total 3,325.5 ======
3,990.6 ======
4,598.1 ======
- 264 -
Appendix 11.3
Lotteries Fund Allocationsby Programme Areas, 1995/96 and 1997/98
Programme area1995/96
allocations($ Mn)
1996/97allocations
($ Mn)
1997/98allocations
($ Mn)
Family & child welfare 259.8 68.1 222.8
Elderly services 390.4 405.2 299.9
Young people 27.7 25.2 58.4
Offenders 0.7 0.9 0.5
Rehabilitation 215.6 115.6 183.6
Community development 1.7 4.2 6.2
Support 4.1 1.8 29.7
Total 900.0 ======
621.0 =====
801.1 =====
- 265 -
Appendix 11.4
Extracted from Social Welfare Manpower Planning System Report No. 10
Projections for Degree Graduates
Financial Year
1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/01 2001/02
New Supply of Degree Graduates
(Year of Graduation) (1997) (1998) (1999) (2000) (2001)
(a) Graduates of local TIs for the year 465 474 456 436 484
(b) Voluntary non-entrants 74 76 73 70 77
(c) New entrants with overseas qualification 20 20 20 20 20
Total [i.e. (a) - (b) + (c)] 411 418 403 386 427
New Demand for ASWO and aboveplus SWP in TIs
(d) Net additional staff requirement 220 145 235 250 268
(e) Replacement for wastage 133 140 146 155 164
Total [i.e. (d) + (e)] 353 285 381 405 432
Shortfall (-) / Surplus of Supply
At end of individual years (supply less demand) 58 133 22 -19 -5
Estimated Strength
At end of the year 3,918 4,063 4,298 4,548 4,816
For degree graduates, there would be a surplus for 1997/98 to 1999/2000and a shortfall for 2000/01 to 2001/02
- 266 -
Appendix 11.5
Extracted from Social Welfare Manpower Planning System Report No. 10
Projections for Diploma Graduates
Financial Year
1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/01 2001/02
New Supply of Diploma Graduates
(Year of Graduation) (1997) (1998) (1999) (2000) (2001)
(a) Graduates of local TIs for the year 694 693 709 616 622
(b) Voluntary non-entrants 101 101 104 90 91
(c) Students holding posts of SWA grade 11 2 1 2 #
Total [i.e. (a) - (b) - (c)] 582 590 604 524 531
New Demand for SWA and above
(d) Net additional staff requirement 231 168 161 172 184
(e) Replacement for wastage 254 278 292 306 321
Total [i.e. (d) + (e)] 485 446 453 478 505
Shortfall (-) / Surplus of Supply
At end of individual years (supply less demand) 97 144 151 46 26
Estimated Strength
At end of the year 3,183 3,351 3,512 3,684 3,868
Note : # Unknown
There would be a surplus of diploma graduates for 1997/98 to 2001/02
- 267 -Appendix 11.6
Research studies completed from1995/96 to 1997/98and data systems
developed/maintained in 1997/98
I. Research studies completed by Social Welfare Department in 1995/96
1. 1994/95 Household Expenditure Survey (HES) on Comprehensive SocialSecurity Assistance (CSSA) and Social Security Allowance Householdsjointly conducted with Census & Statistics Department
2. CSSA Customer Opinion Survey
3. Study of Applicants for Traffic Accident Victims Assistance in 1993/94
4. Study of Fee Assistance Cases in Day Nurseries and Day Creches
5. Survey of Street Sleepers 1994
6. Study of CSSA Recipients 1994
II. Research studies completed by Social Welfare Department in 1996/97
1. Study of CSSA Recipients 1995
2. Survey of Street Sleepers 1996
3. Departmental Hotline Services Customer Opinion Survey
III. Research studies completed by Social Welfare Department in 1997/98
1. Study of CSSA Recipients 1996
2. Survey on Customer Opinion on Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Scheme
3. Research Study on CSSA Elderly Recipients
4. Survey on Employment Situation of 1997 Social Work Graduates
- 268 -Appendix 11.6
(Cont’d)
IV. Data systems developed/maintained by Social Welfare Department in 1997/98
1. Central Referral System for the Aged Blind
2. Central Referral System for the Discharged Mental Patients
3. Central Referral System for the Elderly
4. Central Referral System for the Physically Handicapped, MentallyHandicapped, Deaf and Blind Clients
5. Co-ordinated Referral System for Disabled Pre-schoolers
6. DSW Wards/Wards of High Court Registry
7. Integrated Law and Order Statistical System - SWD Sub-system
8. Planned Welfare Projects Registry
9. Private Elderly Homes Registry
10. Registry on Clients Enrolled in Sheltered Workshops and Day ActivityCentres
11. Social Welfare Manpower Planning System
12. Street Sleepers Registry
V. Research studies completed by the Research Department, HKCSS in 1995/96
1. Survey on Employment Situation of Person with Disabilities in WelfareOrganizations.
2. A study on the Utility Theory and Adolescent Drug Abuse.
3. Public Attitudes towards Mental Health Problems and Mental Patients in HK.
4. Role of community works in working with people with employmentdifficulties.
5. Asian Experience in the Paths out of Poverty: Economic Development,Human Investment and Others.
- 269 -Appendix 11.6
VI. Research studies completed by the Research Department, HKCSS in 1996/97
1. Uniformed Group Service and Youth Development - Research onEffectiveness of Uniformed Group Service
2. Survey on Utilization of the Internet among Member Agencies of the HKCouncil of Social Service.
3. Survey on Mainland - Hong Kong Exchange Activities 1995 - 96 amongMember Agencies of the Hong Kong Council of Social Service.
4. Comparative Study of Treatment Programmes for Drug Abusers andFollow-up of Programmes Graduates in Hong Kong Phase I: OperationalAnalysis of Drug Treatment Programmes.
5. General Characteristics of Rooftop Dwellers and their Awareness of RelatedGovernment Policy.
6. A Study on Marital Problem 1994: CIS for Family Counselling and CaseworkService.
7. Study on Alternative Education Opportunities for the Youth
VII. Research Studies completed by the Research Department. HKCSS in 1997/98
Comparative Study of Treatment Programmes for Drug Abusers and Follow-up ofProgrammes Graduates in Hong Kong.Phase II : Clients Characteristics and Their Reasons of Admission to Treatment
Programes
1. Research on the Role of Community Workers in Working with People withemployment difficulties
2. Second Survey on Knowledge/Attitude on AIDS Among Social WelfarePersonnel
3. Survey on Mainland-Hong Kong Exchange activities 1996-97 amongMember Agencies of the Hong Kong Council of Social Service
4. Survey on Needs and Service Utilisation Among Lower Income Householdsin Rural Areas
5. Utilisation of Health Care Services and Social Services by Neurotic Patientsand Their Service Needs
- 270 -Appendix 11.6
(Cont’d)
VIII. Information systems developed/maintainedby the Research Department, HKCSS
1. Social Research Index 1997 - CD-ROM Version.
2. Directory of Social Services 1997 - CD-ROM Version.
3. Reference Index on Pilot Project 1993.
4. Clientele Information Systems - 7 sub-systems.
5. Social Welfare Statistics 1997 - CD-ROM Version.
6. Computerized CIS Outreaching Social Work Service Sub-system.
7. Computerized CIS Elderly Service Sub-system.
8. Computerized Community Centre Data Management System.
9. Computerized CIS C&Y Centre Sub-system, under construction.
10. Computerized CIS Home Help Sub-system, under construction.
11. Computerized Integrated Team for Youth Services Data Collection System.
12. Computerized Summer Youth Programme Data Management System.